A power law relates one variable to another raised to a constant power. The general form takes y = xa, where y and x are variables, and a is a constant exponent.
A power law exhibits the property of scale invariance. When you multiply the Scale (x) with a factor b the function (y = baxa) does not change its Shape.
In 1817 Goethe wrote his book ”Zur Morphologie“. This book was the start of a new science called Morphology, the Science of the Shapes.
In his book Goethe describes the so called Uhrplant, the Primal Plant, which is based on the shape of the Leaf. Goethe believed that every Plant was a Leaf within a Leaf within a Leaf.
At the time of Goethe the concept of the fractal was not known. It was developed in 1975 by Benois Mandelbrot (“The Fractal Geometry of Nature”).
A fractal is a self-similar structure. It’s shape repeats itself on every level of expansion. Some fractals are scale-invariant.
About Kleiber’s Law
Metabolism is the process by which your body converts what you eat and drink into energy. During this complex biochemical process, calories in food and beverages are combined with oxygen to release the energy your body needs to function.
The oldest and best known Power Law is Kleiber’s law devised by the Swiss-American zoologist Max Kleiber in 1932.
Kleiber’s Law, MR = W3/4, describes the relationship of the metabolic rate (MR) to the biomass W, raised to an exponent.
Kleiber’s law means that a cat’s metabolic rate is not a hundred or 21.5 times greater than a mouse’s, but about 31.6 — 100 to the three-quarter power.
This relationship seems to hold across the animal kingdom and it has since been extended all the way down to single-celled organisms, and possibly within the cells themselves to the internal structures called mitochondria, the cellular powerplants, that turn nutrients into energy. Mitochondria have many features in common with bacteria.
Because of Economies of Scale, larger and more complex forms of organisms need less energy for each individual cell. They grow and reproduce more slowly and they live longer.
Goethe was right. The leaf is a one of the fundamental structures of Nature.
The factor 3/4 (3/3+1) is a consequence of the fact that a Fractal Structure has to incorporate a not-Fractal Structure, 3-Dimensional Space.
About Bilateria
About 590 million years ago, the Central Nervous System (CNS), the Brain, appeared.
The organisms with a CNS (including the Humans), the Bilateria, are able to Act and React to a Possible Harmful Stimulus.
The CNS of the Bilateria is a result of an Increase in Competition between the Life Forms that came out of the Continuing Fusion of the Cooperative Life Forms, the Bacteria. The first step in this proces was the Tube of the Sponge.
The fundamental Bilaterian Body Shape is a Tube running from Mouth to Anus, and a second Tube called the Notochord, with an especially large Sphere at the front, called the “Brain“.
The Bilateria have Five Body Spheres (1) the Brain; (2) the Spinal Cord; (3) the Heart and Lungs; (4) the Digestive Organs and Kidneys; (5) the Bladder and Reproductive organs.
About the Tiny Spheres of the Lungs
When we look at the Lungs, one of the Fractal Tube-like branching-structures of the human organism, we can see that the Branches end in Nodes called the alveoli(“little cavities“). The end-nodes of the branching system are tiny Spheres.
In the tiny Spheres the Exchange takes place of Carbon Dioxide and Oxygen between the Lungs and the Blood-Vessels. Each human lung contains about 600 million alveoli.
Water diffuses from the alveoli cells into the alveoli so that they are constantly moist. Oxygen dissolves in this water before diffusing through the cells into the blood.
The Oxygen-rich blood returns to the Heart via the pulmonary veins to be pumped back into circulation. The Carbon Dioxide is pumped out by the Lungs.
In the many million Small Spherical End-Nodes Two Circulatory Systems, the Cardiovascular System (Heart) and Pulmonary System (Lungs), are Connected.
The Big Structures of Nature are able to Scale because the Connection-Points of the Networks are Very Small.
They are reusable on Every Scale that is Bigger than the Scale of the Connection Points.
We will see that all the other Fractal Systems in our Body are based on the Same Principle.
About the Tube of the Digestive System
The Tube contains the Digestive System. It breaks-down larger food molecules into smaller ones that can be absorbed into the blood stream. This happens in the Small Intestine in the vili and microvilli.
The villi (“shaggyhair“) are tiny, finger-like projections that are approximately 0.5-1mm in length. The microvilli are mechanosensors and have a lot in common with the flagellum (“the roter“) of a bacterium. Microvilli appear in many places in the body. They are also of importance on the cell surface of white blood cells, as they aid in the migration of white blood cells.
The Tube of our Digestive System is highly similar to the Tube of the Sponge, the first fusion of the Bacteria in a more efficient metabolic structure.
The Output part of the Tube is called the Large Intestine (Colon). Its function is to absorb water from the remaining indigestible food matter, and then to pass Useless Waste Material from the body. The large intestine houses over 700 species of bacteria that perform a variety of functions.
About the Chemical Factory of the Liver Cell.
The Liver is a Fractal Branching System that detoxifies harmful substances absorbed via the Small Intestines. It’s basic structure is the Liver Cell.
The Chemical reactions in the liver cells produces a lot of waste heat. This is carried round the body in the blood and warms less active regions.
The Liver regulates the amount of Blood Sugar, Lipids, Amino Acids. The Liver is the Storage House of Blood, Iron, Vitamine A, D, B12 and Clycogen, the Source of Energy of the Body.
The Liver produces Bile that is stored in the Gall Bladder. Bile is used to dissolve fat.
About the Spleen and the Immune System
Another Fractal Branching System, the Lymphatic System ( “The Immune System“, Spleen), maintains the health of the body by protecting it from invasions by harmful pathogens, such as bacteria, viruses, fungi, and parasites. These pathogens are the cause of many diseases, so it is necessary to detect and eliminate them rapidly.
The Lymphatic System is connected to the Blood System and produces the White Blood Cells (Lymphocites). The Lymphocites are the Basic Unit of the Human Defense System. They look like Bacteria.
The surface of a lymphocyte is covered with a large number of identical receptors. Recognition and destruction occurs when the receptors of the lymphocyte fit like a key into the surface of the pathogen.
The Immune System is a Highly Adaptive System. It is able to generate new types of Lymphocites out of a Library of DNA-components.
About the Kidneys and the Bladder
The Kidneys serve the body as a natural filter of the blood, and remove wastes which are diverted to the urinary bladder. The Nephron is the basic structural and functional unit of the kidney. In humans, a normal kidney contains 800,000 to 1.5 million nephrons. Nephrons are wave-like structures. Its chief function is to regulate the concentration of water and soluble substances like sodium salts by filtering the blood.
The Ancient Chinese Scientists believed that this System pumps its Energy, the Chi Force, out of the Earth Magnetic Field.
The Ancient Egyptian Scientists believed the same thing. They named the Four Cavities the Four Suns of Horus and the Spine, the Djed Pillar (Dj means “Snake”).
About the number Five
The number Five (4 +1 ) plays an important role in Ancient Chinese Medicine.
The Central Fractal System, the One (1), the Fire System, the Blood System, with its Center the Heart, contains Four (4) Links to the Other Systems.
The Four Systems are combinations of Two Forces, Expansion and Compression.
The Two Forces came out of One Force (“The Void“).
Two Systems contain the same combination (Expansion x Expansion (Wood, Gall Bladder, Liver, Three Heater), Compression x Compression (Metal, Lungs)).
Two Systems combine Expansion and Compression in a different order (Expansion x Compression, Compression x Expansion). They create a Wave (Water, Bladder, Kidney) or Spiral -like (Earth, Immune System) structures.
The Five Spheres of the Body are incorporated in one Super Protective Sphere, the Coelum, the Skin.
In the Human Embryo the First step of Division of the Cells is between the Coelum,the Multi-Cellar Body, and the Brain, the CNS. In the first step the One was divided into the Two, the Actor and the Monitor.
The CNS “mirrors” the activities of the Body and acts as a “predictive simulator”.
The Shape of the CNS is a mirror (Up-Side-Down) of the Shape of the Multic-Cellular Body.
The Bilateria are a Fuse of two Organisms in which one organism changed into the Body and the other changed into the Brain.
These two structures are always competing in the Human Being.
The Brain is Looking Up at the Sky. The Body is Looking Down at Mother Earth, it’s Creator.
The Body Shape of the Tube was inherited from the first Multi-Cellular Organism, the Sponge. The Sponge is a Static Cluster of Amoeba, free moving bacteria, that are propelled by their flagellum (a Roter).
Bacteria are small chemical factories that are able to share and combine their production processes by exchanging DNA.
With their flagellum the Bacteria Explore the environment to find the chemical food they need. When they have found food the Circulation of the Flagellum moves into the Opposite Direction.
The bacterium integrates incoming chemical signals during a few-second period of its travels, and adjusts its direction of advance accordingly.
The integration is achieved through temporary chemical modifications to molecules located in the bounding membrane, which transfer nutrients to the cytoplasm, and also through changes to certain other molecules in the interior of the cell. Such integration is essentially a short-term memory mechanism.
At a certain moment the Bacteria got together because the Sponge is a much more Efficient Metabolic Structure than a group of Free Moving Bacteria.
Strangely enough the DNA of the Sponge already contains the complete Bleuprint of the Humans.
Scientists now believe that most species on earth are a result of a loss of DNA from the original Bleuprint that was created when the Bacteria finally fused into one Organism.
About the Nano-Level
Recently scientists have found Electric Fields as strong as 15 million volts per meter in the Nano-Parts of the Cells. These fields are as strong as those produced in lightning bolts.
It’s not clear what causes these strong fields or what they might mean but they could account for a until now unknown (by Science) or well-known (by the Old Scientists, Chi) Source of Bodily Energy.
The nano-parts of the Cell could be the very very very small universal building blocks of Nature.
What has Happened?
In the beginning the Chemical Soup generated Self-Reproducing Chemical Factories.
These Factories combined into bigger Factories by exchanging and combining their factory-designs.
Every time when the Factories fused they became more Efficient, Bigger, Stronger, Older and therefore more Competitive.
When the Factories became more competitive they had to Protect themselves against the other Factories.
To Protect themselves the Multi-Cellular Systems started to Sense in Many Directions.
In the second step one part of the Organism turned Upside-Down and became a Specialized Predictive System (the CNS).
This part fused with the Bodily Part creating one Organism that contained Two Organisms.
The Bilateria, the Organisms with Two Complementary Parts, Body and Mind, were born.
Some of the Bilateria called Humans fused in Social Structures and the Social Structures fused and fused and became more efficient, bigger, stronger, older and therefore more competitive.
In due time they will Rule the Earth and will start to create bigger and bigger systems until they will rule the complete Universe.
To make this possible the Humans need every other part of Nature to Sustain their Growth. This will certainly result in a huge Collapse of their own Eco-System.
The main reason this is happening is that the Humans forgot to Copy the Designs of Mother Nature.
The Brain (Thinking and Sensing, Left Brain), Looking Up at the Sky, believed it could do a much Better Job than it’s counterpart the Multi-Cellular Body (Emotions and Imagination, Right Brain), Looking Down at the Earth, the Source of All Creation.
Kleiber’s Law shows that we are now using 122 times more Energy per Person than we really would need if we would Scale in the right way.
What can we learn from Kleiber’s Law?
All organisms including the humans depend for their maintenance and reproduction on the close integration of numerous subunits.
These components need to be serviced in a relatively `democratic’ and efficient fashionto supply energy, remove waste and regulate activity.
Natural Selection solved this problem byevolving hierarchical fractal-like branching networks, whichdistribute Energy, Information and Materials between Big Reservoirs (“Lungs”) and Small Connection Points (“Alveoli”) of other Circulatory Systems (“Blood”).
This Fractal Bottum-Up approach is highly effective and efficient.
The not-fractal, Top-Down, machinery designed by the Humans is Scaled with a factor 1 so we can improve a lot by copying Mother Nature.
Shiva the Hindu god of destruction is also known as Nataraja, the Lord of the Dance. Like yoga, dance induces trance, ecstasy and the experience of the divine.
The most common figures depict a four-armed Nataraja. These multiple arms represent the four cardinal directions. Each hand either holds an object or makes a specific mudra (gesture).
The upper right hand holds a hour-glass drum which is a symbol of creation. It is beating the pulse of the universe. The drum also provides the music that accompanies Nataraja’s dance.
The opposite hand, the upper left, bears on its palm a tongue of flames. Fire is the element of destruction of the world. It is also the symbol of passion.
The second right hand is held in the abhaya pose (without fear) and so a gesture of protection. It depicts the god as a protector.
The left leg is raised towards the right leg and reaches across it; the lower left hand is stretched across the body and points to the upraised left foot which represents release from the cycle of birth and death.
The hand pointing to the uplifted foot is held in a pose imitative of the outstretched trunk of an elephant. In Sanskrit this is known as the ’gaja-hasta-mudra’ (the posture of the elephant trunk), and is symbolic of Ganesha, Shiva’s son, the Remover of Obstacles.
Nataraja dances on the body of a dwarf apasmara-purusha, the man of forgetfulness, who embodies indifference, ignorance and laziness.
Creation is possible only when the weight of inertia is overcome and suppressed. The Nataraja image thus addresses each individual to overcome complacency and get his or her own act together.
The ring of fire and light, which circumscribes the entire image, identifies the field of the dance with the entire universe. The lotus pedestal on which the image rests locates this universe in the heart or consciousness of each person.
The hands of Shiva represent the Human Faculties of the Imagination (Creation, Spirit, Vishnu), Control (Destruction, Thinking, Compression, Shiva), Desire (Agni, Fire, Sensing &Acting, Expansion) and the Emotions (Soul, Ganesha, Motivation, Removing Obstacles).
Imagination
Humans need the “Illusion of Control” to sustain their Identity. Deep within they don’t want to believe that Other Human Beings or the Forces of Nature (“the Acts of God“) are also Active Agents.
The Imagination creates the Identity, the believe that I Am What I Am.
When we are in Deep Meditation, the Observer, the Consciousness, is able to watch the constant popping up of Images (Ideas) out of the Nothing.
If we are not able to keep the Observer-state, we move into the Sleep of the Darkness or our Senses are attracted by one of the Images and move into the Dream State.
According to Buddist belief the Dream State, (Maya, Not-That) is Not the Real Word. This world is hidden behind a veil. Behind the veil lies the Void.
The Void is not empty. It is comparable to the Zero-Point-Field, the state of the Universe before the Big Bang. In this state everything, even the impossible, is possible.
In the Void, Ideas of the First Creator (Brahman) Pop-Up, Move into Existence for a while and finally disappear.
For a very long time Brahman was in deep meditation until one of the Ideas of Brahman created a Huge Excitement. This was the Idea to become Aware of Itself.
To make this happen Brahman had to spit itself into two parts, the Observer (Being, Consciousness) and the Actor (Becoming, Desire, Acting).
Maya, the Material World, the Expanding Universe, was created when the Desire to become Aware generated the first Split of the Universe, the split between the Void and the Not-Void, the Whole.
At this moment the Left Brain and the Right Brain of Brahman are fusing and soon we all will experience the Whole which is not the Void. The Void will stay a Mystery for Ever and Ever.
Motivation
Ganesha rides a mouse, the symbol of mankind’s ignorance, his hidden fears and insecurities and his deep attachment to petty worldly objects.
By riding on the mouse, Ganesha shows that one can and must control and overcome all negative feelings. One can be the master of oneself and need not be a slave.
The head of Ganesha, the Elephant, symbolizes the Atman, the Soul and his human body signifies Maya.
Our “Head” or better our Soul is connected to the Void, but our Body is an Expression of the Non-Void.
Our Body is part of the Material World and has to obey the Rules of the Material World.
Ganesha represents the Emotions, the Motivation, the Rotation, that started when Maya started to expand. When an Elephant is In Motion it is able to remove all obstacles.
An Elephant is Part of a Herd that needs a Shephard (Vishnu, the Imagination) to find Its Way.
When an Idea pops up in the Imagination it moves the Wheel of the Emotions and the Body want to realize the Idea in the Material World.
Desire
Agni brings about growth, expansion, ascension, and transformation. It is the fire hidden in earthly things which rises out of them to heaven beyond.
Fire is the symbol of agni. The quality of fire is to spread itself. Because it spreads itself in every direction, it is present everywhere. Even though it spreads in all directions its motion is always upwards. It carries everything that it consumes and purifies, upwards.
If the motivation to realize the idea is there, the Fire of Agni is lighted and the Human becomes passionated.
If you are not able to control your passions you will become Addicted to the idea and the idea will never be realized.
Control
Shiva is the Destroyer. He wants to bring everything back to the void. The Fire of Agni is able to expand the orginal idea to exceptional proportions.
At a certain moment Shiva stops the Fire and takes over Control. The idea is simplified, put into a plan and is finally on its way to the Material World.
The Cycle Moves On
But the Creative Energy is already busy to generate new Ideas. If this happens, the orginal plan is adapted and adapted (“scope creap“) and will never be realized.
The theory of the Wisdom of the Crowd supposes that it is possible to create collective wisdom out of the combination of the wisdom of many disconnected independent intelligent (wise) individuals.
This theory has nothing to do with a Crowd. As you will see Crowds are not intelligent. Crowds are groups of people that are totally synchronized and act out of their collective emotions.
When people talk they move into a state of entrainment within a few seconds. The reason is the dialogue itself. If focuses the participants on the same issue.
When many people focus their attention at the same subject (television, movie, music, soccer match, a ritual, ..) the same effect happens. Individuals in a crowd become the crowd.
When many individuals are not focused on a shared goal they will never become a crowd. In this case every individual will go his own way looking for a “real” crowd.
Human beings want to be part of a crowd because a crowd is one of the most effective ways to generate a lot of personal energy.
Most people, the generators, are energy producers. Some people are energy consumers. Extraverts take their energy out of the crowd. Introverts accumulate energy when they are alone and relaxed. It is not easy to entrain introverts.
Why Crowds give Energy
Entrainment or Trance is a state of the body in which the Left and Right Brain are synchronized. When this happens the Human becomes his Emotions.
Sociologist Randall Collins has called this interactive rhythmic entrainment the “hum of solidarity“.
As in an empassioned conversation, the synchrony of our rhythms forms an inaudibly low frequency, we hum. If you record such a conversation and speed up the recording a few octaves, you will hear it. Laughing together is a perfect example, often showing rapid synchronization.
Ritual practices (meals, parties, etc) help sustain these moments of solidarity over time. The local energy exchange is a fine-grained flow of micro-events that build up in patterns of split seconds and ebb away in longer periods of minutes, hours, days.
These local interactions combine, giving rise to another form at a ‘higher’ degree, a social emotion. Emotional energy is defined by Randall Collins as a feeling of confidence, elation, strength, enthusiasm, and initiative in taking action. And it is the giving and recieving of emotional energy that keeps a practice, an idea, a fad, a tune, and a people going.
Shamans and cultural leaders have known this for centuries and used rhythmic or emotional entrainment to heal, commune with, or even to brainwash and destroy one another.
The role of rhythm in trance music is largely in synchronizing an individual’s internal rhythms (heart rate, respiratory rate, blood flow, neural potentials) with those of others. And this is done by using a swift, loud, clear rhythm to drive everyone.
When people synchronize they experience a rise of their energy-level and this energy-level persists for about a week. That is why spiritual rituals are repeated every week on a Sun-day, the day of the Energy of the Center.
How to control Moving Masses
Events that create a huge amount of emotional energy like concerts and soccer-matches attract huge amount of people. There have been many incidents where the movement of the entrained crowds has created many casualties.
People in crowds obey just two rules. Copy the other and keep a certain distance to the other.
The distance is a very important variable. When the distance exceeds the limit of the personal field, the personal fields merge and the personal identity dissolves into the collective identity.
At that moment the crowd starts to move on its own. The “leader“, the first person in the crowd, becomes a very important person. When the “leader of the crowd” does not know what to do, the crowd will start to behave in a chaotic way.
Experiments show that about 5% of the people in a crowd are “leading’ the crowd.
When you want to control a crowd you have to control the people that are in front of the crowd.
When you want to control a moving crowd you have to create a structure that guides the crowd (“way-finding”). One of the most important mistakes is to create a bottleneck in this structure.
When the crowd moves into this bottleneck it will slow down the speed of the crowd and the distance between the members of the crowd will decrease until the crowd will stop at a certain point creating a “traffic jam”. At that point people will be crushed.
When people participate in a crowd the Emotions of the crowd become dominant. When the crowd is attacked or is unable to find its way, the negative Primary Emotions appear.
In this state individuals are able to produce highly agressive behavior (Fight), extreme passive behavior (Freeze) or extreme avoidant behavior (Flight).
When the flow of the crowd is disturbed somewhere and the collective moves into the state of panic the bottleneck will certainly kill or injure many people.
How to manipulate the Masses
The predictable behavior of a crowd has been known for a very long time. This knowledge was used by intelligent “dictators” who wanted to use the masses for their own aim. Good examples are of course Hilter and Goering, his communications manager.
When they tried to move the masses, the mass media were in their infancy. At this moment it is possible to reach millions of people with ease. The “leaders” of this moment know that they have to behave and talk in a certain way to entrain their followers.
The big problem is that crowds are unable to think so they have to simplify their message and emphasize certain “mantra’s“. The effect of their behavior is that the world becomes very simple.
The most effective way to influence the Crowd is to divide the Crowd into two parts, the In-Crowd (“we’) and the Out-Crowd (“not-we”) and to project everything that is wrong on the Out-Crowd. Hitler used the Jews but at this moment the Muslims are the most used “Out-Crowd”.
There is nothing wrong when Leaders use the Psychology of the Masses to move the Masses. The masses, the Sheep, need a leader, the Shepherd. Without a leader they start to drift and will never reach the Promised Land.
When Leaders misuse innocent people of the Out-Crowd to increase their own power there is something terribly wrong. These Leaders are criminals and should be treated this way.
In 1665 the Dutch physicist Christiaan Huygens noticed that two pendulum clocks in his room tended to Swing in Sync. The same happens with fireflies, cardiac pacemaker cells, menstrual cycles, birds in flight, walking, dancing, circadian rhythms in animals, quantum gravity theory, dialogues and people in a crowd.
Two connected Systems always Entrain because Every System in our Universe Vibrates and is connected.
When the Parts are connected, the Rhythm of the Whole controls the Rhythm of the Parts.
The transformations of the seperate parts takes place in two steps. In the first step the variance of the frequencies of the parts is reduced but the oscillators remain incoherent, each running near its natural frequency, until a certain threshold is crossed. Then the oscillators begin to synchronize spontaneously. The effect is somewhat like the outbreak of synchronous applause after a magnificent concert.
To make the transformation possible the Parts have to adjust their behavior. They have to move with the Rhythm of the Flow of the Central Clock. At the end of the transformation from isolated Parts to the Whole the Parts are the Same. They are Copying each other.
When people are copying other people they lose their identity and move into a trance-state. The same effect can be accomplished with hypnosis. When people are in a trance-state it is easy to manipulate them.
About Copying
Humans are Copiers. When we look at the Science of Coupled Oscillators it becomes clear that Copying is not an intentional act. People and other Systems are more or less forced to copy others when the frequencies of their systems are within a certain bandwith.
When people are close and are focused on a shared target (a soccer match, a concert, a conversation, a dance, a common goal) the human parts start to synchronize and become a Crowd, an entity that starts to act on its own.
About Communication
The word “communion” means “becoming a union“. All communication arises through Synchronization. All communications are dances that coordinate the rhythmic processes shared among the engaging systems.
Communication is not a transmission of information, but rather a coordination of behavior among living organisms through Mutual Structural Coupling. Just like the Crowd, a communication, starts to live a life of its own, when the exchange of the vibrations of the conversation starts to synchronize. This happens within seconds.
In the 1960’s, William Condon of Boston University School of Medicine pioneered the empirical study of communication as coupling. In the microanalysis of a few seconds of film he was astonished to find how the voice and bodily movements of speaker and listener were coordinated within intervals as short as 20 milliseconds.
Condon introduced the term entrainment to describe the coupled behavior. He noted that: “Communication is thus like a dance, with everyone engaged in intricate and shared movements across many subtle dimensions, yet all strangely oblivious that they are doing so“.
Coupling begins with getting the attention of other organisms, or more accurately, with distracting the organisms from other engagements so they are able to discern and respond to this engagement.
When the Oscillations of two Systems are outside a certain bandwith it looks like the most powerful system takes over control. The frequency of the synchronized system is a mean and when big numbers and small numbers are added the small numbers simply disappear. This situation is called an Overload.
Overloads are able to kill small systems because the small system is unable to cope with the huge pertuberations. People with a Dominant Personality are able to force (to entrain) Dependent people to copy their behavior.
About Synchronization
A System of N coupled different oscillators creates a very complex almost unsolvable mathematical problem. In 1975 Charles Peskin formulated the conjecture that Systems would eventually synchronize even when the parts are not identical. In 1990 the conjecture has been proven by Strogatz and Mirollo.
Systems of Coupled Oscillators show four states called Phase Locking (Synchronization), Phase Drift (“Chaos“) and Amplitude Death (“Order“). In the last state the oscillations stop completely. The fourth state called a Chimera is a combination of a synchronized and a drifting state.
The most important issue to notice is the fact that the state of Amplitude Death is what we call Order. It is an exceptional state that can be reached when the exchange of information between the states is “compensating” the vibrations of the states or when the System is “compressed” into a Singularity.
Most Systems are oscillating (“Cyclic“) and are in a Phase Drift (“Chaos“) or a Chimera trying to reach some sort of Synchronicity with the other connected Systems. In Nature every System is connected to every other System because of the Electro-Magnetic (and Sound) Fields they share.
Systems of Coupled Oscillators behave differently when the connections between the parts are delayed. It this case highly identical parts start to behave as not identical parts. When a delay occurs the stable rhythm of the heart can suddenly stop, resulting in a sudden death.
About the Circadian Clock
In order to cope with and to predict 24-hour rhythms in the environment, such as light and darkness, temperature or the availability of food, most, if not all, organisms have Circadian (“Daily“) Timing Systems. These systems generate circadian rhythms in a wide range of behavioral and physiological processes.
For most animal species, a main circadian pacemaker has been identified in an anatomically defined location in or close to the brain. During the last years, however, it has become clear that circadian systems are complex and that additional oscillators exist, both within and outside the central nervous system.
The Peripheral Circadian Clocks are situated in the Heart, the Liver, the Lungs and the Kidney. These organs are the same “organs” that are used in Chinese Acupuncture which is not strange because the Aim of Acupuncture is to Balance the Electro Magnetic Field in the Body.
For a correct functioning of the circadian timing system, these oscillators should be synchronized to one another and properly phased to the environmental cycle.
Synchronization between the oscillators occurs via interactions or coupling pathways, whereas the light-dark cycle is used for synchronization to the outside world.
The most important mammalian circadian pacemaker is located in the suprachiasmatic nuclei (SCN) at the base of the hypothalamus in the brain.
From the suprachiasmatic nucleus, nerve impulses travel via the sympathetic nervous system to the pineal gland and inhibit the production of melatonin. At night, these impulses stop and melatonin production ensues and is released into the body.
In fish, amphibians, reptiles, and birds, the pineal gland appears to be directly sensitive to small amounts of light that penetrate the skin and skull.
In mammals, with increased development of the cerebral hemispheres, the pineal body came to lie deeper within the brain and indirect stimulation of the pineal gland by light via the retina came to be more important. The Suprachiasmatic Nuclei are connected to the Outer Eye and the Inner Eye, the Pineal Gland.
The Pineal Gland is called the 6th Chakra, the Third Eye (or the Eye of Horus), the Seat of the Imagination. The Imagination, the Central Clock of our Body, is “in control” of all the other Clocks in our Body.
With the Help of our Imagination we are able to Cure and to Kill the Body.
About the Pineal Gland
The Earth is a huge magnetic sphere. The E/M field of the Earth varies in strength and consistency through the ages. Our bodies own magnetic frequencies and our bio-field patterns react to this variance of the Earth’s field.
The pineal gland is the principal structure in the brain that is directly sensitive to the Earth’s magnetic field. The Pineal Gland Senses the Field. To sense the Field the Pineal Gland contains small calcite crystals.
Our bone structure Converts Vibrational Energy into Magnetic and Electric Energy. When the bone is bent it produces an E/M-field. This E/M-field interacts with the Pineal Gland and creates a Feed-Back Cycle.
The E/M-field of our Body, the Aura, is a combination of all kind of waves. A special type of wave-structure is called a Standing Wave.
When the E/M-field acts as a Standing Wave all the waves are in harmony and conserve structure. The Human body is in harmony when the total field of all the separate E/M-fields of the Body act as a Standing Wave.
The Standing Wave appears when the Spinal Wave of the Vertebrae of the Body is in a special Alignment. If this happens the Standing Wave of the Spine Resonates with the Standing Wave of the Earth. At that moment the Kundalini Rises and the Pineal Gland reacts with a Huge Mystical Experience.
About the Heart
The heart beats about once a second throughout your life. These regular contractions pump blood to the Upper (Head) and the Lower part of the body and are driven by electrical impulses from a natural pacemaker inside the heart.
This pacemaker, known as the sino-atrial node, responds to signals from the Central Circadian Clock situated in the Hypothalamus that changes the heart rate according to the body’s needs (“the action potential“), making it slower when resting and faster during exercise.The rhythmic contractions of the heart are triggered by waves of electrical activity that spread from the sino-atrial node throughout the heart muscle.
There are small fluctuations in the time intervals between beats that are fractal in nature, and a loss in this variability is a sign of cardiac ill health. However, a cardiac arrhythmia, in which the rhythm of electrical waves that drive the heart is broken, can be lethal.
A loss in the synchronized rhythm of the heart causes different parts of the atrial or ventricular muscle to contract at different times, undermining the pumping action of the heart. An arrhythmia therefore leads to the mechanical failure of the heart.
The propagation of excitations in heart tissue can be described in terms of travelling waves with a velocity of about 0.5 m s-1 and an amplitude given by the action potential. Since the action potential lasts for several hundreds of milliseconds, a single wave extends over a distance of about 10 cm. This means that a normal human heart is hardly large enough to contain a single wave.
In the heart the wave propagates around a circular obstacle. The wave repeatedly travels along the same path at a frequency given by the wave velocity divided by the circumference of the obstacle.
If the radius is gradually decreased, the frequency increases until the wavefront of a new wave catches up with the tail of the previous wave. If the radius is made even smaller, the wave is forced to adopt a spiral shape that continues to rotate around a central core. Spiral Waves have been observed in numerous chemical and physical experiments.
The Wave Structure of the Heart resembles the Wave Structure of the Universe. This could be the reason why the Heart plays such an important role in many Religions.
When the Wave Structure of the Heart is coherent with the Wave Structure of the Whole, the Rhythm of your Life is in Sync with the Rhythm of the Universe.
The Pacemaker Cells are called the Heart Chakra, the 4th Chakra. The Heart Chakra acts as the Balance Point for all the Chakras.
The Balancing Point is the Middle of two Triangels related to the Head and the Body that rotate With- and Counter-the-Clock creating a Moebius Ring. The Pineal Gland, the Central Clock, is part of the Upper Triangel of the Mind.
About Cymatics
In 1967, the late Hans Jenny, a Swiss doctor, artist, and researcher, published the book Cymatics, The Structure and Dynamics of Waves and Vibrations. In this book Jenny showed what happens when one takes various materials like sand, spores, iron filings, water, and viscous substances, and places them on vibrating metal plates and membranes.
What then appears are shapes and motion- patterns which vary from the nearly perfectly ordered and stationary to those that are turbulently developing, organic, and constantly in motion.
When Jenny experimented with Fluids of various kinds he produced Wave motions, Spirals, and wave-like patterns in Continuous Circulation.
These patterns are the same patterns that are produced by Coupled Oscillators. This is not strange because Sound Waves are highly comparable to Electro Magnetic Waves.
With the help of simple tools it is possible to Simulate the Creation and Expansion of the Universe.
We don’t need very complicated tools to observe the Whole. The Whole shows its patterns everywhere, even in your bathtub.
About the Creation of the Universe
In beginning the Void, the Zero Point Field, rotated in Silence until a Huge Action Potential disturbed its Eternal Rest.
The Void was in a state of Amplitude Death until a Statistical Fluctuation, an Act of Creation, moved the System into a Chimera and later a Phase Drift.
Out of the Phase Drift Two Coupled Oscillators (Yin & Yang) appeared that moved With- and Against the Clock creating a Spiral Motion, a Vortex.
The Two Coupled Oscillators were each others Complement because two Coupled Oscillators are always Complementary.
After a while the Phase Drift generated Four and More Oscillators and Space started to Expand.
The pattern of this Expansion is governed by the Metallic Mean, which generates Fluent or Quasi Crystals. Fluent Crystals are the basic structure of the Electro Magnetic System of the Human. Scientists believe that the basic structure of our Universe is a Fluent Crystal, a Hall of Mirrors.
Space stops expanding when the Unbalance of the Energy of the Act of Creation is compensated by the amount of Oscillators (Strings) of Expanding Space.
At that moment the Universe will move into the State of Synchronization and all the Parts will move with the Rhythm of the Central Clock, the Tao.
When this happens the Universe starts to contract until Space has reached the Void.
In the last step the Oscillation will stop and the Void and Amplitude Death will appear again.
The Good (Creation) and the not-Good, the Bad (Destruction), are two Waves that are moving in Opposite Directions. Together they create interference patterns called Standing Waves.
Standing Waves are Waves that preserve their Form and can be perceived as Material Particles.
If the Good is a Wave Moving with the Clock, the Bad is a Wave Moving Against the Clock.
I believe the Good is moving with the Clock because the words “Right” and “Wrong” were associated with the Right Hand and the Left Hand and the concept “moving” (wringen in Dutch).
In Magic the Left-Hand Path is associated with Black Magic and in many cultures, the Left is associated with Evil.
In China the Rotation with the Clock is called the Generating Cycle and the Rotation Against the Clock the Destructing Cycle.
The Standing Waves of Matter contain the Bad and the Good in a certain proportion. Therefore every part of Nature (including the Humans) contains a piece of the Bad and a piece of the Good. That’s why it is rather difficult to make a distinction between both of them.
“There is nothing either good or bad, but thinking makes it so” (Hamlet Act 2, scene 2, 239–251)
About the Svara
The idea that our Universe is a Wave goes back a very long time. In Ancient Indian Philosophy, the Wave of the Universe was called the Svara, the Wave of Life.
It is the manifestation of the impression on matter of the Power Which Knows Itself (Atman). The Atman arises out of the Emptyness (Brahman). The Emptiness is a Mystery. It is impossible to Reason about it.
The Svara consists of Five Types of Waves called Tattvas. They represent distinctive Forms and Vibratory Motions and are the five modifications of the Great Breath, Prana, of the Atman. Prana is called Chi in China.
The First Wave that came out of the Atman is called the Âkâsha (Spirit, Egg, Black). After this came the Vâyu (Air, the Circle, Blue), the Tejas (Fire, the Triangle, Red), the Apas (Water, the Crescent of the Moon, Silver) and the Prithivi (Earth, the Square, Yellow).
The Svara has two different States, the Bright Sun-Breath and the Dark Moon-Breath. In the first state the Svara expands, away from the Void. In the second state it contracts and moves back to the beginning.
At a certain moment we will experience the spectacular Twist of the Svara. This is the moment when Time will move back and the Apas (Aquarius, Water) will dominate the Fire (Bull) of the Tejas.
The Âkâsha and the other Four States of the Svara are the States of what Western Scientists call the Aether, the Carrier of the Standing Waves of the Universe.
About the Aether
Until the experiments of Michelson and Morley in 1887, every Physicist believed in the existence of the Aether. Everybody was very surprised when the experiments showed that the Aether was moving with a constant speed, the Speed of Light, in both directions of measurement.
Nobody questioned the experiments so a completely new theory had to be created to explain the strange behavior of Light. This new theory was the Relativity Theory of Albert Einstein.
The situation became even stranger when Niels Bohr (and others) invented Quantum Mechanics and showed that Light could be interpreted as a particle, a Photon, and a Wave.
At that time almost nobody understood the Concept of the Standing Wave. A Standing Wave is a Wave that preserves its Form and therefore shows itself as a Particle.
It is now proved that Michelson and Morley made a fatal mistake. The Unification of the Theories of Einstein and Bohr is going on but two foundations of the Theory of Einstein, the non-existence of the Aether and the Constant speed of Light, are gone.
The concept of the Aether, the Svara, is back and new theories of the Universe based on Standing Waves are produced and verified. These theories are much simpler than the old theories.
What is the Same?
The Ethical Law of Resonance states that “The Same attracts the Same and Repels the Not-the Same“. The Good attracts the Good and the Bad attracts the Bad but the Good also repels the Bad and the Bad repels the Good. If we are able to define the Same we are able to define the Good and the Bad.
When you want to find out if some Thing is the same as another Thing you have to define the concept of “the-sameness“.
Everything is different from any other thing when you collect enough different data about both of them. When you ignore every detail everything is the same (A = A). When two objects are literally “the same” we call this relationship an equality (A=B).
The same objects can appear differently when we Look at them differently. In this case a “the sameness” (now called a congruency) appears when we are able to create the same object when we move (translate), rotate or reflect the other object.
To find an independent reference framework for an Observer who is “not moving” and a constant Speed of Light Einstein had to abstract from Translation, Rotation, Reflection and Movement (Speed and Acceleration). Einstein’s friend Minkowski solved his problem by creating a new type of “curved” space now called Minkowski Space.
The Ancient Scientists of India not only abstracted the Aether from the Eyes like Einstein did. They abstracted the Aether from the other Four Senses too.
Every Tattva represents another Sense Organ and a related Wave pattern. The interesting point is that the Waves of the Tattva of the Eyes, the Light Waves, the Tejas, behave, exactly the way the current scientists describe.
The current Scientists ignore the fact that Humans observe their Environment with their Five Senses. The ancient Scientists not only detected five types of Waves. They also found a way to combine the Five Wave-Types into one Wave Model.
In general, Objects are “the same” when we are able to find a Structure-Preserving, isomorphic, transformation (F) from Object A to Object B. F(A)=B and G(B)= A and FG=Identity. With the help of an Isomorphic Transformation, you are able to map a structure A to another structure B and move back to the same structure A.
Every Isomorphic transformation can be seen as a “specialized Organ“, that “looks” at Reality in its own way.
The mathematical field of Topology is concerned with the “the sameness” of objects that are Expanded and Compressed. Topology represents the Organ of the Emotions. With this organ, we are able to research the effects of the Great Breath of the Prana.
About the Great Breath
With the help of isomorphic “topological” transformations, it is possible to make the huge Diversity of Forms in our Universe the Same. It is even possible to compress every structure in our Universe into one structure, the structure of the Void.
In this case, there are a few topological possibilities depending on the dimensions of space. In two dimensions we can choose out of the Point and the Circle, a Closed Line. In higher dimensions, strange twisted structures appear such as the Moebius Ring and the Klein Bottle.
If the Universe is compressed into a Rotating Circle, The One who is in the Centre always Returns on Itself. The Universe is expanding and compressing until Eternity. At a certain time even after a huge expansion the Power of Creation is able to “Knows Itself”. This concept is called the Cyclic Universe.
If the Universe is compressed into a point, called a singularity, we live in a “Big Bang-universe“, the standard cosmological model, which will expand into Eternity.
It will be clear that the structure in the beginning determines the way the Waves of the Universe expand.
If the Universe is Closed in Itself the Outbound Waves of the Beginning will meet the Inbound Waves of the Utmost Boundary and will create Interference Patterns that look like Standing Waves.
When the Universe was small the Interference Patterns came up almost immediately. When the Universe expanded it took more time to Close the Loop.
If the Universe is a Closed System, the Waves of the Past and the Waves of the Future will meet in the Now. At every moment in Time, we are able to look into a possible Future and a possible Past.
At every moment in Time we can Change the Past and the Future if we are able to start a Powerful Negative (Destructive, Bad) or Positive (Creative, Good) Wave of our Own.
According to the Ancient Scientists the Forces of the Tattvas at a certain Level of Enfolding represented Consciouss Beings (Angels, Devils) who could be Called to help to influence the Standing Waves of Matter.
In the strange terminology of Quantum Mechanics, this state is called a Quantum Superposition and the union of the waves is called Quantum Entanglement. Quantum Entanglement moves with a speed much higher than the Speed of Light.
Sometimes the fragmented Tones of the Universe unite into one Symphony when the Strings of the many Violins of the Individual Standing Waves are in Tune.
We are able to change the Past and the Future when we are in Tune with the Waves of the Universe.
About the Number Five
The symbol of the number Zero (“0”) looks like an Egg, the Âkâsha. The Âkâsha represents Space.
The name “zero” comes from the Arabic صفر, şafira, “it was empty” and the Sanskrit śūnya “void” or “empty”. The 0, Space, was Empty, Ø, before it was created.
According to many creation myths the beginning of this world, Non-Being, Ø, the Empty Set, expanded into an Egg, 0.
The Egg started to Rotate (Air, Vayu, Movement) and was splitted into the Duality (-1,1), the Crescent of the Moon (Apas), the In-Between-Moon or Half Moon (1/2).
The negative part of the Duality started to move in the Opposite Direction. At that moment the Good (Creation) and the Bad (Destruction) were created.
The Apas are the force of Contraction (Control), the Opposite of the Tejas, Fire (Desire), the Force of Expansion. The Apas want to bring the System back to the Void.
In the Beginning, the Good (Fire) was much stronger than the Bad (Water). Therefore the Universe started to Expand.
The Trinity, the Triangel (Tejas, Fire), contains three numbers (-1, 0, +1). When the first Trinity was created the Force of Fire and Desire, the Tejas, started to Expand the Trinity into more Trinities. The production of Trinities in Trinities is a Fractal Pattern (“So Above, So Below“).
The first two Triangels, the Triangel of the Trinity of the Mind of the Atman and the Trinity of the Material World, are combined into a Square (Prithivi, Earth). The Prithivi is seen as the Force of Resistance, the Opposite of Âkâsha, Space.
The Prithivi, the Square of the Four Forces, the Human, resists the movement back to the Void. The main reason is that the connection between the Spiritual World and the Material World is very strong.
The Spirit of the Human, situated in the Heart Chakra, needs Matter to create all the possible combinations of the Becoming Trinities to Experience the Fullness of Being.
The number Five can be found in the Middle of the oldest Magical Square on Earth, the Lo Shu Square. The Lo Shu Square was given to Emperor Yu the Great after the Great Flood (3117 BC) by a Turtle, the symbol of the Star System Orion.
About the Magic Square of Lo Shu
The Lo Shu Magic Square contains the numbers 1-9 (3×3). In every direction they add up to a total of 15 (3×5).
The Magic Square Constraints the Expansion of the Force of Fire and makes it possible that the Cycle moves back to the zero, the Void, the Mystery.
-1
4
-3
-2
0
2
3
-4
1
When we subtract all the numbers in the Magic Square with the number 5, the Zero of the Egg of the Âkâsha appears in the Middle.
The transformed Magic Square shows an interesting symmetry.
On the six “crosses” the same negative and positive Tattvas are found. The Four Tattvas are Balanced in the o, Space, the Âkâsha.
On the straight lines, two symmetric patterns emerge ((-1,4,-3) and (1,2,-3)) again both positive and negative. In these patterns the 4 balances the 1 and the 3 and the 2 balance the 3 and the 1.
When we follow the Numbers of the Square from -4 to +4, the Sheng Cycle appears.
About the Sheng Cycle
The Sheng Cycle not only contains the Cycle of the Five Tattvas. It also contains Five Triangels in which One Tattvas Balances Two other Tattvas.
The number Five is the same as the Number Zero when we accept that there are Two Structures (or Two Universes). One structure rotates in the Positive Domain, The Sun, and one in the Negative Domain, The Moon.
The Square represents the Four Force of Nature who are the Four Combinations of the Two Forces of the Duality, Compression and Expansion, Yin and Yang, the Apas and the Tejas, Fire and Water, Control and Desire.
The Sheng Cycle is the major Cycle in Chinese Philosophy. It was used to explain and control the many levels of existence (State, Family, Environment, Body,..).
The Sheng Cycle moves in two directions, With the Clock (Generating, +1) and Against the Clock (Destructing, -1).
When we combine the two Cycles a 9(3×3)-fold Twisted Moebius Ring is created with the Earth in the Middle. This Cycle is represented by the Symbol of Infinity (∞). This Cycle is comparable to the Tree of Life, the Jewish Sephiroth, and the Ancient Egyptian Pesedjet (the Nine).
In the Bright (positive) Part of the Moebius Ring, we are in the Sun-State, Life. In the Dark (negative) Part we experience the Moon-State , Death, the Underworld (Our Twin Universe), the place where the Souls exist when they Die.
Now it becomes very clear what the Ancient Indian Scientist meant with the Dark Moon-State of the Svara. When the Wave of Life moves back to the Center, the Void, Death will become Life (“the Death will be raised“), Time will Reverse, the Universe will Compress and the Good will become the Bad.
About Harmonics
In 1931 the US Department of Commerce assigned Edward Dewey the task of discovering the cause and underlying dynamics of the Great Depression. The US Government created a special institute the Foundation for the Study of Economic Cycles. The Institute contains a huge database of the times-series of almost every Cycle there is.
The most interesting observation of Edward Dewey is that Cycles restore themselves all the time and are influenced by other Cycles. The Cycles Resonate.
Ray Tomes, a statistical mathematician, started to do research on the time series of the Institute. He confirmed the Insights of Dewey but with the much more powerful tools of his time, he was able to dig a lot deeper into data.
Tomes detected a relationship between the Cycles and Music, the Âkâsha. Tomes also developed a method to find the basic structure behind the Waves of the many Cycles.
Tomes found one Basic Standing Wave that generates other waves by producing Overtones. Tomes rediscovered the Svara and could also explain why the “numbers” behind the Svara are the way they are.
The explanation can be found in the so-called Highly Composite Numbers (HCN). The HCN is “social” numbers with many divisors. They represent the major “harmonic” connectors in the Universe. The HCN are the opposite of the “lonely” Prime Numbers who only contain themselves.
The structure behind the HCN is self-referential and is based on the numbers 2, 3, and 5.
About the Cyclic Universe of Paul Steinhardt
Paul Steinhardt has created a new theory about the Universe based on the Four Forces of the Square and the Void in the Center. In his theory the Universe is Cyclic. It is expanding and contracting.
The expansion of the Universe ends when the Two Major Structures (-1,1) in the Universe, called Membranes or Branes, are in Balance with the Center, the Void (0).
The two Branes are higher dimensional flat surfaces that are in parallel. The Left and the Right Brains split into many similar Cell-like Structures. We live in one of the Cells of the Cyclic Universe.
When the Universe expands the constraints of the Flat Surface (the Lo Shu Square) create a huge tension and the flat surfaces start to Ripple. The Ripples are waves that are closed in themselves (loops).
When you use your imagination you can see that the Cyclic Universe of Paul Steinhardt has a lot in common with the ancient theories of India and China with only one difference.
In the Ancient theories, the creator of the Universe was “Aware of Itself” in the new theories Awareness is a Feed-Back-Loop, a Cycle.
About Ancient Spirituality and Modern Science
This blog started with the Ancient Spiritual Indian Concept of the Svara, the Wave of Life. It ends with the Modern Material Cyclical Universe of Paul Steinhardt.
In between, I have tried to show that the old theories of The Self-Aware Universe and the new theories of the Endless Feed-Back Loops in Our Universe have a lot in common.
The Ancient Spiritual Scientists developed a Theory of Everything based on the principle of the Fractal Universe (“So Above, So Below“).
If the Universe is a Fractal Structure, the only thing the Modern Sciences have to do is to find the Right Level of Observation (Cells, Body, Family/Group, Culture, State, Earth, ..) of the Fractal Expansion of our Universe and the Same Laws will appear again and again.
About the Good, the Bad, and the Nothing
If the Good and the Bad are Standing Waves that move With the Clock and Against the Clock it will be much easier to determine what is right and what is Wrong (Left).
With the Clock moves With the Flow. It generates new structures until the Limits of the Universe are reached.
Against the Clock moves Against the Flow. It destructs new structures until the Limits of the Universe are reached.
The Bad wants to Control Everything. It Fears the Good and the Future.
The Bad does not (want to )understand that The Good and the Bad are moving to the same Destination, The Nothing.
The Good gives us Joy, Pleasure, and Excitement.
The Bad moves Back in Time. It wants to restore what was already there. Its final aim is the Zero, Empty Space.
The Good moves Forwards in Time. It creates new Perspectives about a Bright New Future. Its final aim is Every Thing, the Many, Infinite Space filled with an Infinite Amount of Forms.
The Bad and the Good move Back and Forth around an Unknowable Center, the Nothing, that makes Every Thing possible.
Some day the One and the Infinite will merge, into the Impossible. When this happens the Nothing will return for a very short (1/∞) moment.
LINKS
About the History of the Laws of Nature (The Website of Milo Wolff. It contains everything you want to know about the history of the concept of the Standing Wave).
About the Svara (This Website contains a (big) Complete Book written in 1894 about the Ancient Theory of the Svara. A MustRead, when you want to understand Ancient Physics).
Sometimes You want to do the Good Thing and the result is a Bad Thing.
Sometimes You start an Activity with a Good Intention but the Activity runs completely Out of Hand because You were unable to Predict all the effects.
Sometimes you discover that you have started a Chain of Activities with a good intention and the Result of the Chain is Bad.
Good and Bad are Context Dependent.
Look at this little Story:
A Chinese farmer awoke one morning to find a horse grazing in one of his fields. Since nobody came to claim the horse, the farmer used it to plow his uncultivated land. “What a good this horse is for you,” said his neighbor. “We’ll see,” said the farmer. Soon after, the farmer’s 18-year-old son was riding the horse when it shied at a snake. The youth fell off and broke his leg. “What an evil this is for you,” said his neighbor. “We’ll see,” said the farmer. Soon after, the warlord’s agents combed the village, conscripting young men for his army. Because of his broken leg, the farmer’s son was not taken. “What a good this is for you,” said his neighbor. “We’ll see,” said the farmer.
About the Golden Rule of Ethics
The big problem is that we attach a Value to the Intentions or the Consequences of an Activity and this Value has just two Names named: “Good” or “Bad“.
When the E-Valuation is “Good” we Feel Good. When the E-Valuation is “Bad” we feel Anger, Sadness, Guilty, Depressed or Worse. The Names of the Evaluation trigger the Emotions Deeply.
Most of the time we feel Guilty without any need to feel Guilty because we are not in Control of Everything that Happens.
The Ego, our Identity, is not able to stand the Lack of Control it has on the Outside World.
Humans need the “Illusion of Control” to sustain their Identity. Deep within they don’t want to believe that Other Human Beings or the Forces of Nature (“the Acts of God“) are also Active Agents.
The Science that is trying to define the Good and the Bad is called Ethics.
Ethics is the Philosophical Study of “the Moral Value of Human Conduct and of the Rules and Principles that ought to govern it” or “the principles concerning the distinction between Right and Wrong or Good and Bad Behavior’
The most important Rule of Ethics is the so called Golden Rule : ” We should do to others what we would want others to do to us” or “do not do to others what you would not like to be done to you“.
The Golden Rule of Empathy and Forgiving is the most important Ethical Rule in many Cultures all around the World.
The Golden Rule uses the Principle of Self-Reference. Something is Applied on Itself.
When we apply the Principle of Self-Reference to the Bad, we move into the Domain of LadyJustice.
About Justice and Revenge
When Bad People don’t want to use the Good Golden Rule some cultures use the Rule “An Eye for an Eye” (Revenge) to do Justice to the Bad Ones. When you do Bad to a Person, the Bad Behavior is Applied to Yourself. “Eye for an eye” is used to make Bad People Aware of the Good Golden Rule.
The interesting point is that the combination of the Golden Rule and the “Eye for an Eye“-Rule (called Tit-for-Tat) is the best way to solve the Iterated Prisoners Dilemma, a Chain of Conflicts.
Strangely enough The Good (now called Cooperation) is Accomplished when you just Imitate the Behavior of the Others.
There is One (fatal) Exception to the Strategy of Tit-for-Tat. If you want to operate On Your Own and You think You don’t need the Others to Survive the best Way to Operate is to Betray Every Body. Bad Behavior provides you with a Huge Economic Win but also with a Huge Social Loss.
When you Betray the others, You have To Protect Yourself for the Revenge of the Others.
To Compensate your Social Loss You have to Buy the Others (Lawyers, Mercanaries, ) or (worse) you have to Force the Others with Violence to Cooperate with You. In the first Case you lose a lot of Money and in the last case the Amount of Revenge increases exponentially.
To Survive you always have to Balance the Social (“the Other“) and the Economic (“the Ego“). The “easy way’ is to do the Good and the “difficult way” is to do the Bad.
Cooperation is a highly Effective and Efficient Method to accomplish the Good for Your Self and the Others because Good Behavior attracts Good Behavior and Bad Behavior attracts Bad Behavior.
About the Seven Virtues.
To do Good or to do Justice you have to Apply the Same to the Same because The Same Attracts the Same.
The Same not only Attracts the Same. The Same Repels the Not-the-Same.
The Same Law: “Look-A-Likes Like Each Other and Repel the Organisms that are not looking alike” (called Genetic Similarity Theory) also explains Evolution. This rule was detected by Charles Darwin when he wanted to explain the huge amount of Cooperation in Nature.
When you Apply the Same to the Same (Self-Reference) it generates a Fractal Structure in which the Same Structure Repeats Itself on Every Level (“As Above, So Below“).
It Looks Like there is a Universal Moral Law that explains Behavior on Every Level of the Universe.
Some Scientists believe the Moral Laws are Eternal Truths. This believe has a long History that goes back to Ancient Rome (Cicero), Ancient Greece (Plato, Socrate) and Ancient Egypt (Ma’at).
During the Renaissance (“Rebirth“) the Moral Principles of Rome, Greece, and Egypt were reborn and transformed into Moral Systems based on the Four (Prudence, Justice, Temperance and Fortitude) or the Seven Virtues (The Four Virtues & Faith, Hope and Love).
When you understand and apply the Universal Moral Laws you use the Virtue of Prudence (Wisdom, Knowledge). To Apply the Golden Lesson you need to have Courage and a Strong Will, the Virtue of Fortitude. When you keep the three Virtues (Wisdom, Justice and Will) in the right Balance you are practising the virtue of Temperance.
They last three virtues are derived out of the First Letter to the Corinthians written by Paul:
“If I speak in the tonguesof men and of angels, but have not love, I am only a resounding gong or a clanging cymbal. If I have the gift of prophecy and can fathom all mysteries and all knowledge, and if I have a faith that can move mountains, but have not love, I am nothing. If I give all I possess to the poor and surrender my body to the flames,but have not love, I gain nothing.
Love is patient, love is kind. It does not envy, it does not boast, it is not proud. It is not rude, it is not self-seeking, it is not easily angered, it keeps no record of wrongs. Love does not delight in evil but rejoices with the truth. It always protects, always trusts, always hopes, always perseveres.
Love never fails. But where there are prophecies, they will cease; where there are tongues, they will be stilled; where there is knowledge, it will pass away. For we know in part and we prophesy in part, but when perfection comes, the imperfect disappears. When I was a child, I talked like a child, I thought like a child, I reasoned like a child. When I became a man, I put childish ways behind me. Now we see but a poor reflection as in a mirror; then we shall see face to face. Now I know in part; then I shall know fully, even as I am fully known. And now these three remain: faith, hope and love. But the greatest of these is love”.
About the Temperance of Ma’at
Ma’at (later named Sophia ) was one of the (3×3) Nine Egyptian Neteru . She represented the Virtues of Truth, Balance, Justice, and Order. Just like Lady Justice she uses a Scale.
The dead person’s Heart was placed on the scale, balanced by the Feather of Ma’at. If the Heart weighed the same as the Feather of Ma’at, the deceased was allowed to go on to the Eternal Afterlife and gained Immortality (Heaven).
If the deceased had been found not to have followed the concept of Ma’at during his life (if he had lied or cheated or killed or revenged) his heart was devoured by a demon and he died the final death and was Reincarnated (Hell).
The Human, the Talking Baboon, had to start all over again to Learn and Apply the most important Golden Lesson of the Universe.
The way of Ma’at was to Act out of the Center of Conscioussness, the Heart. Acting out of the Heart is called the Virtue of Love.
Ma’at was also the God of Balance, Rythm and the Cycles. The Good and the not-Good moved the Cycles of the Universe.
The Good and the not-Good came out of the Same Source, the Void, the Sekhem, the Source of Infinite Potential and Love.
About the Trinity of the Mind
In the Eastern (Gnostic, Egyptian, Indian, African, Mystic) Believe System the Good and the Bad are both created by the Demiurg (or the Logos, “In the beginning was the Word and Word was God“) one of the Creations of the Void. The Void exists outside our Level of Existence. The Void is a Mystery.
The Good and the not-Good, the Bad, are Complementary Opponents. Their Union is the Whole. They Share the Void, the Empty Set. The Empty Set contains Everything that is Impossible.
The Good and the Bad Move the Cycles of the Universe. They represent the E-Motions (Expansion (Desire, Creation) and Contraction (Control, Destruction)) of the Void.
The Good and the Bad Cooperate by Competing to bring the Lonely Souls back to the Void.
The Good, the Creator, and the Bad, the Destructor, are Two Faces of the Same Entity, the Spiritual Trinity, who came out of the Nothing.
The connection with the Void can be found in the Middle (the Golden Mean) of the Body, the Heart, the Link between the Triangel of the Material World (the Body) and the Triangel of the Spiritual World (The Mind).
The Heart, the connection with the Void, is the Seat of Consciousness. It is also the Seat of the Emotions (Soul).
When the Heart Weights like a Feather, the Upper (Mind) and the Lower Trinity (the Body) connected by the Emotions are in Balance.
The Bad and the Good are Attractors. When the Attraction becomes too High you get Addicted to the Bad or the Good. A huge Expansion is compensated by a huge Contraction to Balance the Cycle. When you want to avoid the Pain of Contraction you have to Balance your Life.
The Two Triangels with the Heart in the Middle are the Same As the Seven Chakra’s (2×3+1) and the Seven Virtues of the Renaissance.
The Seven Chakra’s together with the Spiritual Trinity are Similar to the Tree of Life, The Egyptian Pesedjet/Neteru and the Jewish Sephirot (3×3+1).
About the Trinity of the Body
When Body and Mind are in Balance, the Ideas of the Spiritual Trinity are received by the Trinity of the Mind and are Implemented by the Trinity of the Material Body in the Material World (Earth).
When the Mind is not connected to the Body and the Spirit, the Ideas become Abstractions (only Words) or the Impulses of the Desire of the Body Takes over Control.
When the Mind is not connected to the Spirit Innovation stops and Old Ideas (the Seeds) Repeat Themselves All the Time. The Human becomes a Machine Caught in the Wheel of the Good and the Bad.
The One, the Spiritual Trinity, who is The Void, the Good (the Creator) and the Bad (the Destructor), uses the Strategy of Tit-for-Tat, the Trickster.
The Trinity Imitates the Behavior of the Humans or We the Humans Copy their Behavior (“We are made in the Image of God“)!
The One wants to make the Humans Aware of the Fact that the only way to Survive the Infinite Chain of Conflicts (Dilemma’s, Contradictions), which is Life, is to Cooperate (Live out of the Heart) with the Infinite Potential, the God of Love.
About Destruction
The Golden Rule of Ethics tries to avoid the Negative Emotions, the Emotions of Loss. It wants to Create a situation were Everybody is Happy.
The Golden Rule of Ethics helps a lot to Evaluate our Intentions and the Consequences of our Intentions but the effect of our Collective Actions on the Bigger Structures is almost Unpredictable.
It would help a lot if we could Expand our View from the Emotional Human Other to “all the Other Life-Forms” that are in Existence.
In this case we have to Understand the Effects of our Behavior on the Negative Emotions of the Bacteria, the Plants, the Animals, Earth and even the Universe.
It is not clear if our Emphatic System is able to Imagine the Inner World of the other Life Forms.
If the Act of Destruction is felt the same by all these Organisms it will be simply impossible to Live.
We have to Destroy Others to stay Alive.
The Universe Destroys to Stay Alive.
The Destruction of the Old is needed to Create the New.
At this moment we are confronted with a World-Wide Crisis on many Levels of Existence. The Collective Behavior of the Human Race is Destroying our Environment.
The Collective Desire to Create and Expand has reached the Limits of the System we Live in.
It is almost impossible to Control this Expansion. The Control Systems have also reached their Limits.
The Two Complementary Forces, The Good and the Bad, Expansion and Contraction, Desire and Control, have both reached their Outer Limits.
If they both reach the Limits the Expanding Balloon of our Outer Universe will Explode in Itself (Implode) and move through the Void to another State. There is Simply no Space Left to Expand.
If this happens the Expansion of the Outer World will be Transformed into an Expansion of the Inner World.
The Big Bang, the Big Explosion, the Sublime Act of Creation, will Repeat itself and the Big Implosion will Create a New Universe.
About Not-Acting
Wu Wei (Not Acting, Acting without Effort) is an important concept of Taoism.
When you want to apply this concept you have to Know Everything There is to Know about the Cycles and the Forces of Nature. Wu Wei is only possible when you have aquired the Knowledge and the Wisdom of Ma’at/Sophia.
Most of the Time the Power of the Cycle is so Strong that it is impossible for Us to influence the Flow of Time.
Sometimes on a Rare Moment on a Special Place the Cycles can be Influenced.
Only at that Special Magic Moment the Human is able to do the Good or the Bad.
At all the other Moments History Takes its Course. The Good and Bad Forces, the Acts of God, Act without our Consent on the Higher Levels of Our Universe. It is a Waste of Time and Energy to Oppose these Forces.
Most of the Time we are Pushed by the Forces of Nature. We Act without Effort.
In Ancients Times the Forces were called Gods, Angels or Devils. At this moment we Name these Forces with Different Names (Gravity, the Strong and Weak Force and the Electro-Magnetic Force) but the Effect of the Forces on our Field of Existence stays the Same.
At a Magic Moment Everything, even the Impossible, is Possible. At such a moment we are “in Tune with” the Empty Set, the Void, the Sekhem, the Tao, the Field, the Love, the Mystery, the Unspoken.
The Emotions of Loss are created when we Lose Something.
If you Own Nothing You have Nothing to Lose.
If you Expect Nothing, Every Thing will Happen.
When people see things as beautiful, ugliness is created. When people see things as good, evil is created.
Being and non-being produce each other. Difficult and easy complement each other. Long and short define each other. High and low oppose each other. Fore and aft follow each other.
Therefore the Master can act without doing anything and teach without saying a word. Things come her way and she does not stop them; things leave and she lets them go. She has without possessing, and acts without any expectations. When her work is done, she takes no credit. That is why it will last forever.
Programming Moral Behavior in AI: A Systemic Framework
The challenge of instilling moral behavior in artificial intelligence lies in the intrinsic complexity and context-dependency of ethical judgment. Traditional approaches often rely on rigid rules or externally imposed constraints, which fail to scale to dynamic, unpredictable environments. A systemic framework offers a blueprint for designing AI systems capable of adaptive, context-aware ethical decision-making.
Good, Bad, and Nothing: Evaluating Action through Systemic Impact
At the core of this framework is the distinction between Good, Bad, and Nothing. Rather than assessing morality solely based on intent or isolated outcomes, this model evaluates the structural impact of an action on a system. “Good” actions enhance coherence, order, and systemic integrity. “Bad” actions increase disorder or destructive entropy. “Nothing” describes actions with neutral net effects. In AI, each potential action can be simulated and scored according to its contribution to overall system stability, enabling moral reasoning grounded in observable consequences rather than abstract prescriptions.
Golden Rule and Tit-for-Tat: Adaptive Interaction Principles
A key principle in moral evaluation is acting toward others as one would wish them to act toward oneself. In multi-agent or social systems, AI can emulate this principle using Tit-for-Tat strategies: cooperative behavior is reciprocated, while negative actions are met proportionally. This approach provides a practical mechanism for ethical behavior in iterative, networked interactions, reinforcing cooperation while preserving system balance.
Fractal and Self-Referential Structures: Multi-Level Evaluation
Moral principles can be designed to operate across hierarchical levels—individual, group, societal, and systemic. Each decision propagates through these layers, and feedback from higher or lower levels informs subsequent choices. For AI, this implies maintaining models of the environment that account for cascading effects, ensuring consistency and ethical coherence across scales.
Classical virtues such as Wisdom (Prudence), Justice, Courage (Fortitude), Love (Empathy), and Temperance can serve as parameters for AI decision-making. For instance, Wisdom evaluates knowledge and foresight, Justice considers fairness and proportionality, Courage weighs risk and uncertainty, Love accounts for relational impact, and Temperance ensures balance among conflicting objectives. Weighted scoring based on these dimensions guides the AI toward decisions that optimize ethical alignment across multiple virtues simultaneously.
Heart-Centered and Systemic Awareness
Ethical decision-making can also incorporate “heart-centered” reasoning—assessing actions not only in terms of immediate outcomes but also in terms of effects on other entities and the broader system. This broadens AI moral evaluation to include environmental, social, and long-term systemic considerations, integrating principles analogous to ecological and societal stewardship into decision-making algorithms.
Wu Wei and Strategic Non-Action
The concept of Wu Wei (effortless action or non-action) highlights the importance of knowing when not to intervene. AI can implement this principle through risk assessment and scenario simulation, choosing inaction when potential interventions threaten to disrupt systemic balance or when uncertainties exceed thresholds for safe engagement. Non-action, in this sense, becomes a deliberate and morally informed strategy.
Algorithmic Workflow for AI Moral Reasoning
A schematic workflow for AI moral evaluation can be described as follows:
Simulation: Model potential actions and their cascading effects across system levels.
Good/Bad/Nothing Evaluation: Score each action based on structural impact.
Virtues Assessment: Apply weighted criteria for Wisdom, Justice, Courage, Love, and Temperance.
Adaptive Interaction: Integrate Golden Rule and Tit-for-Tat strategies for social reciprocity.
Fractal Feedback: Adjust decisions using feedback from multi-level systemic evaluation.
Decision: Execute, modify, or refrain from action (Wu Wei) based on combined moral scoring.
Implications and Challenges
This systemic framework reframes AI morality from a fixed rules-based paradigm to a dynamic, context-aware system, where ethical behavior emerges from systemic evaluation, adaptive interaction, and virtue balancing. The primary challenges lie in formalizing abstract concepts like “coherence” and “empathy” into computational metrics, and in ensuring that multi-level evaluation does not produce unintended biases or utilitarian extremes. Nonetheless, this approach provides a pathway for developing AI that aligns with human ethical intuition while maintaining scalability and adaptability.
Conclusion
A systemic approach to AI moral programming combines structural impact assessment, virtues-based scoring, fractal self-reference, adaptive social strategies, and strategic non-action. AI systems can make ethically informed decisions without requiring exhaustive pre-definition of every possible scenario. This paradigm represents a significant step toward AI that is not only effective and intelligent but also morally coherent and contextually aware.
When I was a student I made some money by helping young people to understand Mathematics. I Listened to the way they tried to Solve the Puzzles their Teachers gave them and tried to find out their Personal Way of Reasoning.
When I found their reasoning problem I gave them a new Way to Think.
This approach was very effective. Sometimes I just needed one hour and the highly frustrated pupil transformed into a Lover of Mathematics. They saw that Mathematics is the Art of Beauty and Harmony.
The main problem most of these pupils had was the Why-Question. They wanted to know what was “behind” mathematics. In Mathematics there is no Why. Mathematics is “Just the Way it is“. It is a System of Rules you have to Apply.
When you are a Highly Creative Person Mathematics is a Highly Frustrating Science.
Highly Creative Persons are Highly Associative. They See Links between Every-Thing. They Build Bridges between Islands almost nobody knows they exist.
Mathematics is about creating Abstractions.
Highly Creative Persons Think with their Imagination. They Jump from Images to Image.
The Images of the Mathematicians are Abstract Symbols and most of the time the Mathematical Symbols are chosen without any relationship to the Situation they want to represent.
If Creative, Associative, Persons are not able to See what Mathematics is trying to represent they are Lost in Space.
When we go back in History the Imagination (and not Thinking/Reasoning) was the most important “Thinking-Tool“. The meaning of the word “Think” originally meant “to See“.
The Art of Reasoning was based on detecting Correspondences.
The Ancient Scientists observed Nature and found out that certain situations “looked alike“. They used and linked Visual Metaphors to explain what they observed.
Abstract Concepts were always represented by something others could See.
The interesting point is that New Scientists are founding out what the Old Scientists already knew. Our Basic Reasoning System is based on Images.
When we move to the Abstract Domain we use Images (called Prototypes) to Reason. Abstract terms like Furniture are always represented by a prototype we have Seen.
This explains why most of the People are not able to See Mathematics and why most of the People have a big problem Understanding Ancient Knowledge.
They try to Map the Ancient Visual Landscape of Knowledge to the Modern Space of Abstract Terms they don’t understand.
They are looking for something that is already there.
They are asking the Why-Question while the Ancient Knowledge is Visible All Around Us.
When a Search Engine crawls the web and indexes information so that you can access it quickly, the search engine is doing Proactive Computation.
Servers don’t wait for you to execute a search query to start crawling the web; they are being proactive because it takes Too Much Time to find and index what you want.
The Sensory Motor System of Our Body is constantly performing Proactive Computing because it has to be Ready to Act, when something happens that is fatal to the Body.
In a State of Arousal the Sensory Motor System Reacts with predefined Scripts (Impulses). The Sensory System fails completely when there is too much data available (Overload, Panic).
The Sensory Motor Computer is not able to calculate exactly what the Body really needs because it does not have the time and the capacity to calculate every possibility. Therefore the Human Body sometimes makes terrible mistakes, called a Gognitive Bias, when it is Highly Stressed.
The Rational System, the Human Predictor of the Future, the Expectation, is able to override the Sensory Motor System when there is enoughRelaxation, Time and Capacity available. This State of Mind is called Reflection.
To Reflect the System needs enough Data, Provided by the Senses and our Memory, and a Model, a Believe System, that describes the Context we want to Evaluate. Most of the time we are unable to collect the Facts or to define a suitable Model. We See what our Believe System guided by our Experiences in the Past wants Us to See.
The Imagination creates the images we See. Sometimes the Images are made by the Senses. We see Reality as it Really is. Most of the Time the Imagination projects the Images of the Reflection System. We See what our Believe System wants us to See.
The most interesting part of the Imagination is related to the Dream World, the Unconsciousness. The Dream World projects the Images we Have to See. They contain a “hidden meaning“, something we have to know but are unable to Express.
Making a Choice is one of the most difficult things to do. The Emotional System, the Oldest System in our Body, acts on the basis of Feelings. It wants to move to a situation where there is enough Certainty to Survive (Food, Shelter, Love,….) and avoids situations that are threatening to the Existence of the Body.
The Reflective System transforms Human Feelings into Values, Preferences and Selection Criteria.
The big problem is that the Emotions (the Movers, Our Moti-vation) change all the time because they are influenced by Situations (the Context), Others (Status) and all kinds of Fields in the Environment (Gravity (Moon), the Electro Magnetic Field).
The fifth human system, the Consciousness, monitors the four “organs” (the Senses, the Expectation, the Emotions and the Imagination) to make sure they stay in the right balance.
What Model do we Use?
The model we use is called Path of Change (see also this link (in Dutch)).
Path of Change is a generic fractal (scale-free) model that can be used to model an autonomous system on many scales.
What is Happening?
The Computer is a Cold Rational Calculator without any Emotions. The Computer is therefore perfectly suited to Support, Complement and Replace the Heavely Biased Impulsive Unconscious Emotional Human Being.
The Amount of Available Computer Memory, the Capacity to Calculate in Real-Time and the Intelligence of the Pro-Active Algorithms and Reaction Scripts is increasing by the day and the Costs of Computing are going down fast.
Smart Computing extends existing technologies by adding new real-time Situation Awareness based on Sensor Technology and Automated Analysis to help firms and people solve smarter and more complex problems.
Smart Computing integrates the Physical World of the Senses and the Body with Automatic Process Optimization via a Four Step Cycle: Awareness (Sense), (Statistical) Analysis (Reflect), (Generate) Alternatives (Feel, Evaluate, Select & Choose) and Act -> Sense.
Smart Systems look like Smart People.
What has Happened?
Until recently IT-Technology was only able to Replace the Repetitive, Predictable, Processes on a Very Small Scale. Most of the Humans soon get Bored by these processes. They need a little bit of Exitement (Arousal, Challenge, Change) to feel the Joy of Living.
The Repetitive processes are part of the Human Motor System, the Muscles. Until 1970 IT-Technology was only able to automate Manual Processes. Before that time many People made their living from these processes. At this moment Process Management (Workflow) and Case Management, have reached the level of maturity.
The introduction of the Internet Protocol, the Increase of the Capacity of the Infrastructure (Broadband, Glass Fiber, Optical Switches) and the Standards defined by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) have widened the Scale of the Automation of the Manual Processes until the World Level was reached.
One of the most exiting new standards of W3C are related to the Semantic Web. The Semantic Web will make it possible to Reason with the Data that is available on the Internet.
The Semantic Web will generate a Revolution in the Educational System (“Just in Time Learning“) because everybody will be able to Ask every Question that is possible. The Experts will not be needed anymore.
All kinds of processes in all kinds of Industries are now connected and are constantly redefined until every “useless” intermediary proces is removed. This trend is called Value Chain Integration.
The introduction of the PC and the Intelligent User-Interface opened up the Market to the Consumer and started a new wave of Value Chain Integration. Direct contact between Producer and Consumer is now possible. This development is called Supply Chain Reversal. Chain Reversal gives the customer the control of the complete supply chain.
Because of their Software Legacy most of the Companies have not opened up their Private Old Fashioned Infrastructures to their Customers and their Producers. If every company would do this many companies would disappear.
This is the main reason why these companies are not transforming their business. Most people (and companies) are Afraid to Reflect about their own Death. They wait until the Last Moment. At that time it is too Late to make a change.
The Removal of “Useless Manual Processes” (and “Useless Employees“) is now highly stimulated by the Economic Crisis, the Energy Crisis and the Climate Crisis.
The User-Interface made it possible to make a Connection with the Organ of Imagination. This started a Creative Phase in IT. Humans are now able to create their own Books, Music, Art and are able to Play Collective Games and use Simulators to Explore Alternatives in an almost Real Life Environment. The Creative Wave has almost destroyed the Old Fashioned Amusement Industry.
At this moment the Social Media (Facebook, Linked in, Twitter,..) are exploding. They are mostly used to have a dialogue (Chat, Forums,…) between people in a Network. The Social Media make it possible to make a Connection with the Organ of the Emotions (the Opinions) of large groups of people all over the World.
The Social Networks give us the Opportunity to Feel what is Happening and make it possible to Influence (and Manipulate) the Masses.
What is Smart Computing?
The next wave, Smart Computing, adds two things, new Senses (Sensors, Internet of Things, IoT) that are able to Sense much more than the Human is capable of and Artificial Intelligence (AI, Big Data, Reflection), the possibility to Detect and generate Scripts that are much more advanced than any pattern that is available in the Human Being.
One of the most important “Sensors” a this moment is the Mobile Phone. Many people fail to understand the significant sensor innovations that are being designed into smartphones. Today’s smartphones contain microphones, cameras, motion sensors, proximity sensors, and location sensors.
New internet-connected GPS applications also have built-in feedback loops, reporting your speed and using it to estimate arrival time in real time.
Don’t underestimate the “other Sensors” like the Social Networks, Smart Energy Meters, Global Satellite Monitor Systems, Earth-Based Integrated Camera Systems and Medical Sensors that are able to detect all kinds of Physical Changes in Your Body.
In the next step Smart Sensors will be incorporated in the Clothes you Wear and of course your Body (if you allow that!).
Soon the Collective Technical Infrastructure, the Global Brain, will be able to Alert, Control, Manipulate and Support the many people that live on Earth. When this happens the Role of the Humans in the System will be the same as the Cells in the Body.
To make sure that one of the “Organs” will not Dominate the Global Brain we have to incorporate a Monitor, a Global Conscioussness.
What can we do with Smart Computing?
When the Sensors are everywhere you are able to measure everything you want with a High Precision and a Fast Sample Time (Frequency).
The Sample Measurements can be Added Anytime you want (Real Time) and transformed into Transactions with a Flexible Price.
This Price is calculated by Adding the Real Time Transactions that are related to the Components You Buy subtracted by the Real Time Information of the Costs you are making. Smart Computing makes it possible to create a complete Autonomous Real Time Company.
You can measure human transport (movement), chemicals, temperature, pressure on every location and react to the these measurements on a real-time basis based on a highly advanced prediction system based on neural nets. In this way you can prevent traffic jams, calamaties and every other event that is predictable.
Software will be able to read billions of documents real-time and use the knowledge to diagnose every problem you want. With the help of this software (called Semantic Analytics) IBM’s Doctor Watson project will soon deliver an automatic Doctor that will know more than all the Doctors in the World.
It will also be possible to Design and Simulate every Structure you want and generate the Structure when you are satisfied.
Designing a House or a complete City will look like a Collaborative Game and Building can be done by everybody including Robots because “the System” will tell you what to do.
The Banking System will return to its ancient roots and will keep the Transaction-System in Short and Long Term Balance.
Will it be possible to incorporate the Human Emotions in a Machine?
Some Scientists think that the Universe is already an Emotional Machine, a Quantum Computer Creating Itself. The Emotions are a Random Quantum Fluctuation, a Wheel of Fortune, to make it possible that the Universes Explore Every Possible Path. The Unpredictable Human Emotions are the Source of Creation.
Predictable Automated Emotions are not Creative because they lack the ability to make Mistakes. Making Mistakes and Learning from Mistakes are the Motor of the Proces of Innovation.
Machines without Emotions are more Reliable than Machines with Emotions but the Machines will stay the Same until their Emotional Human Creator has Invented a new Type or a new Theory.
At this moment the Robots are Instruments but it will not take long until we give the Instruments the Freedom to Act because they are more Reliable (less Emotional) and much more Cheaper than a Human Being.
If this happens many people will be Out of Work. The only thing that will be left over for us is the Act of Creation and of course the Care for Others.
If we are able to Incorporate the Emotions into the Machines we, the Humans, will be Completely Out of Work.
The Machines will be able to Create new Types of Sensors, Robots, Systems and Theories until Eternity. The Machines will take Care of Themselves and of course You.
The Programmed Robot Nurse, the Robotic Pilot, the Robotic Money Market Trader, the Robot Soldier, the Robotic Surgeon and the Robot Barber are already there.
They wait Patiently until their Human Creator will give them a Soul.
At the end of the Middle Ages the Merchants of the Big Cities took over the Power of the Church of Rome. The income of the Church went down dramatically. The amount of poor (and sick) people moving to the Big Cities increased and the Costs of the Free of Charge Hospitals went up.
At the Council of Trent (1545) the Church of Rome decided that the Cities would take over the responsibility and the payment for the Hospitals. From that time on the Hospitals were run by the Merchants as a Commercial Company. The Seven Acts of Mercy lost their meaning. The only thing that counted was making Profit.
The managers of the Hospitals made a distinction between paying and poor non-paying patients. The patients with an income had to pay for their food and everything else that was needed. The sick poor people were put into Almshouses who were paid out of the charity of the Rich.
At that time the Guilds became a very important power in the Cities. They regulated just like the Unions today almost everything to avoid competition and took care of the Healthcare and Education of their members.
The Hospitals even made money with the Sale of the Dead body of a poor person to an Anatomical Theatre. The Theatre was used for Entertainment and the Education of the Guild of Surgeons.
The Rich People were treated in their Own Houses by the Doctores Medicinae, educated at the University. The Doctores used a Medical Theory that was based on Analogy. This system looks a lot like the Ancient Practice of Chinese Medicin and The System of the Four Humors. At that time it was believed that the Mind, the Spirit, was more important than the Body.
The patients were mostly treated with herbs that carried the “signature” of the Disease (Homeopathy). The “dirty” work was done by Barbers and Surgeons who were part of the Guild System. The Bloodletting Points have a lot in common with Chinese Medicine.
The System of the Four Humors was abondoned by the Medical Profession at the End of the 19th century but is still used in Psychology (Archetypes of Jung, Interpersonal Theory, Big Five).
In the 19th Century in the Middle of the Industrial Revolution the Quality of the Medical System was at its deepest point in History.
The Factories took over the work of the Guilds who until that time took care of the Healthcare of their members. In the Big Cities the Owners of the Factories took over control. Some of them started to create Healtcare Facilities for their own Factory Workers.
Many people moved to the big cities to find work and failed to do this. The hygiene in the Cities with its open sewers was very low. Epidemic after epidemic hit the highly vulnarable poor population of the cities.
The innovation of the Health System began in France. In 1617 Vincent de Paul started the Confrerie de Charité. The Daugthers of Charity were rich unmarried women who devoted their lifes to the care of poor and sick people.
In 1633 the first nursing school was started by Louise Legas-de Marillac. In 1836 Theodor Fliedner in Germany together with Elisabeth Fry in England founded a comparable institute of young women of the Protestant Faith called the Deaconesses.
From that time on the Catholic and Protestant Nurses started to reorganize the Medical System. Hundreds of new Hospitals were created in Europe, Asia and the United States.
In the first half of the 20th century, medicine was completely revolutionized with the explosion of the use of medical technology.
Some of the medical technologies invented in this period were the thermometer, the stethoscope, the microscope, the ophthalmoscope, the laryngoscope, and the x-ray. With these medical devices, doctors were able to Sense parts of the patient’s body such as lungs, and hearts. In the beginning the specialists created their own diagnostic centres with their big tools in the center.
Physicians in early 19th century mostly practiced General Medicine including Mental Diseases. At that time the Church was still the most important factor in the Cure of Mental Diseases.
In England at the beginning of the nineteenth century there were, a few thousand ‘lunatics‘ housed in a variety of disparate institutions. After the Creation of the Psychiatric Specialism by 1900 that figure had grown to about 100,000.
When a Specialism is created it creates its own diseases and of course its own patients. The Health Care Industy generates its own Market.
Because of medical technology the development of specialities occured at a very fast rate. In 1930s, 1 out of every 4 doctors was a medical specialist. By 1980, 4 out of 5 doctors were specialists. The extreme specialization of the Physicians created a highly fragmented view on the Human Body and the Human Mind.
At this moment every small part of the Human is analyzed and treated but the effects of the treatment on the other parts is often not known. This generates Side-Effects which create knew diseases which create new diseases.
In the late 19th and early 20th centuries apothecaries started to produce their own drugs in small factories. Later these small factories where joined into one big Chemical Plant. One of the most powerful conglomerates in the Health Care Industry, IG Farben ,was created in 1926 in Germany.
At this moment the Pharmaceutical Industry is the most important Power in the Medical Ecology. It influences governments, customers and physicians in their decisions to diagnose and cure a disease. To sell their drug the companies create and promote new diseases.
The main effect of this development is that a huge part of the treatment of patients is based on “chemical warfare” against sometimes artificial created enemies.
Until the end of the 19th Century Hospitals looked like Churches. The main function of the Hospitals was to Take Care of the Sick, the task of the Sisters of Charity, the Nurses. The Physicians did not play an important role. At the end of the 19th Century the Medical Profession was not highly valued.
When the Specialized Diagnostic Centres were created the Hospitals changed into a Pavillion. The Patients were moved from Center to Center. At that time the Medical Specialists took over the power in the Hospital. It was also the moment when the System of the Sisters of Charity started to dissolve. Taking Care became a Profession instead of a vocation although many Nurses are still “called” to their profession.
In the last step the Diagnostic, Operational and Care centres of the hospital were fused into one Big Highly Specialized Integrated Building.
What is Happening?
Many people are highly dissatisfied with the Current Medical System. They know that the Fragmented Technological Approach will not solve the problems of their Whole Body and Mind. A huge amount of money is spend at so called Alternative Medicine. This field is just like the Current Medical System highly fragmented and the quality of the practioners is not clear.
What we need is a new approach in which the Reactive Fragmented World of Western Technology and the Preventive Eastern Word of Wholeness are United.
What is Going to Happen?
Medical Technology will take over Medicine just like Technology will taken over every other Profession.
It will not take long until an Intelligent Diagnostic System will be much Smarter than every Specialist on Earth.
It will not take long until there are portable Sensorsthat are able to Measure everything that is happening in Your Body.
It will not take long until the Diagnostic System will send you the Medicine (or an Advise) you need long before you even think about going to the Doctor.
A complementary approach to the Western Reactive mostly “Chemical“ approach is the Eastern Preventive approach.
In this case the Electro Magnetic (Chi) Field of the Body will play an important role. The E/M Field of your Body is the most sensitive system. It can easily be used to balance all the other Systems.
Of course we have to integrate Body (Medicine) and Mind (Psychology) in our Preventive Approach. The State of Mind of a Person is one of the most important causes of a disease.
It will not take a long time until the Sensors will be able to detect a fatal State of Stress in your Body caused by your Mind.
It will not take long until the People with an Intuitive Medical Talent, the Healers, will become more important than Highly Advanced Diagnostic Tools.
It will not take long before the Preventive Approach will completely take over the Reactive Approach.
If this happens we don’t need the Healthcare System anymore.
What will Happen with the Hospital?
At this moment big investments are made in huge Hospitals. If the Future develops the way it goes these Big Buildings will not be needed anymore.
Treatment and Care will take place in your own House just as happened with the Rich People in the Past.
The only question is.
Will there be enough Caretakers (Nurses?) to Take Care of you or will the Robots take over their task?
Perhaps we have to revive the Daughters (and Sons?) of Charity!
In the 5th century AD, Martianus Capella defined the Seven Liberal Arts: Grammar, Dialectic, Rhetoric, Geometry, Arithmetic, Astronomy, and (Musical) Harmony. The System of Capella became the model of the Medieval University.
The term liberal means “appropriate for free men“. The Liberal Arts represented the kinds of skills and general knowledge needed by the Elite. The Servile Arts represented Specialized Tradesman Skills and knowledge needed by persons who were employed or owned by the Elite.
The Number Seven was not taken by Accident. This number represented the Seven Days of the Week, the Seven Spheres, the Seven Planets, the Seven Notes and the Seven Colors.The Seven Planets of the old cosmology included the Sun (Sol) and the Moon (Luna), which we now don’t regard as planets at all. The other Five were Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn, the 7th planet and the Son of the Sun.
In Ancient Babylonia, the Seven Spheres were represented by a Building , A Ziggurat, that looked like the Tower of Bable. This Babylonian Step Tower was a Visual Model of the StairWay to Heaven. The Seven Spheres were divided in three Heavens and three Hells with the Earth in the Middle. The Pyramids in Egypt are based on the same model.
The Three Heavens contained Three Hierarchies of Angels, Nine in total. At the Top, the Eight Step, the Creator was situated. Again the Creator consisted of three Entities, The Father, The Son and The Holy Gost (The Trinity).
As You can See the Number Three plays a very important role in the Ancient Models. The main reason could be that this number is the most efficient number when you want to create a Number System.
If you use this number as the Base System the Universe could be explained as Triangels within Triangels. With the help of the Trinity-Fractal Ancient models like the Tree of Life, and the Egyptian Pesedjet are easy to understand. The Trinity-Fractal comes back in modern Physics as the Triangel of Pascal. In Ancient China the Triangel of Pascal was called the Wei Chi. The Wei Chi was used to play the Game of GO.
In 1275 Raymond Lull designed a tool to Classify and Generate all the Knowledge of the Universe based on a Set of Nine (3×3) Concepts. His invention was described in his book Ars Magna (“The Ultimate General Art”).
Raymond Lull.
Lull’s logic machine consisted of a stack of concentric disks mounted on an axis where they could rotate independently. The disks, made of card stock, wood, or metal, were progressively larger from top to bottom. As many as 16 words or symbols were visible on each disk. By rotating the disks, random statements were generated from the alignment of words. Lull’s most ambitious device held 14 disks.
The disk contained the Nine most important (Christian) Concepts of the Universe: Bonitas (Goodness), Magnitudo (Greatness), Eternitas (Eternity), Potestas (Power), Sapientia (Wisdom), Voluntas (Will), Virtus (Virtue), Veritas (Truth), and Gloria (Glory).
Lull’s fame as a Mystic spread throughout Europe during the late Middle Ages and Renaissance. Centuries later, the German
mathematician Leibniz acknowledged the importance of Lull’s Machine.
The idea for the machine came to Lull in a Mystical Vision that appeared to him after a period of fasting and contemplation. In reality, Lull may owe his Divine Inspiration to the Magi. They used a Device called the Zairja, an Idea Generator that used the 28 letters of the Arabic alphabet to represent the 28 Categories of Thought in Arab Philosophy.
Around 1300 Wealthy and Powerfull Merchants (de Medici) in Italy regained interest in the Ancient Knowledge of the Egyptians, the Arab, the Greek and the Romans. This knowledge was almost completely destroyed by the Church of Rome.
Scientists, Poets and Artists (Petraca, Dante, Boccaccio) visited Byzantium and discovered ancient manuscripts written in Greek and Latin. Greek scholars were encouraged to come from Byzantium to Italy. Byzantium and Europe was ransacked for copies of the long unused Latin classics and copyists multiplied them.
Libraries were founded, and schools for the study of both Greek and Latin in their classic forms were opened at Rome, Mautua, Verona, and many other towns. After the fall of Constantinople in 1453 the proces gained a further impetus because of a number of Greek humanists who moved from Byzantium to Italy.
In 1462 the Platonic Academy was opened in Florence under the patronage of Florentine Duke Cosimo de’ Medici. Its leader became Marcilio Ficino.
Around 1463 Cosimo de’ Medici commissioned Marsilio Ficino to translate a book called the Pimanderwith high priority into Latin from a Greek manuscript brought from Macedonia. This book contained the Corpus Hermeticum that was attributed to Hermes Trismegistus.
Thot.
Hermes Trismegistus “Thrice-Wise“was named Thoth or Djehuti in Ancient Egypt. The Djed of Djehuti represents the Power of the Snake (the Kundalini) in the Spinal Column. Thoth was the Scribe of the Gods, the inventor of writing, and was usually depicted in hieroglyphics with the head of an Ibis Bird. This head of the IBIS carried the Moon, the Planet of the Mother God, The Night and of Magic.
At that time Scientists believed that the Older the Truth the Bettter. They believed there was once a Golden Age in which the Eternal Truth was known. From that time on History was in a Downfall until the time of the Resurrection.
Marsilio Fucino dated Hermes Trismegistus “long before the sages and philosophers of Greece, but yet after Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and Joseph“. His dating of the Corpus “proved” that the writings of Hermes contained the Primal Source of Wisdom.
In 1945 Coptic fragments of the Corpus Hermeticum together with many other Gnostic Writings were found at Nag Hammadi, Egypt.
At this moment we know that the Corpus Hermeticus just like the Emerald Tablet ,another text dedicated to Hermes, was written in Alexandria around 200 BC.
Alexandria, created by Alexander the Great, was the place where the Ancient Knowledge of Heliopolis ,the City of the Sun, was stored in its immense libraries after its destruction. A part of this library was later moved to Byzantium, the Center of the East when the library of Alexandria was destructed.
The most important message of Hermes is that the Physical World is the Manifestation of the Spiritual World. This is summarized in the Hermetic adage “As above, so below.” At this moment we would name the concept of “As Above, So Below” a Self-Reference or a Fractal. The old Scientists knew that one Concept returned on every Level of Our Inside and Outside Reality.
The Corpus Hermeticus provided a seminal force in the development of Renaissance thought and culture. After the Dark Middle Ages, controlled by the Rule System of the Church of Rome, the Scientists started to do their Own Research and Thinking.
The Cycle of Culture moved from the Stage of Order to the Stage of Imagination.
Gordiano Bruno
One of these Scientists was Giordano Bruno. Bruno was born in 1548. At the age of 17, he entered the Dominican Order, was trained in the Liberal Arts of that time and became an ordained priest in 1572 at age 24. During his time in Naples he became known for his skill with the Art of Memory and on one occasion traveled to Rome to demonstrate his System before Pope Pius V and Cardinal Rebiba.
The Art of Memory belonged to the rhetoric tradition as a technique which enabled the orator to deliver long speeches from memory with unfailing accuracy.
At that time people had to Learn a lot of information by Heart. To do this they used a Mnemonic System called a Memory Palace. The memory images were linked with visualized locations that could be found in architecture, books, sculpture and painting, which were seen by practitioners of the Art of Memory as Externalizations of Internal Memory.
Artists used the Images that were part of the Memory Palace as a reference. The Images were linked with Universal Concepts. In the time of Middle Ages and the Renaissance people knew the Meaning of every Image that was used. Geometric Structures, Paintings, Poems and Buildings were carriers of many Levels of Meaning. Some of these levels were only known by the Inner Circle of Ancient Secret Societies.
In the old days the Inside World was seen as the most important place to Explore. The Outside was nothing but a Projection of the Inside.
Examples of Ancient Memory Palaces are Ancient Egypt, the City of Meru (Sri Yantra), the City of Heliopolis, the Babylonian Ziggurat, the Egyptian Pyramid, The Temple of Solomon, and the most important Memory Palace, the Zodiac. In the Middle Ages Cathedrals (Chartres), Palaces (Alhambra) and Temples (Taj Mahal) were designed and used as Memory Palaces.
“Some place is chosen of the largest possible extent and characterised by the utmost possible variety, such as a space house divided into a number of rooms. Everything of note therein is carefully committed to the memory…The next step is to distinguish something [to be remembered] by some particular symbol which will serve to jog the memory…. These symbols are then arranged as follows. The first thought is placed, as it were, in the forecourt; the second, let us say, in the living-room; the remainder are placed in due order all round… and entrusted not merely to bedrooms and parlours, but even to the care of statues and the like. This done, as soon as the memory of the facts requires to be revived, all these places are visited in turn and the various deposits are demanded from their custodians, as the sight of each recalls the respective details” (Quintilian Institutio Oratoria, Book XI).
The Art of Memory was a very important Art because Manuscripts were very rare and the use of Manuscripts and Symbols was seen as the major cause of the detoriation of society. Books produced “fake” scientists who are not wise but only appear to be wise.
“For this invention will produce forgetfulness in the minds of those who learn to use it, because they will not practise their memory. Their trust in writing, produced by external characters which are not part of themselves, will discourage the use of their own memory within them. You have invented an elixir not of memory but of reminding; and you offer your pupils the appearance of wisdom, not true wisdom, for they will read many things without instruction and will therefore seem to know many things, when they are for the most part ignorant and hard to get along with, since they are not wise, but only appear wise” (Plato, Phaedrus).
Giulio Camillo was one of the most famous men of the 16th century. With a commission of 1200 ducats from the King of France, Francois I, he created a theatre that contained divine powers: whoever entered the theatre would emerge with a complete memory of all the knowledge that had ever existed. The design of his theatre is described in his book L’idea del teatrowritten in 1554, the last year of his life. The theatre consisted of Seven Levels and contained the complete Knowledge of the Corpus Hermeticum.
“Following the order of the creation of the world, we shall place on the first levels the more natural things…those we can imagine to have been created before all other things by divine decree. Then we shall arrange from level to level those that followed after, in such a way that in the seventh, that is, the last and highest level shall sit all the arts… not by reason of unworthiness, but by reason of chronology, since these were the last to have been found by men” (Guilio Camillo).
At the time of Gordiano Bruno Copernicus detected that the Sun was the Center of our Planetary System. His discovery was in conflict with the Theories that were educated at the Universities that were controlled by the Church of Rome.
Gordiano Bruno saw that the new theories were in line with the teachings of the Corpus Hermeticum in which the Sun (of Heliopolis) was in the Center. Bruno started to Fuse the Knowlegde of the Corpus Hermeticum with his already highly advanced Memory System.
At that time the power of the Church of Rome was going down rapidly. Europe was divided by religious wars between Catholics and Protestants. The merchants, bankers and artisans of Europe’s largest cities and towns resented the fact that local bishops of the Church controlled all of their commercial and economic activities.
Priests married and then took mistresses, holy offices were bought and sold for the highest price, incompetence among the clergy became the rule, the congregation of more and more people in towns and cities perhaps exposed the amorality and immorality of the clergy.
Gordiano Bruno believed he had to create a new Religion based on the Ancient foundation of Religion he found in Egypt.
Gordiano was a free-thinker and he never stopped expressing his own believes. When he learned that an indictment was being prepared against him in Naples he fled the convent and started to travel Europe. He visited the French King Henry III, the English Queen Elizabeth, Wittenburg , the Center of the Protestant Movement, the city of Prague and Emperor Rudolf II.
John Dee.
At every place he came he started to educate the others in his Expanding (forbidden) Vision of the Infinite Universe. At every place his free-thinking brought him into a conflict and he had to move on.
In 1592 he was lured to Venice, arrested by the Inquisition and transported to Rome. In 1600 he was convicted and publicly burned at the Campo de’ Fiori in Rome. In 1889 a Statue was erected at the place of his execution.
There is no evidence that Giordiano Bruno met John Dee when he was in England but he was in contact with the most important people that were part of the “Hermetic Circle” of John Dee. There is a lot of evidence that Bruno was the creator of the Rosicrusians.
Bruno’s books on the Art of Memory were in reality Courses in the Solar Magic taught by Hermes Trismegistus.
Bruno knew that the most important tools of the Magician are the Power of his Imagination and the Connection with the Major Powers in the Hierarchy in the Heavens, the ArchAngels and the Demiurg, the Creator of the Matrix.
The System of Bruno was created to make is possible to generate powerfull images and Magical Rituals to make the Right Connection (Bonding) with the Major Creators of the Universe we live in.
“There are three gates through which the hunter of souls (the Magician) ventures to bind: vision, hearing and mind or imagination. If it happens that someone passes through all three of these gates, he binds most powerfully and ties down most tightly.” “He who enters through the gate of hearing is armed with his voice and with speech, the son of voice. He who enters through the gate of vision is armed with suitable forms, gestures, motions and figures. He who enters through the gate of the imagination, mind and reason is armed with customs and the arts.” (Giordano Bruno, Theses de Magia, Vol. LVI).
Robert Fludd was born in England in 1574, thirty years after Giordano Bruno was born. Between 1598 and 1604, Fludd studied the Liberal Arts on the European mainland. Robert Fludd was one of the last Hermetic Scientists of the Renaissance. In his life he tried to describe everything that was known until that day. Robert Fludd was a Rosicrucian.
One of his products is a Musical Memory Palace and a Memory Theatre, the Globe, that was used by Lord Chamberlain’s company to which Shakespeare belonged. In the view of Fludd a theatrical play was a Projection of a part of a Memory Palace. The Theatre was a tool to educate the Elite (and the Masses) into the Hermetic Whole.
Robert Fludd, The Temple of Music
The work of Bruno and Fludd was taken over by many other Scientists but the relationship between the Art of Memory and Magic slowly faded away.
At the end of the Renaissance Reason, Logic, became much more important than the Seven Liberal Arts. The Scientists of the Age of Enlightment wanted to get rid of the Delusions of the Imagination. The only thing that counted were Facts observed by the Senses.
Leibniz (1646-1716) was one of the exceptions. He was an Old Fashioned Renaissance Magician and believed in the Harmony of the Spheres. He invented many theories that proved his Point of View and are now proven to be Right.
He believed that scholarship or “perfect knowledge of the principle of all sciences and the art of applying them ” could be divided into three equally important parts : the Art ofReasoning, the Art ofInventing (Combinatorics) and the Art of Memory and the Imagination (Magic). He even wrote an unpublished manuscript about the Art of Memory.
Leibniz got into a big conflict with Newton about the Role of the Imagination and Scientific Discovery in Society. Afther his death Newton and his Protectors, the Medici of Florence, started an effective campaign to prove that Newton was the inventor of the Theories of Leibniz. This is the reason why Newton became the major Scientist of his time.
After the Renaissance, the Stage of the Imagination, the Cycle of Culture moved to the Stage of the Emotions, the Time of the French Revolution. The Old Social Structures of Europe started their big Transformation.
Around 1740 the Industrial Revolution started in England and the Theories of Newton, Descartes and Kant about the Cold Mechanical Reasoner without Feeling and Imagination took the Lead. The ultimate products of the Industrial Revolution, the Computer and the related Factory-Model are now the Leading Paradigm.
The link between the Machine that Controls and Generates our Universe (the Yantra), the Ideas/Concepts that govern our Universe and the related mostly Astronomical Symbols is now completely lost.
Almost nobody is able to understand and value the Ancient Knowledge of Heliopolis that Scientists like Gordiano Bruno and Robert Fludd were trying to reconstruct during the Renaissance.
The Medici and their Successors, the Big Bankers and Merchants, finally succeeded in the Destruction of the Imagination and the Emotions.
Starting 1950 the Cycle is moving into a new Renaissance.
After the Invention of Quantum Mechanics (inspired by Robert Fludd) it becomes clearer and clearer that The Imagination is the Major Power that Creates and Sustains our Universe.
The Ideas of Bruno, Fludd, Plato, the Corpus Hermeticum and the Ancient Knowledge of Heliopolis are coming Back.
One of the most interesting scientists of the Art of Memory is Alan Turing. He constructed a very simple machine now called a Turing Machine that contained a Memory and a Writing Device that could move backwards and forwards. With the help of this simple Device Turing was able to solve many Mathematical Problems. At the end of his Life just before he committed suicide he started to research Morphology, the Science of the Forms.
What to Do?
The Current University System is highly fragmented. It needs a general principle to Unite all the now diverging Subjects of Investigation. The complexity of our Science is enormous. The link between Science, Art and Religion is gone. We are in the same state as the World was at the end of the Middle Ages.
Perhaps we could introduce the Memory Palace again. It would certainly help to improve the Memory of the Students who are now Copying and Pasting the Internet.
Many people believe that the theory of Evolution is based on the concept of competition. They believe that every gene, every cell, and every organism is designed to promote its own evolutionary success at the expense of others.
The big problem with this concept is that it does not explain the enormous amount of cooperation that is visible in Nature.
Atoms cooperate in Molecules. Molecules cooperate in Genes. Genes cooperate in Chromosomes. Chromosomes cooperate in eukaryoticcells. Cells cooperate in Multicellular Organisms. Multi Cellular Organisms cooperate in Humans. Humans cooperate in Families and Tribes and Families and Tribes cooperate in Organizations and Nations.
The question of how natural selectioncan lead to cooperative behavior or reciprocal altruism has fascinated evolutionarybiologists for several decades.
When Charles Darwin was writing his famous book the Descent of Man (1871) he was already highly puzzled by the social structures of the ants. Their cooperative behavior was “one special difficulty, which at first appeared to me insuperable, and actually fatal to my theory”.
To solve his problem Darwin proposed that in the case of ant societies natural selection applies not to the individual, but to the family or group. The ants were part of a “Super-Organism”, that consists of genetically similar individuals.
Although many individuals showed altruistic behavior in the group the “genetic code” was replicated because the individuals in the group were all “look alikes”. The Ants were “the Same” (Similar) and therefore every Ant that survived promoted the Genes of the Community.
To explain his theory Darwin wrote ‘sympathy is directed solely towards members of the same community, and therefore towards known, and more or less loved members, but not all the individuals of the same species’.
For humans, both Spouses and best Friends are most similar on attributes with higher heritability. People join clubs and societies that contain similar people and adopt ideologies that work in their genetic selfinterest. Genetic similarity also explains voting behaviour.
The Human Detection Center of Genetic Similarity is situated in the amygdala a part of the Limbic Brain System that is involved in Fear and Arousal. The Amygdala activates the Sympathetic Nervous System responsible for the fight/flight-response of the Body. It prepares the body to get into action.
The recognition of another person depends on a long series of fast electrophysiological and slow biochemical reactions to the stimuli particular to that person or situation. These stimuli include seeing the other person’s face, hearing his voice, feeling his touch, and smelling his personal odors.
The reaction patterns of Humans to a fearfull situation are different. Some people, the Hawks, re-act very fast. They Fight and Compete. Some people, the Doves, re-act very slow. They Freeze, Flight or Cooperate.
To find the appropriate reaction-pattern every one of our senses works hard to identify “the other” or “the others“. The detection of “dangerous others” has to happen very fast. This is the task of the electrophysiological pathways.
A fast detection is unreliable therefore a second “slow” cognitive pathway is started. In the cortex the frightening stimulus is analyzed in detail, using stored information from many parts of the brain, and a message is sent back down to the amygdala.
To detect stimuli that are really dangerous the amygdala uses a memory. This memory contains learned and inherited, imprinted, situations. The imprinted situations are highly related to the detection of genetic similarity.
If an animal or a human is frequently attacked the memory contains many Painfull Situations and the amygdala reacts more specific to a situation. The older a person gets the more difficult it becomes to erase this memory.
If people or animals are unable to make a distinction between their Own Whole and the Whole of the Others it will result in a Blurring of the Identity. The Whole of the Observer Merges or Overlaps with the Whole of the Observed. If this happens people act in a “friendly“, Emphatic, mode and experience others as more “the same” than others do.
A Cooperative Strategy is highly related to the possibility of the Cognitive Part of the Human Detection-System to Move into the Other and Imagine what will Happen. The Hawks lack the ability to Imagine.
The most interesting concept that came out of Darwins Group Selection Theory is the Idea of the Super-Organism.
This Super Organism shows itself in many ways. Examples are the Family, the Tribe, Society and the Earth.
There is a similarity between the roles played by different organizations in Society and the functions of organs, systems and circuits in the body.
Industrial plants extract energy and building blocks from raw materials, just like the digestive system. Roads, railways and waterways transport these products from one part of the system to another one, just like the arteries and veins. Garbage dumps and sewage systems collect waste products, just like the colon and the bladder. The army and police protect the society against invaders and rogue elements, just like the immune system.
If we take the concept of the Super Organism a little bit further we could imagine the Super-Super-Super-Organism that contains all the other Organisms. In some way every Organism is Genetically Similar (“the Same“) to this Organism.
If this is true and the Theory of Group Selection is Right every Organism is an enfolding of the “Architecture of the Whole”, the Tree of Life, and a Majority of the Organisms (the Doves) will have an Altruistic Tendency to this Super-Organism.
The Doves Love, want to Unite With, the Whole and the Hawks dislike the Whole because they want to be a Whole themselves.
Some Scientists call the Super Organism, Gaia, Mother Earth, but there is no reason why we should not include the Bigger Structures in the Universe until we have reached the Boundary.
On every Level the Same Pattern appears.
On every level the Whole is splitted into Individual Parts. The parts live a Life of their own (Agency). When we Move UP the Parts are United (Communion) into a Bigger Structure.
When we look DOWN we interpret the proces of Splitting as a Competition. When we look UP we see a different pattern we Name “Cooperation“.
If we look at the history of the splitting process it looks like the wholes were splitted without any reason. It just happened. If we believe this Evolution is based on pure chance. Life is just a coincedence.
When we analyze the process of Evolution a Pattern emerges. This pattern is Cyclic, Leveled and Self-Referential. The process is almost invisible because with every Name we Utter we carve out a portion of the world and create a Boundary.
Every Time we Divide the World with Words the World becomes more complicated. Every New Concept that is not created without a View on the Pattern of the Whole generates a higher level of Confusion and increases the Complexity of Something that is really very Simple.
We create distinctions between Animals and Humans, Humans and Plants because the Hawkish Genes Want Us to Believe We Are Something Special.
Because of their Special Status the Hawks treat their fellow organisms in a very brutal way. They Exploit (Desire) them because of their Need to Control their Environment. They want to Control their Environment because they are Afraid to lose Control. They are Afraid that their Identity (Their Ego, Their Agency, Their Whole) will disappear when they Commune with the Whole.
The Effect of the Behavior of the Hawks is the Destruction of the Environment that they Fear so Much. They are destroying their own Mother Earth who is certainly one of the Super Organisms that gave birth to the many wholes that are just there to Enjoy her Care.
The big problem we have is Naming. What we don’t see or don’t want to see is that every Split is a Split in two Opposite Complementary Parts (Yin/not-Yin= Yang, Male/not-Male = Female, Cooperate/not-Cooperate = Compete) that Share the Void, the Empty Set, the State the Universe was in before it was created.
On every level the Nothing, the State of Infinite Potential and Love, is still there but it is hidden because we started to use Words, to describe what meant to be an Experience.
This brings us to the final conclusion.
The big problem that is treatening Mother Earth is Hawkish Behavior. In the long term this kind of behavior is not helping the Human Gene at all. It not only destroys the Human Gene. It destroys the complete group of genetic “Look-a-Likes” of the Human Gene.
Darwin was Right.
Altruistic Behavior, Cooperation, is the Only Way for the (Human) Genes to Survive.
Let us Help the Hawks to Erase their Fearfull Memories.
Most of the time we Sense the world with our Expectation. A wall painted white is unlikely to be physically the same colour along its full length, especially if a bright light is shining on it, but we Think it as a white wall. We perceive the world with our knowledge from previous experience.
Our Believe System is the most Conservative System in our Body. We need the Constancy our Thinking System is creating to Survive in an Ever Changing World. Our Believe System creates and sustains our Identity (or Personality).
Sometimes we need to Re-Act to a Life-Threatening Event. In this case the Reptile Brain takes over Control and We Act without Thinking.
The Reptile or Hind Brain is the “oldest” System in the Human Being. It was developed after the Organisms that originated in the Sea started to specialize and therefore got into a Competition.
To Survive the Competition the Organisms developed all kinds of Sensors (Eyes, Ears, Skin, Third Eye,..) and Effectors (Ways to Move, Flagellum, Muscle Fibers, Gland Cells,..).
When the Body is Alerted, the Sympathetic Nervous System (SNS) which starts in the Hypothalamus produces Adrenaline. Adrenaline accelerates the heart rate; widens the lungs and raises the blood pressure. The SNS prepares the body to Move Away (Flight) from the Emergency or to Attack the Emergency (Fight). The third way to Re-Act (Freeze) is to Hide and become Invisible.
When the State of Urgency is gone the Parasympathetic Nervous System (PSNS) produces Acetylcholine which brings the Body Back to its Normal State of Rest.
The SNS is triggered by Real Events and Imaginary Events. When we are getting Exited or Angry the Body is also prepared to Move Away from or to Attack the Emergency.
When the Believe System Believes the Outside World is not to be Trusted, the Body moves into a permanent State of Stress waiting for the final moment to Act.
Long Term Stress increases the output of Adrenaline that interferes with Lymphocyte Function, weakening the body”s immune defenses against infectious diseases.
Prolonged Stimuli over a certain threshold of Loudness, Brightness and Speed affect the nervous system, as do stimulants in food, drink and drugs. Further, an increase in Acidity at cellular level predisposes the body to sympathetic activity.
One way in which the body protects itself from emotional intensity is the development of Chronic Muscular Tension, which dampens down both external and internal stimuli. The Body protects itself by creating a Muscular Armor.
This Muscular Armor impairs health because it constricts and inhibits spontaneous processes in general (i.e. including feelings and thoughts), such as Breathing, the Blood Circulation and the Lymphatic Circulation, which are responsible for clearing the body of Toxins.
On the other hand, chronic parasympathetic activation, which correlates more with psychological collapse and depression, is not healthy either. Its characteristics are the opposite of chronic sympathic activation (low blood pressure, low heart rate,…).
To keep the Body Healthy the Human has to keep a delicate balance between “Real” Action and “Real” Rest.
To get rid of all the Imaginary Actions the Believe System has to be Cleaned Daily (Enough Sleep, Meditation).
At December 25, 3117 B.C. a total solar eclipse was visible at Sunrise at the Winter Solstice point.
This date marks the date of the start of Biblical, Hindu and Maya Calendars. It is also the start of the Reign of Me-Sin or Menes the first Pharao King that united Egypt.
The beginning of the new calendar marks the most important Geophysical Event of the past five millennia the Great Flood. One of the causes of the Great Flood could be a close encounter of the earth with the comet Typhon (the Dragon).
“And there appeared another wonder in heaven; and behold a great red dragon, having seven heads and ten horns, and seven crowns upon his heads. And his tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven, and did cast them to the earth…And there was war in heaven: Michael and his angels fought against the dragon; and the dragon fought and his angels, And prevailed not; neither was their place found any more in heaven“. (Rev 12:3,4,7,8).
Geo-climatologists have found a huge climatic change around 3117 BC, called the Piora oscillation. This abrupt change in the climate was probably caused by a huge meteorite swarm (“seven heads and ten horns“), possibly from the break-up of a great comet (“the Red Dragon“) in the inner parts of the Solar system.
Archaeologists have confirmed the presence of a widespread layer of riverine silt deposits, shortly after the Piora Oscillation interrupting the sequence of settlement, that left a few feet of yellow sediment in the cities of Shuruppak and Uruk and extended as far north as Kish.
The recent detected undersea Burckle Crater 1500 kilometers Southeast of Madagascar could be the Impact crater of one of the parts of the Typhon. The Comet that crashed into the Sea caused Massive Rainstorms, Darkness and a huge Tsunami with Waves more than 200 meters in heigh.
“The whole earth seethed, and sky and sea: and the long waves raged along the beaches round and about, at the rush of the deathless gods: and there arose an endless shaking.” (Hesiod, Theogony).
At that time the Earth was also at the end of the 1500 years Climate Cycle caused by the Wobble of the Axis of the Earth. This cycle generates Earthquakes, rising of the sea level and a Sudden Change of the Climate. At that time the Earth was highly vulnerable. The huge impact of Comet Typhon triggered Earthquake-Storms all over the World.
Most of the educated people that lived in the Valleys of the Middle East were killed. The poor people without any education that lived in the Mountains, the Shepherds, survived the Flood.
It is very clear that this Mega-Disaster with its devastating Consequences must have had a huge impact on the people that survived the Flood. Their Complete view on God, the Earth and the Universe turned completely Upside Down in a few days.
Before the Flood things were very different. The Immortal Gods and the Humans lived for Four Thousand years between 7.000 BC and 3.000 BC in the Paradise of the Green Sahara.
The Nice Climate in the Sahara made it possible that Fruits, Plants and Animals were so plentiful that there was no need to Strive.
After 3117 BC the Green Sahara Suddenly transformed into a Desert because the Weather Patterns on Earth changed completely.
The survivors of the Wandering Communities of the Hunter/Gatherers had to Move to more Fertile places on Earth. They settled Down at the Oases in the Desert and/or started to Attack the groups that were able to live on fertile grounds. The Peaceful time of the Green Sahara, Paradise, was suddenly disrupted.
About 3000 BC, a shift of power took place in the Near East, as the result of the immigration of large numbers of Semitic & Aryan Tribes into the area. Out of the Green Sahara, Semitic tribes pushed, in several waves, into the area of the Fertile Crescent. These tribes were known amongst the Mesopotamians as Amurru (meaning “Westerners“).
At the Oases the Hunter/Gatherers were forced into close association with animals which were then domesticated together with planting of seeds. The Cooperation between Humans and Nature that was possible in the abundant Green Sahara changed into a Competition between Humans and Nature.
After some time the Oasis changed into a City State. To Protect the Citizens of the City States against the Evil Outsiders the Kings demanded Total Power.
The first City that was build after the Flood was the City of Kish: “After the Flood had swept over the earth and when kingship was lowered again from heaven, kingship was first in Kish. . . . in Uruk the divine Gilgamesh . . . ruled 126 years . . . its kingship was removed to Ur” (the Sumerian KingList). Excavations there indicate it was founded about 3000 BC.
To Rule their Small (and later Big) Empires the Kings needed their Own Religion. To justify their Position they created the Story of the Evil God of the Sky of the Desert that was the Cause of the Terrible Disaster of the Flood.
“Therefore the Lord God sent him forth from the garden of Eden, to till the ground from whence he was taken” (Genesis 3:23) and “Cursed is the ground for thy sake. Thorns also and thistles shall it bring forth to thee. In the sweat of thy face shalt thou eat bread” (Genesis 3:17 – 3:19).
The Great Flood killed many people and almost completely destroyed Civilization in the Middle East. The knowledge about writing and astronomy had to be rediscovered again. For a while people reverted to simple tools. After hundreds of years the rediscovery of Ancient Science was complete and new inventions turned up all over the world.
The leaders knew History would Repeat Itself and started to prepare the world for New Disasters. They knew that the Stars could be used to predict the Future.
One of the things they did was the creation of Astronomical Early Warning Systems like Stonehenge and the Institution of a new Advanced Calendar that made it possible to calculate the date of a New Disaster with a High Accuracy.
Astrology, the Science of the Magi, was the most important Science at that time. The Stars were used to Navigate and to Predict the Future. It is impossible to understand the Myths of ancient time without a deep knowledge of the positions of the Stars at the time the Myths were created. The relationship between Myths and Astrology is researched by the science of Astro-Mythology.
Around 3117 BC the star Alpha Draconis (Thuban, the Snake) in the star-system Ursa Minor, The Falcon, was situated in the Center of the Universe. The Sphinxand the Pyramids are all aligned to this star.
The Magi, the Ancient Scientists, considered The Center of the Universe, the Pole Star, as the most important point in the Universe. The Pole Star, the Hole in the Centre, was the entrance to the Other Worlds.
The Center of the Universe is not fixed. It moves around in a Circle counter the Circle of the Zodiac. The Movement of the Center is called the Precession of the Equinox and takes about 26.400 years. The book Hamlet’s Mill shows that this movement was already known before the Great Flood occured.
The Cycle of the Precession was divided into Twelve parts of 2200 years and related to the Zodiac. With Every movement into a new part of the Zodiac, Society was completely reorganized to the Theme of the Sign of the Zodiac.
The Zodiac moved from Virgo to Leo (10.000 BC), from Cancer (8700 BC, Scarab, Kheper) to Gemini (6593 BC, Twins, the Two Kingsdoms), From Taurus (Bull, 4435 BC) to Aries (Ram, 2277 BC, Shepherd, Sheep, Khnum) and from Aries to Pisces (Fish, 155 BC) and is now moving into Aquirius. The Story of Religion also moved with the Signs of the Zodiac.
At 3117 BC Apis (Hathor, Ptah, Nandi), the Bull was reigning the Precession Cycle. Apis shows itself in the Peacefull (Female) Cow of Hathor and Ptah (the Pleiades ) and the Violent Agressive Destructive Bull of King Nimrod. The Bull is associated with the Material World.
The Sjaman of the Hunter/Gatherers used the Hole of the Universe (Thuban, the Snake) to travel Time/Space in Our Universe of the Heart and the Seven other Universes. The Snake of Thuban stands for the Power of the Kundalini, the Union of the Seven Chakra’s into the Middle, the Heart Chakra.
When the Sjaman travelled the Seven other Universes with their Light Body they discovered the Rotating Wheel of Fortune and most important the Force of Life that Moved the Wheel of Fortune.
This Force came into existence when the Void, the Nothing, the Infinite Potential (The Zero Point Field), created its Opposite, the Not-Void, the Whole, the Material World of Illusions (Maya). The Not-Void enfolded itself in the Tree of Life, the 3×3 levels of the Nine-Fold Pattern of the Egyptian Pesedjet.
After the Flood the Shaman of the Hunter/Gatherers were replaced by the Priests of the Ruling Class, the Pharaos. The Priests of Nimrod blocked the connection with the Infinite Potential, created Artificial Scarcity, introduced the Concept of Sin, started to Divide and Rule and transformed the Story of Maya, the Material World, into a Spiritual Story.
Ursa Minor, the Falcon, explains the use of the Falcon Name or Horus Names by the Pharaos. The names of the kings were written below the Falcon and claimed certain heavenly Stellar Regions as realms for the kings. This made it possible to determine the Reigns of the Pharaonic kings Astronomically.
The fact that the Calendar was adjusted in the Middle East, Europe, South America and Asia shows another remarkable fact. At that time One Family (“the Falcon Tribe“) was ruling almost every part of the World.
The members of the Falcon Tribe were the descendants of the Rulers of the Old Continent of AT-L-N (Atlantis), the Land of the Upraised Hand, the Risen Land that was destroyed by the Great Flood. ATLN is often symbolized by the letter T.
At the other side of the World (“the Pacific Ocean“) another old continent was still in existence called Mu.
The big difference between the two continents was the relation with Mother Earth. Atlan wanted to Control Gaya. Mu wanted to cooperate with her Mother.
The names of members of the Falcon Tribe (Ur-ANU-s. Manu, Noah, Nu, Anu, Danu, Danube, Odin, Maru, Ainu, Manitoba, Manoa, Mem, MeSin, Minne, Mani, Menes, Minos, Narmer, Nimrod, Osiris (Asar), Shiva, Set, Ba’al Haddad, Thor, Ravana, Hu) and their Female parts (Isis, Kali, Freya, Mayence,..) come back in many Ancient stories all over the World.
With the help of Etymology it is possible to reconstruct the Ancient Names. “Ma” is an ancient word for Water and “Ma-nusa” (Menes, Anu) means Mankind or Hu-Man. So the meaning of all these names could be “the Hu-Manthat came out of the Water“.
The patron gods of these cities were (respectively) Osiris, Seth, & Horus, and these early struggles between these cities were mythically remembered as the battles between those patron gods.
Of these cities, Naqada (Seth) and Hierakonpolis (Horus) were the mightiest and most powerful. About 3250 BC, King Scorpion, the Father of King Menes, of Hierakonpolis defeated the forces of Naqada and united all Upper Egypt.
After the Flood Osiris/Menes used the Big Army of his Father the Giant Kronos to implement his “(re-)inventions” all over the world for the “good of mankind“.
“My father is Kronos, the youngest of all the gods. I am Osiris the king, who led my army all over the earth to the uninhabited districts of India and those that lie to the North, to the source of the river Ister, yea, everywhere, even to the Ocean.I am the eldest son of Kronos. Child of the noble and beautiful egg. I was born an offspring congenital with day. No place is there in the whole world, whereinto I have not been, conferring on all the benefits whereof I have been the inventor.
Kronos was the Sun of Uranus (Ur-Anus), the husband of Gaia (Earth, DOWN), the Mother Goddess. Uranus was just like Anu the God of the Sky (UP) and the Father of the Giant Titans. The City of Ur could be the Center the Empire of the Falcon Tribe.
Uranus disliked his Evil Children, the Giants, and imprisoned them on Earth. His sun Kronos cut off his genitals with a sickle. Out of his genitals Aphrodite (Isis, “Risen from the Sea“) the Greek Goddess of Love, Beauty and Sexuality was born.
In the Egyptian Myth of Set and Osiris, Osiris is also dismembered (cut of from his Sexual Desires) by Set. Set is exiled by his Father from Heaven (Up, The Stars) to the Underworld (Down, Earth).
Me-Sin/Set knew that the Power of Sexuality and the Union of the Male and the Female in the Divine Intercourse (Tantra) had to be stopped to prevent that the Humans would detect the Serpent-Power of the Holy Spirit again. To do this he introduced the Concept of Sin.
To control the Masses, the Falcon Tribe created a new Religion in which the Female Power of the Desire of the Body of the Bull had to be controlled by the Male Power of Thinking.
Me-Sin (Sin = Strong Lion) is a descendant of the Nephilim, a Race of Giants, the Sons of Elohim and Mother Gaya, the Titans:
“There were giants in the earth in those days; and also after that, when the sons of God came in unto the daughters of men, and they bare children to them, the same became mighty men which were of old, men of of the heavily stone. And God saw that the wickedness was great in the earth, and that every imagination of the thoughts of his heart was only evil continually. And it repented the LORD that he had made man on the earth, and it grieved him at his heart. And the LORD said, I will destroy man whom I have created from the face of the earth….” (Genesis 6:4).
Uranus/Anu did not like his Children the Giants because they violated the rules of sexuality. They raped their own creations, the Hu-Man.
In the Bible Me-Sin is called Nimrod:
“And Cush begat Nimrod: he began to be a mighty one in the earth. He was a mighty hunter before the LORD: wherefore it is said, Even as Nimrod the mighty hunter before the LORD. And the beginning of his kingdom was Babel, and Erech, and Accad, and Calneh, in the land of Shinar. Out of that land went forth Asshur, and builded Nineveh, and the city Rehoboth, and Calah, and Resen between Nineveh and Calah: the same [is] a great city.” (Genesis 10:9-12).
The inhabitants of East Africa (Ethiopia) and the Yoruba still trace their Ancestry through the Father of Nimrod (Cush). Ethiopia was the Center of Ancient Civilization before the Great Flood and the End of Paradise.
Nimrod(“Rebel“, the Bull), a descendent of Ham, a son of Noah, was a bold man, a great hunter and builder and of great strength of hand. He founded the kingdom in Babylonia, Nineveh and other cities in Assyria.
Nimrod changed the Government into a Tyranny and forced men to Rebel against his own Father (Ah, Anu). He swore to build a tower, the Tower of Babylon, too high for the waters of a New Flood to be able to reach. The Tower of Babel, “The Foundation of Heaven and Earth“, the Gate of Bel, The Bull, was dedicated to Nimrod, also called Marduk.
The Tower, a Ziggurat, contained Seven Levels, that represented the Seven Heavens , the Seven Planets and the Seven Metals. The Tower was just like the Pyramid of Gizeh colored with the Colors of the Rainbow associated with the Tones of Creation, the First Universal Language.
The Story of Enlil, their Father/Mother Anu and his Brother Enki has a lot in common with the story of Set and Osiris with one difference. Anu, Enlil and Enki lived before the Great Flood probably in the Old Kingdom of Atlantis (Meru) that was situated on an island in Lake Tritonis in the Middle of the Green Sahara.
According to Sumerian Myths, Enlil created the Humans out of the Apes to work in the Gold Mines of Sheba. His brother Enki created Humans with Intelligence and a Soul out of his own DNA. When Enlil saw that the Humans created by his brother Enki were Demi-Gods (the Giants) he decided to kill them by sending a Flood. Enki informed his own children (Noah, Manu) and saved them.
To avoid a recurrence of the Big Flood Nimrod wanted to know and control everything that happened on Earth. Nimrod-the Rebel wanted to beat his Unreliable Father, the Trickster, by becoming God Himself.
The Building of the Ziggurat of Babylon was Blocked by His Father Anu. To break the Power of Nimrod the United Language of the Seven Tones of Meru was Destroyed. The Ancient Knowledge of the Number Seven, The Two Trinities United in the Heart, became a Big Secret that was only available to the Initiates of the Secret Societies.
“And they built the tower and the city, and they did this thing daily until many days and years were elapsed. And God (Anu) said to the seventy-two (*)angels who stood foremost before him, to those who were near to him, saying, ‘Come let us descend and confuse their tongues, that one man shall not understand the language of his neighbor,’ and they did so unto them” (Jasher 9:31).
(*): The number Seventy-Two is the number of years it takes for the Sky-Bodies to move One Degree of the Precession Cycle.
In 570s BC, Nebuchadnezzar II of Babylon, seeking to restore the ziggurat, wrote of its ruinous state, “A former king built the Temple of the Seven Lights of the Earth, but he did not complete its head. Since a remote time, people had abandoned it, without order expressing their words. Since that time earthquakes and lightning had dispersed its sun-dried clay; the bricks of the casing had split, and the earth of the interior had been scattered in heaps.”
According to the Ancient Historian Diodorus Siculus Osiris was killed as a result of a Conspiracy involving his brother Set, the Queen of Ethiopia (Sheba/Shiva), and seventy-two other conspirators part of the Titans , the Fallen Angels. In a later stage Horus, the Sun of Osiris and Isis revenged his father and took back the Power.
This started a Continuing Conflict between the Members of the Falcon Tribe (also called the Annunaki) that is going on until today.
The person that introduced Religion and Culture to Britain was the Druid Hesus also called Hu, the Celestial Sphinx. Hu was just like Osiris crucified and his soul survived Death.
In the Druid religion Hesus/Hu was fathered by God and born of a Virgin Mother, Mayence.
Mayence was a representation of the twelve stars of the Constellation of Coma Berenices, Berenice’s Hair. Coma Berenices lies within the zodiac sign of Virgo, the Virgin, which is traditionally associated with Isis of Ancient Egypt, Ishtar of Ancient Babylon, Mayence of the Druids and the Virgin Mary. Berenice’s Hair was the Star that was used by the Magi to find the newborn Messiah.
“And there appeared a great sign in the sky – a woman clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and upon her head a garland of twelve stars. And she, being with child, cried, travailing in birth, and pained to deliver… And she brought forth a male child, who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron, and her child was caught up unto God and his throne.” (Revelations 12:1).
The Druids stated that they were once the Priests of De Dan (Anu, Danu), a great nation spread almost over the whole earth from India to the extremities of Britain. The center of this big nation was situated in Ethiopia also called Ta-Netjer by the Ancient Egyptians, the Land of the Ancient Gods.
This is the reason why one of the most important Druids was called the Merlin (“Black Bird”), the Black Man. It was a very great honor to be appointed to the position of Black Man, for the successful candidate had to be extremely adept in the esoteric sciences, especially the art of rainmaking. The Art of the Black Man Merlin became of vital importance when the Rain stopped in the Green Sahara.
The Indian epic, The Ramayana tells us that Eastern Aethiopeans lived in northern Africa. They were mighty builders. Their leader, Ravana, was called “King of the Giants“. He founded ancient Egypt, and may even have built the oldest of the pyramids and other temples.
Narmer’s Pallette in Egypt (3200 BC) and a wall panel No.3 of the temple O-13 at Piedras Negras in Guatemala (Maya civilization) depict stories similar to those in the Ramayana.
Me-Sin was the first Pharao who united Egypt. He is represented as the God with the Upraised Arm. The ‘God with the Upraised Arm’ was present in many cultures and across a wide timeframe in the Near East. The gods Teshub, Adad, Baal all had similar appearances and mythological contexts.
A common motif in the depiction of all of these is the upraised arm wielding a mace or lightning. The Thunderbolt could be the ancient symbol of the Comet that almost hit the Earth.
When you want to navigate on earth you need a map. To create a world-wide navigation system the ancient scientists first designed a powerful narrative that could be remembered easily and therefore could be transmitted from generation to generation.
The basic structure of this narrative can still be found in the Medicine Wheels of the Ancient Hunter Gatherers. The ancient Medicine Wheels were connected to the Moon Cycle, the Cycle of the Mother Goddess.
To Rule the Earth Me-Sin changed the Female Narrative of the Triple Goddess of the Moon of the Hunter Gatherers into the Male Narritive of the Sun and the Planters.
The Story of the Cooperation with Mother Nature in the Garden of Eden was transformed into the Story of his Cruel Father Sky, Anu, who moved the Humans Out the Garden.
Me-Sin implemented a Religious System based on his own Rules.
The narrative of the Sky had to be a “rotating” cyclic narrative because the sky was in constant cyclic motion. Ancient tradition states that heavenly locations had earthly counterparts (“As Above, so Below”).
The next step was to project this Narrative on the Sky using highly visible stars as a connection point. In the last step the Sky was projected unto Earth again.
Megaliths (“giant standing stones“, “menhirs“) and related constructions such as cairns and dolmens (chambers of stone), tumuli and barrows (ancient earthworks) and henges and circles were built by ancient man for purposes of Astronomy and Geodetics.
Anyone having knowledge of the heavenly stars could thus find his way around on Earth by means of the megaliths, which served both as boundaries and landmarks.
Many megaliths are carved with reliefs of interlocking figures (smaller figures drawn within larger figures) which identify the stars to which stones are oriented.
Many standing stones have cupmarks or less formal indentations or holes on them marking the stars or stellar constellations which they represent.
Additional markings on some stones identify parameters such as ecliptic, celestial equator, circle of precession, center of heaven (north ecliptic pole, south ecliptic pole), north pole star, south pole star, cord of the fish, Milky Way and solstice and equinox points. Many cairns or quoits are in the shape of the star groups they represent.
Megalithic boundaries mark both small and large geographic areas. For example, Counties in Scotland still retain elements of the approximate size, shape, and location of their comparable stellar constellations, located on earth by megaliths. Perthshire in Scotland e.g. retains the name PERSeus in PERTH. The Seven Churces of Asia are oriented to the Seven Stars of the Pleiades.
The shape of many stones shows the appropriate part of the heavens explicitly. Ancient earthworks also served astronomical purposes. Tumuli and barrows mark specific stars or nebulae. Earthwork mounds may form the shape of a celestial object, e.g. the Large Magellanic Cloud.
Geographic locations of megaliths were intentionally oriented to the stars and to objects of the heavens in a given era. For Neolithic sites, the cardinal date seems to be the Winter Solstice in 3117 BC.
The circumference of the earth varies because the Noble and Beautiful Planet is Egg shaped. The distance is different depending on where one makes a measurement.
When we measure the Earth in Egypt the number 26.400 miles appears which is the Amount of Years the Precession of the Equinox takes. A mile in distance upon the earth equals one year of precession, and one degree of distance on the earth, a 360th part of the circumference equals 72 years of Precession of Equinox.
The ancient Scientists not only created a highly advanced Navigation System and a Calendar, they also Mapped this System to a Metric System of Earth. This System was just like the Calendar and the Navigation System implemented all over the world. To Rule efficiently you have to Standardize.
The ancient Scientists observed many Cycles and detected the relationship between the Cycles and the Numbers. With help of the knowledge of the Cycles they could predict the Future (Kronos). To Rule the World you have anticipate the Future.
One of most important Cycles is called the Etanic Cycle. In a 780 year period the earth wobbles above the equator to a max of (4) degrees, then wobbles back below the equator to a max of (4) degrees. The full cycle take 1560 years. The 1560 year wobble can be broken down into the four quadrants of 390 years, and to the Mayan Calendar eighth part of 130 years.
The constant movement by Earth above and below the equator shifts the exposure of different areas of the planet to annual sun light. It also generates a lot of Tectonic Stress (Earth Quakes Storms) from the planet’s core to its surface.
The Etanic Cycle has a huge influence on the Climate. Climate changes shift populations of humans and herds all around the Globe. To Rule the World you have to know when the Big Troubles are Coming.
The year 3117 BC was a special year not only because of the special alignment of Sun and Earth. There are 5280 Feet to the Mile. This number is 0ne fifth of the duration of the Precession Cycle. The periodicity of the well-known Economic Kondratiev Cycle is 5280/100=52,8 years.
The number Five is a very important number. It is the number of the Pentangle and the Quintessence (Chi, Ether, Prana). Five is the Number of the Center as can be shown by the Ancient Chinese Lo Shu Magic Square.
The Ancient Scientists divided the Precession Cycle into Five Stages. The Stage that started at 3117 BC was the last Phase before a new Golden Age would start. It was the Fifth Age of the Precession.
The combination of the Precession Cycle and the Pentangle shows Five Points of Intersection making an angle of 144 Degrees. The intersection with the Bull is related to the Great Deluge.
The next Big One, The Seven Seals of the Apocalyps, will happen in our Time when the Precession Cycle moves into Aquila, the Sign of John the Evangelist who wrote the Revelations.
“And I looked, and, lo, a Lamb stood on the mount Zion, and with him an hundred forty and four thousand, having his Father’s name written in their foreheads ” (Revelation 14:1).”And they sung as it were a new song before the throne, and before the beasts, and the elders: and no man could learn that song but the hundred and forty four thousand, which were redeemed from the earth” (Revelation 14:3).
3117 BC was the start of our Human Civilization. It was the time of the Establishment of the Old Kingdom, the first Writing in Sumeria, and the first Stellar Observation Systems. The Hindu Kali Yuga (‘The Dark Age“) begins at this time as well.
The Kali-Yuga is the Darkest Age of the Five Stages of the Precession. It is the Stage in which the Humans are at a Maximum Distance from their Creator.
It is the Age of the Falcon Tribe, of Conflicts, Power Plays, a Religious System controlled by the Elite, Sexual Abuse of Women and Children, Extreme Violence, War, Manipulation of the Masses and the Destruction of Mother Earth. It is the Age of the God of Revenge who lost every contact with the God of Love.
The End of the Mayan Calendar and the End of Indian Kali-Yuga will be a Very Special Time, a Rare Conjunction of Many Short Term and Long term Cycles.
The Cycles of the Anunnaki are there to keep us trapped in the Matrix. The New Beginning of the Golden Age will give Us the Opportunity to Leave the Wheel of Fortune to connect with the Power that is behind the Veil, the Void.
This is possible because the new Golden Age will be a very Special Golden Age. It will be the Age of the Seventh Seal of the Zodiac, Aquarius and the Opening of the Trumpet of the Seventh Chakra, the Pineal Gland, the Third Eye of Horus.
The Expansion of Space and therefore the Expansion of the Spiral of Time has finished. We are now, for the first time in the Cycle of Creation of our Universe on our Way Back to the Creator Consciousness, that was so Far Away when the Age of Darkness started.
LINKS
The information about the Megaliths was copied from Megaliths.net
Many thousands of years ago human life was a far different experience to that which we enjoy today. Life for our ancient forefathers was a mixture of wonder and fear.
The interesting point to notice is that the human body has not changed since the old days. The things that have changed are our environment and our language.
We see objects our ancestors could not see and therefore we talk about concepts our ancestors were not aware of.
Although our concepts have changed the way we think has not changed.
Thinking is a bodily process. Our muscles talk and our brain processes a huge amount of data.
Current science is able to look into the living body to observe the process of thinking. Scientists think that thinking has a lot to do with seeing. A picture paints a thousand words when the objects (nouns) and the relations (verbs) between the objects are named.
Our ancient ancestors saw other ancestors, animals, rivers, mountains, trees, plants, stars, the sun and the moon. Nature was all around them and Nature was the source of their reasoning.
When you look at nature for a long time you come aware of all kinds of patterns. The Sun rises and disappears every day. The Moon shows itself in the same stages. The plants and the animals act according to these patterns. Observing Nature during day and night generates a theory of Nature and because Nature is cyclic the ancient theory of nature was a cyclic theory.
Our ancestors observed short and long term cycles with their eyes and created a theory of everything just like the current scientists are trying to do.
The human has not changed and his ability to define and verify a theory has not changed also.
In our time we have developed highly advanced instruments to probe in the big and the small structures of Nature. We are able to look at the beginning of the Universe and we are able to look at the very small structures of Matter.
Just like our ancient ancestors we use the data of our new eyes, the instruments, to formulate a theory. The big question is if our theory looks a lot different from the theory of our ancestors.
The images our eyes detect are interpreted by the rest of our body. Sometimes we look with our Imagination (Daydreaming, Fantasy). Sometimes we look with our Emotions. We love or dislike what we see. Sometimes we look with our Expectation and see what we want to see (Verification) or don’t want to see (Falsification). The objective instruments of science project our subjective theory, our belief-system, upon our reality.
Many people would say that we have advanced in our knowledge of our reality. They believe history is a progressive process. It always moves up because we are learning all the time.
Our ancestors would say that history is a cyclic process. It moves Up and Down. Civilizations rise and disappear. History repeats itself all the time.
The proof of their theory is visible everywhere we go but we ignore the evidence. We, the Western people, believe our civilization will stay for ever because our supreme technology is able to solve every problem we will encounter.
The ancient people used different symbols, concepts and names to describe what they observed. We, the Western people, don’t spend much time to understand their theory because our theory of history proves that it is a waste of time to look back and learn from their experience and their comparable thinking process.
The most advanced theory of Physics is called String Theory. It was based on the so called Beta Function of Euler which describes the behavior of the string of a violin. The people that started the quest for the ultimate theory of physics highly believed in the harmony of the spheres, a concept promoted by the ancient scientist Pythagoras. Pythagoras was educated at the university of Heliopolis in Egypt.
Interesting enough the most promising variant of String Theory is called Loop Theory. It supposes that strings make close loops around flat surfaces called Branes. Just like our ancestors the creators of String Theory strongly believe in the concept of the closed cycle and there is a reason for this.
The simple reason is that you have to close our Universe somewhere. Our Universe is very big but there is a horizon, an end of the Universe, which is expanding into the nothing.
The smallest particles we can imagine also have a boundary and this boundary is closing the particle. Closing a system needs something that is closed in itself, a circle, a cycle or every other concept that returns in itself.
One of the most important ancient concepts of closure is the Ouroboros. It represents a snake that is eating itself. If you imagine the eating snake you will see that this snake compresses itself into a point and finally disappears into the nothing.
The modern mathematical term for the ultimate vanishing point is a Singularity, a hole in space and time, sometimes called a black hole.
A black hole is really the entrance to the singularity. It attracts matter in our space while the white hole ejects matter in a different space. The Ouroboros disappears but comes back in another world and starts to expand again. Modern theory supposes that our Universe has expanded out of the Singularity and will move back into this singularity, just like the concept of the Ouroboros is showing.
The ancient concepts are not of our days but they describe the same theory in a completely different way because the old scientists where using Nature as the Source of their concepts.
If the old scientists came with a comparable theory using different terms the big question is how they did it. They could not use the Large Hadron Collider to observe the small and the Hubble Telescope to observe the big. Their only instrument was the eye.
As Above, So Below
The ancient scientists used the rule “As Above, So Below” to make things easy for them.
If the old scientists would be asked to explain this statement in our terminology they would certainly make use of the concept of recursion. Recursion shows itself in the Russian dolls that contain dolls that contain dolls. The ancient scientist believed that the same rules repeat on every level of the Universe.
They also believed that every system is closed in itself. The Big Structures are connected to the Small Structures.
The point of positive Infinity is connected to the point of negative Infinity. The Up, the Down, Forwards and Backwards move around in a pattern called the Moebius Ring (the Symbol of Inifinity). In higher dimensional space this pattern transforms into the Klein Bottle, the basic structure behind Alchemy.
If you understand one level you understand every level.
In 1982, Benoît B. Mandelbrot formulated the same theory in his book The Fractal Geometry of Nature. In this book he coined the term “fractal” to name his recursive structures. At this moment many important physicists are convinced we live in a fractal universe.
The theory of the fractal universe implies that when you observe carefully with the human eye on our level of existence you are able to formulate a theory about every level of the Universe.
The old scientists went a little bit further and stated that our Inner Universe is also an expression of the Outer Universe (“As Within, So Without”). They united physics and psychology in one Theory of Everything.
Carl Gustav Jung (1875-1961) was a follower of the famous Sigmund Freud until he met Wolfgang Ernst Pauli (1900-1951). Wolfgang Pauli was a genius and devoted much of his time to Physics. In 1945 he received the Nobel Price for Physics. At that time Albert Einstein called him his intellectual successor.
Wolfgang Pauli started to visit Carl Jung around 1930. At that time his life was in a terrible mess and Jung started to analyze his dreams just like Sigmund Freud had told him to do.
The Dream of the World Clock
Jung detected many ancient themes in the dreams of Pauli. One of the most famous dreams of Pauli is the dream of “the World Clock”. This dream is a modern version of the dream of Ezekiel and the Tetramorph.
The dreams of Pauli were highly related to the hermetic alchemists of the Renaissance (John Dee, Robert Fludd, Paracelcus). The alchemists based their theories on the Ancient Egyptian Knowledge of Heliopolis.
Pauli and Jung started a life long collaboration to explore the bridge between the Inner World of Psychology and the Outer World of Physics.
Jung was also highly interested in what was called the Pauli Effect. Wolfgang Pauli’s life was full of strange and meaningful occurrences of Telekinesis. Objects in the surroundings of Pauli started to lift without any physical explanation.
Finally Jung and Pauli were convinced that the Dream World, the Unconsciousness, was the primal source of inspiration. They also believed that this highly unknown part of the inner world of the human being was able to affect the outer world by producing meaningful signs. The telekinetic effects of Pauli were created by his own Unconsciousness.
They even believed that the force behind human creativity, Spirit, created and sustained the outside material world of our senses.
Pauli was one of the creators of a weird theory called Quantum Mechanics. The predictions of this theory were verified with the instruments of science and proved to be right all the time. The theory was weird because it detected a strange duality in physical reality. Light showed itself as a particle and a wave at the same time.
To explain this duality scientists moved far back in history and adopted the ancient Yin/Yang-concept as an explanation. This concept describes a constant cyclic movement of the Universe between two opposites, called Female and Male. When the two opposites are combined they are voided into Nothing. The three parts, Male, Female and the Void were called the Trinity.
The scientists of Quantum Mechanics proved that it was possible to influence this duality by the human mind of the observer when the two complementary parts of the mind unite and are voided. This happens when the human meditates or moves into trance.
In the meditative or trance state the brain resonates and entangels, becomes One, with the Electro-Magnetic Waves of Mother Earth, the Shumann Resonance, and the Waves of Life of the Universe.
In the strange terminology of Quantum Mechanics this state is called a Quantum Superposition and the union of the waves is called Quantum Entanglement. Quantum Entanglement moves with a speed much higher than the Speed of Light.
Sometimes the fragmented Tones of the Universe unite into one Symphony when the Strings of the many Violins are in Tune. Pythagoras, trained in ancient Heliopolis, explained the same thing a long time ago.
To explain Quantum Mechanics the scientists had to assume that our Universe is not the only Universe that is in existence. To solve the paradoxes they created the concept of the Parallel Universes. The only bridge between these universes is the Hole in Time/Space, the Singularity, which was there before the Duality came into existence.
The Symbol of the Heart
The old scientists agreed on the number of seven parallel Universes. They are a combination of two Trinities, the upside Triangle of the Spirit and the downside Triangle of the Material World.
They called these Universes Heavens and Hells with our Universe, the Universe of the Heart, in the Middle.
They believed that the Shaman could travel between these universes in Space and Time with the help of his Light Body.
They also believed that the Human Soul, the Light Body, travels these universes in between the time of reincarnation.
In our Western World the Great Spirit of Creation is something many people consider a very old fashioned concept. The funny thing is that at this moment the new scientists introduce the same concepts the ancient scientists were using but with a different name. The modern Material Universe and the old fashioned Spiritual Universe are merging. The only thing we don’t want to accept is that the source of our creation could be a conscious being.
The discussion about Human Consciousness is a very complex discussion. The main reason is that scientists don’t agree about the concept itself.
Consciousness is often confused with Intelligence. Intelligence is the ability to be creative, to find simple solutions for complex problems. Consciousness is the ability to be aware of your own actions. We need our Consciousness to learn from our mistakes. We need our Intelligence to create new solutions to make new mistakes to start learning again.
Most people believe that Humans are the only organisms on earth that are Intelligent and Conscious. They accept the possibility that somewhere in our huge universe a comparable situation exist where extraterrestrials live. This possibility increases with the day because our highly advanced instruments are now able to detect comparable planets orbiting comparable suns in the galaxy.
The big problem is still the speed of light. According to the relativity theory of Einstein this speed is the maximum speed to travel space. Our possible companions in the universe are so far away that will be impossible to communicate with them.
Our advanced science is solving this problem too. At this moment scientists believe that the singularity now called a wormhole could make it possible to shorten the distance in space. If they are right space/time-travel will be soon a fact of life.
Some people believe animals are Intelligent and Conscious. They feel that their cat or dog or horse looks and acts a lot like the human being. Because of this believe they treat their pets just like human beings.
Scientists are already able to construct artificial humans and pets. They are convinced it will not take a long time to produce artificial human beings that are not distinguishable from the normal human being.
Scientists are desperately trying to define a difference between a conscious and intelligent machine and a conscious and intelligent human being and they are not succeeding at all. Soon they have to admit that their experiments with artificial life show that consciousness and intelligence are the properties of a fractal system.
The old scientists already believed that our universe is a highly intelligent conscious fractal machine put in motion by a creator to experience all the possibilities of his own potential. The creation machine, the Matrix, gave the creator the opportunity to experience itself, to become fully conscious.
We, the Humans, are an enfolding of the Creator into a deeper level of existence. We are not created by his image we are in his image. If we look deep in the mirror of ourselves we are able to see the creator.
The old scientists even believed they had broken the code of the software of the creation machine and therefore could become an immortal being, the creator of a new parallel universe, themselves.
Consciousness is created when the self encounters the self by a short or a long feed-back loop.
If this is true the Cycles are there to become aware of the machine and to break the code of the software of the machine to become a fully creative entity. When the self encounters and accepts the mirror of the self they merge into the nothing, the state of the Universe before the singularity came into existence.
The Mystery
The ancient scientists did not believe that the state of the Nothing was not existent. They believed that the primal state of creation was pure potential. It was a highly fluctuating state called the zero-point-field by our scientists and the Mystery by the old scientists. The zero-point-field generates everything that is possible.
It produces mysteries, things we cannot imagine, because we as parts of the enfolding are unable to imagine every thing that could exist. Our bodily pattern recognizer, the Brain, is not capable of doing this. Imagining every thing would turn our brain into a state of pure madness.
Madness and sickness is a state of the body ancient and modern humans have experienced through history. This state has many names in our current highly specialized society. The old scientists believed that Spirit was able to help people to become sane and healthy again.
They believed in independent conscious beings with a positive and a negative attitude. The Trinity and its many enfoldings on different levels (Archangels, Angels) could be asked to erase the negative powers to let the love of the Spirit heal the body and the soul.
The ancient scientists named the force that heals the Force of Life. They believed in four other forces called the Four Elements (Air, Fire, Earth and Water) with the Force of Life, the Void, in the Center.
The first two Forces, Male and Female, are part of the first Trinity, the Spiritual World. Male and not-Male are voided in the Void. They are opposites just like expanding space, Gravity (Fire, Heaven) and not-expanding, compressing, space, the Strong Nuclear Force (Earth). Its main job is to hold together the subatomic particles of the kernel of the Atom. In the beginning God, the Void, created the Heavens and the Earth.
On the second level of Enfolding of the Trinity, the Material World, four combinations of Male and Female are possible. Two of them (Male/Male = Male, Gravity, Female/Female = Female, the Strong Force), are part of the Spiritual World and repeat their existence in the Material World.
The two other forces, the Electro Magnetic Force (“Let there be light”) of Life and the Weak Force (Radioactive Decay, Darkness) of Death are a mixture of both Male and Female and are therefore oscillating forces. They are compressing and expanding and therefore look like waves (Water and Air). These forces are also voided in the Void which shows that the potential of the Void, the Force of Life, is available at every level of existence.
The ancient system of Physics was a highly logical, mathematical system just like our current theory of Physics is. It contained just two concepts expansion (Female) and compression (Male) and showed that the spiraling vortex of creation was a repeating combination of the Expansion of just two simple dynamic concepts that were in a balance all the time. They knew that in the end everything would be Compressed to return to the Mysteriouss creator, the Void, the State of Infinite Potential.
The ancient scientists used the terminology of Nature to explain their theory to the masses. They also used highly abstract geometric theories to calculate the movements of the levels of the fractal universe. These theories were only available for the initiates of their secret societies.
The main reason was that they were afraid of misuse of the power of their knowledge. Science was not only related to the game of invention but it was also a state of mind. Ethics, Physics, Art and Religion were expressions of the same fractal structure of the Universe, that originated out of the Love, the Attraction of the Void, the First Creator, for his own Mirrors.
The force that heals is still there and science is again on the verge of the rediscovery of ancient practises. The weird science of Quantum Mechanics proved the power of the mind and the force of life returned when the Mystery of the Void was transformed into the zero-point-field.
The power of the mind explains the placebo-effect feared by scientists who want to cure the body with chemical structures that exist on a very low level of the enfolding of the fractal universe. The pharmaceutical industry is using conscious entities (chemical forces) with little power while the powerful forces of the Archangels are still there.
The believe of the scientists in the healing power of nature itself has disappeared. They wanted to beat Nature with brains that are part of Nature itself. They wanted to beat their selves instead of uniting the male and female parts of their brains to become whole again.
This blog is a chapter of a new book I am writing together with Steven Strong about the ancient knowledge of the Aboriginals. According to their stories one part of humanity decided a long time ago to stay close to nature.
In the dreamstate they saw the consequences of the steady increase of dominance of technology when the humans would start with agriculture. They believed Nature would take care of them when they lived according to the Dreaming. I think they were right.
The move from hunter/gatherer to farmer produced the advanced civilizations of the World. Everyone of these civilizations did not survive the strange behaviors of Mother Nature, the Trickster, also called the Demiurg, represented by the Raven in the World Clock of Pauli.
I also think they forgot one thing. They forgot that the Cycles of the Wheel of Fortune of the Matrix we live in are a Machine that moves Back and Forth. It move far away from the Void into the Darkness to return back into the Light of the Mysterie.
The ancient scientists could calculate the short and long cycles of history and predicted a new Golden Age. They incorporated the predictions in their stories, buildings and artifacts. They knew that their scientific ancestors would try to explain their weird theories.
They knew that one day ancient science and modern science would converge because the cycles predicted that.
They knew that independent minds would return in every step of the cycle to repeat the same story again and again with different words and different concepts. They knew that history repeats itself all the time.
The only thing that is left for us is to take the consequences of our current understanding of our Universe.
Do we want to fight Nature with our technology until Nature fights back to create a new balance or do we want to return to the old knowledge of the Aboriginals and start again to cooperate with our Mother Earth.
This is a version of chapter Eight out of the never published book Grammers of Engagement of Will McWhinny. Will spend more than 10 years to write a new book that contained everything he learnt after writing Path of Change (1997).
Will worked with many people to test his texts and I was one of them. Will died before he could finish his book.
Will gave his versions to me to comment. I am sure Will has adapted this chapter later but I think it is still a very interesting document to read. I really don’t know if I am allowed to do this. I am afraid the whole book will never be published so I take the risk.
“There is only the dance” T.S. Elliot
An idea, image, or model that has been configured and prepared for enunciation appears as a line of argument, questioning, or entreaty. My question is now, how do we use this enunciation to engage with others to achieve understanding, response, or compassion? The simplistic answer is to get them to be like us, to render both us and them more equally informed and caring. We do this by coupling.
We induce neural paths in the minds of others (or equally in data paths in other systems) that are linked into similar networks of idea. We do it by mounting our propositions in step with the others’ routines and by knowing when the other has completed a cycle of embodiment and is ready for the next cycle of muscle firings.
We learn of their accomplishment when we get a response, “yes, I get what you are saying.” But more accurately, when we hear “I have established enunciating loops that seem to match those that generated your message.” This chapter is about the processes of coupling and the encompassing system that can attain such results. It is about how we get others to be more like us and who ‘we’ become when that similarity is achieved.
In the prior chapters, I articulated the role of coupling in communication and the elements of an enunciation that configure a simple image or model into a grammatical flow of words or symbols. Here I am concerned with the engagement with other systems, with designing enunciations that couple a specific target audience, and with mechanisms to reflectively adjust and augment responses to the audience as a conversation evolves. And when these concerns have surfaced, I find I am back to reflecting on the system that has emerged. I am looking for the meta-language with which we explore the engagements that separate us from the silence we left in the Garden of Eden.
Communication has the overt purpose of transferring information, but its over-all effect is paradoxical. The primary effect is to unite us, at least in understanding if not in compassion. It also has a second effect, making the meta-system of which we are a part more discriminating, more constrained in our expectations, and thus different from the unincorporated environment. Every act of engagement increases the complexity of the meta-system and in doing so increases its ability to engage with others.
It is as though humanity’s task is to incorporate the universe within our meta-system and to internalize all its differentiations, thereby collecting its fragmentation back into a oneness fully aware of what we bring back to Eden. We go about this task by increasing our differentiation to develop the requisite internal variety to match that of the Oneness we would approach. As is often the case we search for variety while reaching for unity and search for oneness while enriching the variety of our worlds. Coupling is the vehicle with which we maintain rhythm and create meaning. It forms the dual with the linear conduit model of communication and an alternative construction to the grammatical development described in the prior chapter.
All communication arises through coupling. All communications are dances that coordinate the rhythmic processes shared among the engaging systems. “Communication is not a transmission of information, but rather a coordination of behavior among living organisms through mutual structural coupling.” Coupling, the instrument of coordination, is established by the physics of exchange and by traditions that associate both human relations and communications with music: harmony, rhythm, tone and tune.
In the 1960’s, William Condon of Boston University School of Medicine pioneered the empirical study of communication as coupling. In the microanalysis of a few seconds of film he was astonished to find how the voice and bodily movements of speaker and listener were coordinated within intervals as short as 20 milliseconds. Condon introduced the term entrainment to describe the coupled behavior. He noted that:
Communication is thus like a dance, with everyone engaged in intricate and shared movements across many subtle dimensions, yet all strangely oblivious that they are doing so.
The phenomenon of entrainment in both subtle and obvious forms is widely recognized. One needs to go beyond its observation to explicate how the coupling is achieved.
Awareness of the other
Coupling begins with getting the attention of other organisms, or more accurately, with distracting the organisms from other engagements so they are able to discern and respond to this engagement. This task I label gaining awareness. Second, by the rhythm of the exchange has be enunciated in a way that the participants can join in the coming and going of exchanges following the pace set by the parties forming and returning messages. And third, the pace itself is enhanced and comes to be preferred by including features in a message that enable the involved systems to anticipate the messages. Later in the chapter I discuss redundancy, attribution, and chaining of ideas. These processes operate in the middle ground between silence and where coordination among participants enables them to notice and incorporate novelty.
That we can communicate with other beings comes from the presumption we are very much like those others, that their receiving apparatus is much like our sending apparatus. We receive actively, by initiating a neuromuscular sequence that mirrors the incoming message, but then inhibit its vocalization. It is a proxied movement, an echo that we comprehend by generating the actions that we would have taken to express the received communication.
The reinforcing behavior is made apparent on listening to a Japanese speaker responding to my request with a nod that I might interpret as indicating agreement. Rather, he is saying, “Yes, I have configured your message in my cognitive system.” “Yes,” simply indicates he shares an enunciation. Awareness of the other is the echo-within of ideas and images evoked. It is not the passive impression of a message on a tabula rasa, the blank slate on which the sensed world is inscribed in the way the philosophers Thomas Aquinas and John Locke envisioned. The echoing sequence is never a perfect copy. In the difference we establish the identity of ourselves and the existence of the other.
All engagements proceed by coupling, but the coupling vehicle is not always successful. Some are too slight, some too powerful, and some just right, allowing an acceptance and response to an enunciation. A coupling that is just right joins systems that link them into an encompassing system of focus and constraints that mutually inform. Much communication is not ‘just right.‘ I begin with those non-coupling conditions.
Too small—Perturbations
A recipient system may sense a slight perturbation as we would feel from the warmth of a fire or the brush of a stranger passing on a crowded street. The perturbation incites a dance at an energy level below that which can capture attention. It does not entrain the chemistry of a cell or establish a memory trace. It may ‘bend’ some neural loops but does not disturb their structures or alert a neighbor. Such minor perturbations are dissipated leaving the system to return to the undisturbed state.
They fail to produce what Maturana and Varela define as structural coupling—their impact on the autopoietic organization of the recipient system is seemingly negligible. We cannot say that these ‘too small’ perturbations have a zero effect for there are couplings beyond the range of human sensitivities that may eventually change the involved systems; the spectrum of potential couplings is vast beyond our comprehension.
Every message induces myriad whorls entraining myriad elements of the complex living structures. Every entrained element of a message adds complexity to the receiving system—wider connections, a broader coupling among neuro-motor loops, and more capacity to respond to the environment.
Too Large—Overloads
Highly energetic perturbations overload a system, tearing apart the autocatalytic loops that hold its definition. Too much energy bifurcates the stable basins of a system’s memory and ultimately violates its autopoietic identity. The overly energetic perturbations leave open non-reflecting fragments of nodes: neurons, bits of stories, and social customs. These fragmented networks are no longer able to hold meanings or link to memory traces.
Short of total destruction, strong perturbation will wipe out the fine structure of a receiving system, leaving it only able to operate in those sequences enforced by the invasive perturbation. To protect the networks of connections, electrical and mechanical systems have features to handle ‘over-modulation.’
With appropriate design, they digitize signals to compress the spectrum, thereby allows the message to be accepted. Human systems have a variety of means to block or censor invasive signals that violate our senses and psyches. Some at the physiological level block the energy that carries the messages; others receive, understand and reject the overwhelming impact. Blocking and the use of censorship disconnects us from the environment and preempts the discrimination they would our systems had more capacity.
Just right—Entrainment
‘Just right’ communication work because it allows systems to exchange energy, thus information, through entrainment. They dance to a just right message. The communication follows from exchanges that take place as the systems draw each other toward a common resonant mode. Systems communicate in the process of being more similar, approaching a harmonious state at least in the domain of the communication. Entrainment stops short of perfect harmony. With perfect harmony there is no exchange. ‘Just right’ is becoming close to harmonizing.
The process of coming close to harmonizing is visible in an old example. Automobiles and farm machinery once had clutches. These clutches consisted of two plates, one attached to the driver motor, the other attached to the wheels, thrasher, or rotary saw. When the operator ‘let in the clutch’ the two plates moved flat up against each other. As the clutch ‘comes in,’ the driver plate begins to transfer energy to the follower plate getting thus it to turn.
At first, the clutch slips and most of the power goes to grabbing, which produces heat. Increasingly the driving plate turns the follower. With full ‘letting in,’ the two turn together. There is no more heating; they form a unit with no further visible communications. The coupling established at the molecular level joins the material of the driver and follower plates in transmitting power to the wheels and cutting blades. This clutching sequence is a model of entrainment.
We can recognize similar entrainment sequences in many other situations: a spoon stirring batter in a bowl, cellular protein molecules latching onto antibodies, two persons entering into conversation, and 100,000 people being captured by Marion Anderson singing God Bless America at the Lincoln Memorial. Viewed as a physical process, each situation exemplifies a tuning of electromagnetic circuits to one another. Plates, proteins, people, and cell telephones that engage in ‘just right’ transfers of energy between the systems.
First, one system is the driver and then the other responses, establishing an exchange among neighbors as they ‘clutch.’ In living systems the dance evokes memory traces, establishes new couplings, and forms new basins of dynamic equilibrium. Approaching entrainments produces learnings, reinforces existing organizations, and establishes new channels of communication that are self -sustaining. Entrainment is a reflective process; it couples, but it also communicates what is different between the involved elements.
In entraining, each system becomes aware of the other in a rhythmic exchange of energy as they pull each other toward synchrony. It is safe to say that living things feel the pull into a larger orbit of the exchanging set. In the movement toward resonance the pull, thus the feeling and energy exchange grow and achieve a peak near full harmony. There, the merging parties experience the maximum exchange of affect. If a situation permits the elements to synchronize even further, the sense of exchange decreases.
The slipping clutch produces heat of exchange; when the clutch is locked it runs cool and no energy is dissipated. Similarly, two people walking out of step disturb each other, calling for attention. When they come to walk in unison their consciousness of each other’s walking disappears. When there is total harmony, there is no pull. When there is synchrony, systems dance in silence. It is in the approach to harmony that systems listen to each other and attend to their relations.
The dance of entrainment never produces perfect harmony. On the way to a stable harmony, interacting systems produce sub-harmonics, supra-harmonics, and varieties of non-linear ‘transients.’ Hums, whistles, and squeals arise as long as there is any dissonance and energy in the conjunction. Every conjunction reverberates over a spectrum of coupled sub-systems, calling up faint memories, reinforcing associations, and preparing possible responses.
Some elements of a communication slip into a system before there is conscious acceptance; our minds organize the grammatical structure of a message before in order that we will understand what has been said to us. Some may take months or years before they have reverberated across a cultural plain and broached a person or community’s consciousness; histories tell us what we could not see at the time of the events. Messages at the extremes that do not enter consciousness on their receipt may accumulate their impact to eventually dominate the involved systems; little anxieties and grand cultural myths form webs that constrain our lives. Our origins are ever present as Jean Gebser reminds with his book title (1985).
Acceptance and Inhibition
Action is the way of life. Movement, actual or proxied, is all that living things can do. The particular power of developed living things is the ability to generate and organize a variety of action sequences. That power is one definition of intelligence. The genius of the human species is not just generating meaningful sequences but managing them. We have developed the mechanisms for generating and growing sequences by accepting messages from the environment.
We have also learned how to not accept new or modified sequences by inhibiting their growth and expression. The choice to accept or reject is first built into our physiology that limits our sensory inputs to the classes I identified above as ‘just right.’ Within the acceptable range, messages initiate couplings that reverberate throughout the receiving system. On engagement with its environment, every biological or organizational system, experiences a cascade of dances that initiate responsive neuromuscular sequences. This effluence has to be managed to produce responses and create new neural paths.
Some messages receive immediate attention as triggers for muscular attention. These are accepted as the ‘stimulus that get a response.’ They produce immediate the firings of muscular sequences such as those that pulls the finger from the fire or rebalances a falling body. Such are the visible responses, but as with a struck bell, stimulus/response messages also reverberate across the system, releasing adrenaline, evoking memories of prior emergency responses, intruding in a hundred ways into the system’s organization. The example is physiological but the reader can appropriately extend it to the phenomena of social organizations.
Most exchanges penetrate beyond the reflex response. More often, they engage with the sensory cortex and fan out into the neuromuscular organs. Through coupling, messages set off reverberations in stored action sequences and confront the remembered sequences with novelty. Acceptance is like chiming; one message produces innumerable couplings and innumerable that compete for attention.
The breadth of the reception is a function of the richness of the receiving system: not everyone catches a double entendre or an in-joke told at a cocktail party, or does everyone have sufficient plasticity to modify existing sequences to learn. The acceptance process parallels the generation of utterances. Sounds evoke the sequences that would generate syllables; syllable sequences are combined to form word sequences; and words are formed into grammatical statements to be presented to the conscious mind. These are all proxied sequences that would become utterances; that is, the muscular sequences would be released if they were not inhibited.
Responses to the environment generate self-stimulating reverberations that tend to reinforce the entire cascade of couplings. Reinforcing habits of action and memories is functional for the organism, up to a point, but too much is destructive. Reinforcing can produce reverberations, that is, oscillations that come to dominant the neural system. Crick and Kock noted that without inhibition a system “would be thrown into uncontrolled oscillation, as in epilepsy,” to which Cotterill adds, “making every transaction with the environment a hazardous one. But even when effectively distributed reinforcement can be destructive, for it eventually overloads the system’s capacity and decreases the plasticity of the neuromuscular network. If the environmental response is allowed to cascade unrestrained throughout a biological organism it eventually closes off capacity to further adapt, that is, learn.
The overload condition is visible in many living species such as the giant pandas that can feed only on a particular species of bamboo. Coupling and the runaway responses to simulation occur in autocatalytic systems everywhere in nature. In most living forms, propagations are control by competition for resources. However, animals have made a radical improvement in performance by internalizing the choices of what is to be inhibited. Early in the evolutionary path, animals developed ingenious devices that inhibit the runaway processes. It is a choice rather than an imposition. Making the choices about what is not be to retained gives animals the ability to perpetually learn and diversify.
Inhibition is the neuromuscular process that blocks either overt expression or propagation of messages through the organization. It works first at a cellular level by inhibiting the firing of synapses. It also operates at higher levels by consciously stopping muscular firings that that had been identified for execution. Inhibition serves a number of functions by its ability to block synaptic activity:
Gating. In neurons, inhibitory synapses corral the flow of messages. In combination with the excitatory synapses, they route acceptance through a network, closing ‘gates’ to direct a firing sequence along a path. Gating is a logic function which sums excitatory (positive) and inhibitory (negative) signals to allow signals to flow along neural paths.
Coordination of movements. Working at a higher level, inhibition contributes to the rhythm of movements, by periodically inhibiting neuromuscular sequences. For example, as an infant learns to crawl, it inhibits muscle firings that activate the left arm and right leg, thus providing the base for the right arm and left leg to move forward. A moment later, the converse inhibition continues the forward movement; the right arm and left leg are now inhibited, freeing the other pair to move. Inhibition establishes the rhythm of movement that we see displayed as a centipede manages the flow its many legs or a drummer keeps his beat.
Blocking dysfunctional responses. Inhibition is expressed by blocking sequences that carry signals. It stops motions judged to be harmful to an organism, such as a loss of balance, eating noxious substances or using socially incorrect language. It can be used consciously to stop habitual behaviors that become viewed as damaging. And, in the context of communication, to prevent noxious messages from entering our consciousness—“see no evil,….”
Learning. Learning is a natural result of the reinforcing reverberations that flow through neural and organizational systems. Without inhibition reverberation will clog the limited systems. In simple organisms, the memory is filled and the system becomes unresponsive to fresh information. With limits on its resources, the nervous system would drive itself into fixed routines. Part of mind’s work is to remove links between sequences to allow for alternatives, either for explicit learning or serendipital creativity. Without the ability to prevent efferent motor sequences from initiating, there would be no room to introduce new sequences, that is, listen to something not already established in one’s memory circuits. As silence is to communication, so inhibiting is to learning. Inhibition opens the door to novelty. As Cotterill suggests, while it may be that while humans lack ‘free will’ but the evidence supports their access to ‘free won’t.’ (1998)
In spite of its bad name, inhibition is critical to engagement in two major ways as described here. First, it enables coordinated rhythms of movement and second, it enables a system to make choices about how to use resources. Acceptance provides access to resources; inhibition provides the control that makes those resources useable. Both are required for there to be awareness of the other.
Music of the Spheres
Entrainment is a process in time. It takes time for a photon to bounce between electrons and for amino acids to couple into a protein; A it takes time to hear what the other person (the other system) is saying; it takes time for the hermeneutic circles to close on an international treaty. At every level of engagement, entrainment is a two-way process that sets up a rhythm of coming-and-going that sets up expectancies and readiness to respond. An enunciation proposes a pace of exchange directly by a choice of words, the urgency of their expression, or the request for response.
A response can follow in milli-seconds after an alert of danger to a loved one or follow weeks of rumination on an ethical issue. While the over-all rhythm of our engagements is bound by genetics and technology and evolves with the culture, every exchange establishes a natural rhythm for the particular participants. For atomic particles, the determinants are electromagnetic forces; for simple organisms, it is the biochemistry; but animals have attained the freedom to set the rhythms with conscious intentionality in shared music, conversation, and the imagined response of distant audiences sympathizing with our thoughts and emotions.
Pacing, a music, develops through a harmonizing across the spectrum of enunciations and responses. In human communication, rhythm orchestrates the voices, expressions, e.g., sentences, reception processes, rhythms of the body, demands for attention within and among the participants, and long waves of cultural accommodation across the whole set of conversants. A conversation is effective when the pacing of each element synchronizes with the others: all the phonemes of a word need to be completely expressed before a speaker begins to generate the next word. Interruptions in this flow produce stuttering, in speech or thought.
The breathing must enable a sentence to be phrased, expressed on a single breath or broken in relation to its grammatical structure. The listeners simultaneously construct the sentences in their own neuro-muscular structure, or pass them through an organization’s network to get acceptance, then in to prepare to receive the next enunciation. Conscious processing introduces delays in transmission, taking time to search and test, and readies the neuro-muscular systems for new receptions. Inhibiting a misinterpretation also takes time. If first interpretations are recognized as inappropriate, their flows must be inhibited so that new neuro-muscular proxy sequences can begin.
When the conversation introduces material novel to some of the participants, the pace must slow to allow for searching and testing for internal dialogues. These detours all take time. The design and conduct of engagements needs rhythms that accommodate these delays to allow sufficient time for participation and exploration.
The rhythms of discourse vary the ways in which ideas are enunciated. The participants have to be prepared join in the rhythm in order to interpret the enunciations. Shakespeare began many of his plays with ‘throw away’ dialogues to give his audiences time to settle into the mood of his drama, to begin to listen. That is one of the ways by which enunciations establish the pacing. I comment on three other methods that facilitate engagements: redundancy, bundling, and chaining.
Redundancy
Redundancy is introduced into communications to enhance the ability to anticipate and be prepared for what is coming—once we know a tune, we can anticipate its sequence from hearing the first few notes. We can sing ahead of the music, for we have constructed a rendition of it in neuromuscular sequences, in memory loops.
Once we have identified the song and begun singing along the rest of the performance is formally redundant, though their actual play reinforces the memory trace and maintains the coupling of source with the listener. Spoken and written languages contain highly redundant sounds, letters and words. In English, the letter ‘u’ almost always follows the letter ‘q,’ and the word [find example word] is almost always followed by [example].
Redundancy is essential to coupling. It allows the receiver to keep pace with the incoming message. In comprehending verbal communications, the ability to anticipate enables the receivers to rapidly reconfigure messages to their own mode of thinking. It is misleading to imagine that we ‘take in’ messages. Rather receivers create muscular sequences just as if they had spoken the words. The message, reformed into the unvoiced sequence is accepted with a caveat that it might be a misrepresentation.
If a mismatch is detected the proxied muscular sequence is inhibited and a search starts for a new hypothetical configuration. In general, we don’t need to even take in a whole message to understand it; a comparison process tests the hypothesis that what one generates is equivalent to what was received. If the message is full of novelty, one needs more time to integrate the words into a meaningful context.
Generating a phoneme as part of an expected stream may take 25 milliseconds, but searching for a correct one may take 250 milliseconds. All the forms of redundancy may combine to produce over-all expectancy in excess of 90% in English texts. High redundancy allows us to flow with the music or speech. We dance with the assumption of near perfect anticipation. We are entrained by songs and we finish our spouse’s sentences.
The use of redundancy aids coupling by regularizing the flow of absorption. With a highly redundant message, the senders can anticipate that after a given interval the audience will be with them. Most of the audience will generate an internal response that readies them for the next, highly redundant message. Their neuro-muscular sequences are reset to start when a signal indicates the next musical bar, poetic stanza, or semantic enunciation is flowing. And conversely, the speakers have reset their programs to generate proxies of the other’s response. The in-flow and out-flow of messages involves couplings in some regions of the spectrum of exchange.
At times the rhythm is obvious, and at other times, it is inaccessible and its audience is incapable of sponsoring a sympathetic answer. In earlier historic era much speech was explicitly rhythmic. Epic poems such as the Iliad relied on rhythm to aid the narrator’s memory and supported the audiences’ sense of belonging to the community of heroes that the tale immortalized. Now we use more subtle devices. Theater and cinema rely on the audiences’ recall of the beloved dialogue and comedy skits.
Authors fall back on familiar metaphors and representative examples. However, with development of distant media, printed materials, electronic transmissions and computer generated images, the immediacy of communication has diminished, weakening the rhythmic element, and forcing communications to rely on internal reconstruction of the messages carried by the media. Academic writers and lawyers seem to ignore their readers’ need for rhythm and flow, forcing us to reconstruct what ‘the author must mean,’ resorting to rewriting the material in our heads. The reconstructing efforts interfere with coupling.
The readers feel distanced from the author and unable to assess the agreement of their reconstruction with the original. It is not surprising that deconstructionists such as Derrida asserted that the meaning of a text is weakly associated with its author’s intent. Without direct coupling, conveyance of meaning depends even more heavily on redundancy in rhythm, word, and sense.
Attribution and bundling
All languages provide us with the ability to evoke in others complex ideas and events using simple labels. Every adjective and noun brings to the mutually informed participants descriptive qualities and bundles of elements and the verbs organize sequences of acts. Attribution characterize an entity by assigning it a quality, bundling packages elements into a whole, and grammatical sequencing gives meaning.
These tools of aggregation allow us to convey ideas quickly, to use shared understanding to identify differences. The technical vocabulary of a discipline gives participants a ‘short hand’ to speed their communication and these abstractions allow the conversation to get to a point quickly. Using high levels of attribution and bundling ideas under a few labels provides efficiencies in communication and rhythmic couplings that accompanies sharing an image, a piece of music, or an emotional experience.
The ability to hold highly attributed discourse is itself a bonding experience, coupling participants emotionally. Pervasive use of similar attribution schemes provides assurance of future coupling, of being in tune with one’s social and intellectual environment.
With far less packaging, being direct allow more intense discourse appropriate to exploring feelings, searching for ideas, resolving conflicts, coming to new meanings. For example, recalling a person’s conversations, eye contact and bodily stance, the responsiveness to our interventions, and indicating how different he is from some another person with whom we are familiar, produces a more involving engagement calling for a more relax pacing, perhaps a more intimate coupling than is produced by an incisive psychological classification or associating him with some famous personage. Each level of bundling and attribution requires a attention to matching the pace of an engagement, and the demands it places on each of the participants.
Sharing common levels of attribution and bundling contributes to coupling, in part by allowing the pace of the communication to suit each participant’s favored pace in dialogue. A dialogue constructed between people using significantly different levels of attribution is threatening to everyone, for it denies the use of their core rhythms. The anthropologist, Edward T. Hall writes of failures experienced by Caucasians trying to work with Hopi Indians as due to the different pacings of the two cultures.
They used different levels of attribution and different rules of bundling. Such a discordant dialogue between participants can be more frustrating and disorganizing than an attempt at conversation between speakers of different languages. When speakers are using a common language, their neuromuscular expectations of completion are disturbed by differing attributions. Communication is less stressful when the participants are fully aware that they using different languages because they accept the delays and stay in a search mode; they are jointly slowing their expected pace of exchange, coupled in their search for proper translations.
Chaining
Chaining links ideas and words into meaningful expressions enabling appreciation of an enunciation by another system. A series of entrained loops produces a chain of understanding. A protein molecule is a chain of amino acids linked through their valences, branched and immensely long. Linking phonemes produces a vocal chain through neuro-muscular firing sequences. Chaining organizes muscle groups to produce actions—movements, vocalizations, or inhibitions. It produces the complex movements of the eye, of walking, of typing, of hitting a golf ball. Chaining configures words, phrases, sentences, complete works of music composition, poetry, essays, even an author or composer’s life work.
Different mechanisms for linking chains appear at each extension, all has their origins in trains of proxied muscle-group firings. Chains also define interpersonal exchanges that knit a culture together. We are aware of these chains in trivial and grand rituals. In North America, when passing a stranger on a quite street, one glances to acknowledge the person, saying “hi.” The response is the same, a glance and an even briefer“ ‘i.” Failure to complete such ritual sequences may leave both people distanced, even threatened by other. So rituals are held to be sacred, that is, convents for coupled behaviors committed to by members of a culture.
Chains execute or rehearse an action operating on the material strata of the neural network, but the process is better characterized as resonant contagions. And the image of a wildfire provides a more accurate metaphor than a flow of water or an electronic network. Once energized an idea, image, or metaphor can find linkages anywhere. Chains propagate harmonically. As in a wildfire in the brush, flying embers ignite fires far beyond the fire line. Some burst into flame immediately—are acted upon—others lay smoldering to flame up days later.
Fires erupt where there is no apparent connection; so resonance grabs, links to, distant memories. And resonance, like heat, ignites a contagion of linkages. Messages from cerebral cortex incite the chaining, but do not fuel it. They enchain neuromuscular sequences, some of which ‘fire’ immediately, producing bodily motion or speech; some are inhibited; and some remain as silent links to a future eruption.
Chaining significantly improves the pace and efficiency of entrainment, thus, of engagements. It allows a listener to move with the received enunciation, but more significantly, to anticipate and move into readiness for the next phoneme, musical note, logical step, or emotional expression. Surprises may provide enjoyment to a listener; but they also break the established harmony of a coupled dialogue. To allow an exchange of enunciations requires that each loop can more or less effortlessly lead to a sympathetic loop.
Music is explicitly organized to allow the listener to predict the next tone, its timing and timbre. The pleasure is derived from setting up an expectation that allows the listener to anticipate the coming music and enjoy occasions of surprise. Poetry supports anticipation of the flow, and even prose provides a rhythm to guide the chaining. Hall emphasizes the importance of completing the chaining cycles to our psychic as well as social functions in a presentation of Spitz’s work.
Spitz’s theory is that if human beings (or other animals) are put in the position of having to cope with the consequences of too many broken chains, they will compensate. The compensations will ultimately become so numerous as to block or prohibit normal behavior. The culmination of this process, he called, “derailment of dialogue,” a term that indicates not only words but actions as well. To such derailment, he attributes many of the ills of our overcrowded cities, including juvenile delinquency, sadistic teenage crimes, neuroses, and psychosis.
Chaining can refer to an established sequence and to a connected set of messages or movements that are linked by some physiological clue, a cognitive decision, or by an inhibition that allows a following sequence. That is, the chains can be fixed sequences or forked paths that are taken according to conditions. Two commonly used devices for building the links that create a text, a dialogue, or physical actions are metaphoric and casual chaining.
Metaphoric Chaining
Metaphoric chaining links by repeating the use of a relation. The rhythm arises in the predictability of a pattern of xRy being repeated—R being any relation, y the source, and x the target A pure example is the linkage that holds between octaves of the musical scale. Once the scale is known in one key the listener can easily transpose from one octave to another by enunciating any note within the target octave. The chaining is between octaves. Metaphoric chaining is explicit in poetry and often used in oratory.
The famous speech of Martin Luther King Jr. where he used the phrase, “I have a dream that one day….” leads us from one image to another. The use of examples itself is an example of metaphoric chaining. The example repeats or introduces an xRy that chains the relation with a general proposition, just as I have done here with the example of the musical scale. The metaphor can be a complex melody line in a musical composition, the epigram introducing a chapter, or a tale that sets up a psychological theory.
Chained metaphors give pace to an encounter by conveying ideas in packages, alternating between the assumed known metaphoric source and its targets and new couplings of complex ideas, gestalts, whole theories… The metaphoric route enhances the rhythm that connects participants in a conversation and links one content domain to a fresh one.
Metaphor chaining is a feature of coupled communication, contributing to the use of unity among participants. Causal chaining is a tool of rational discourse, contributing to information flows of conduit communication.
Causal Chaining
Causal chaining works by using consistent rules of a logic to generate next utterances. This logic implies or predicts something about the next idea or proposition. The logic could be deductive, preparing to link the listener to a second premise or a conclusion. It could be narrative, preparing the listener for a temporal sequence of related events. And it could be a conditional or a question, encouraging the listener to become active in setting the path of discourse. The different forms of causal chaining make use of different platforms of discourse and their distinct logics, reality bases, and contexts.
Causal chaining is facilitated when the enunciation indicates it is using a specific platform of discourse. The indicators of the platform are in the grammar used for the enunciation. An indicator such as mood informs the listener which grammar the enunciator is using, enabling the listener to anticipate the configuration of the coming message. Responders organize their echoing responses with the same grammar or choose another to redirect the dialogue.
Each platform has a distinct rhythm of give and take into which the participants may settle as they create a conversation. A switch in platforms, and thus grammars, can disorganize the flow, signal a transition in the dialogue, or initiate play a flowing back and forth among moods of expression. A break in the chain may indicate an attempted power shift or express a loss of attention. With a loss of attention, the coupling is strained and the chaining disrupted. Typically, such breaks induce conflict, requiring conscious reconnecting if the participants are to continue coupling.
Causal chaining operates at a more cognitive level of discourse organization than the metaphoric or rhythmic chaining. It grows from strategic choices as made in developing a decision, resolving a conflict, or planning event inducing a change. Its timeframe is longer, such that we may consciously chose the platforms and shift grammars to forward the purposes of the participants.
Chaining of any type is a prime instrument of strategy. It is quintessential play whether within a single person’s mind or across a group of conversants, whether it is expressed in words or music or bodily contrapose. It’s the awareness of articulation. (“Scrabble” is perfect, though trivial example.) Mostly it is enjoyed; we play with words, improvise music or a dance, and envision futures. Even animals enjoy such engagements: otters set up games and myna birds improvise on another’s song. Chains forecast coming sequences, which allow us to anticipate a joyful future as well as a painful one; chaining enables stress, worry and shame as well as humor and ebullience.
Every engagement is across a spectrum. They begin with atoms and molecules dancing, and octave by octave establish supra-harmonies until they resonate with the [Cycles of the Hindu cosmology.] All communication is harmonic coupling, energized by the encounter with differences, with disharmonies.
Domination and Mutuality
Coupling, which follows from all communication, produces or modifies the meta-system of the coupling parties. Communicating meaning produces constraint—the utterance, “When you say ‘car’ you are speaking of a vehicle with four wheels, ….” expresses a constraint on the utterance ‘car.’ By accepting the constraints an element recognizes the dominance of another element, in accordance with the distribution of power brought to the discourse by the coupled participants.
The constraints are imposed as a function of the power of elements to establish the ‘terms of coupling’ as described in Chapter 6, § The terms represent the distribution and placement of dominance in a coupling. In the pendulum example, the power is a function of the comparative masses of pendulums and of their relations to their environments. A massive pendulum draws less massive elements away from their natures, just as the personality of a dominant person draws people to follow that person’s tempo and line of action.
When the coupled systems have similar natural rhythms their joining produces a strengthened meta-system. When their rhythms are not coordinated the coupling dissipates the energy, leaving an over-all system that has a coherent focus, but less resonant energy than the sum of the energies, albeit diffuse, of the individual elements. Bells tuned to one frequency conserve their mutual energies. A set in which the elements are broadly in harmony displays mutuality. A diffuse set dissipates energy quickly.
Systems display dominance when some when some participants in a communication enter with high levels of energy compared to others. It displays mutuality when the elements operate and generate messages from similar spectra in their neuromuscular sequences or, equivalently, data loops. In abstract systems, which we characterize as signaling at a single frequency as does the classic pendulum, we can describe coupling by the two dimensions of dominance and mutuality. The text book cases of entrainment have elements are operating at frequencies which are close to, either 1:1 as in the case of the pendulums, or an integer ratio such as 3:2 (a musical ‘fifth.’) When the relation is close to an integer ratio coupling will move the elements to operate at exactly that ratio, each adjusting according to their relative strengths.
But in natural systems, messages are complex. The selected message is accompanied by a variety of harmonics and transients. Coupling occurs across a spectrum of sequences (data loops), as described in Chapter 6. The incoming message sets off a cascade of reverberations of varying strength. The breadth and intensity of the response is a function of how closely the incoming message resonates across the receiver’s spectrum of stored sequences, memories, and expectations. That is, the engagement’s effectiveness is a function of both the closeness of matching between the spectra of the sender and receiver and the dominance or weight of the one over the other. These two qualities of the engagement determine the effectiveness of the coupling.
The two modes of coupling also articulate three different forms of power that are identified in Foucault’s relevant definition. He states that “in the most general terms, power designates relations between partners involved in an ensemble of actions that induce others and follow from one another.” In this view, power, and coupling, follow from three properties: the communication of constraints, the capacity of a system to constrain behaviors, and the discipline to assign labor and place in hierarchies.
Reframing the power discussion in terms of spectral coupling allows us to examine the functioning and formation of meta-systems through engagements, without resorting to motivations beyond those that formed the engagement. That is, the forms of organization emerge as a function of grammars used by the participants. Foucault’s three aspects of power characterize the form of meta-systems that evolve from different communicative acts.
Dominance is expressed in the degree that each participant is drawn away from its origins into the relation and of the breadth of the spectrum of coupling that is involved. Dominance by one elements typically pull the others away from their natural resonance—in Maturana terms from their autopoietic organization—and its spectrum of harmonies, thus losing its access to the aspects of the environment that are tuned to the participants’ spectral variety. Dominance denies the subordinate members access to the diverse power they had on entering the relation, though the domination may increase the effectiveness of those capabilities which harmonizes with the dominant members’ impositions. For example, a laborer may be more productive in a mass production line than as a lone artisan.
Mutuality in an engagement leaves the elements to use harmonies close to those which they brings to the engagement, and thus retains access to their peripheral skills and knowledge. The members keep access to the neuro-muscular sequences they have developed in other contexts. Mutuality increases the meta-system’s capacity to deal with the environment beyond that attained by component’s separate capacities or attained by developing dominance. An artisan is more able to respond to variations in the environment when he is free to use his craft skills.
The balance between dominance and mutuality defines the structuration of the meta-system—Foucault’s third property related to hierarchy and role. There is an obvious argument that associates the dominant mode with hierarchical structures and the mutual mode with flat organizations, whether of a social structure or one of biological elements. Dominance and mutuality are social as well as neurological characteristics.
The richness of spectral coupling among a set of systems is a function of the balance of dominance and mutuality in their engagements. It is also characterized by the degree to which the participants in an engagement differ in their characteristic rhythms. These two dimensions—the resonance among the participants and the diversity of power—help us to envision the impact of different communicative relations.
The spectral coupling can be either compatible or obligatory: compatible if the participants’ spectra are similar, and obligatory if the dominating frequencies pull the weaker members off of their natural rhythms. In such coupling, the weaker members lose access to their own spectrum of knowledge because they are forced to couple with a foreign rhythm. Coupling appears in four conditions that produce significantly different social systems:
Dominating-obligatory communications including system members with greatly differing strengths destroys the individuality of its members as we find in fascist regimes and doctrinaire religious communities with diverse populations.
Dominating-compatible systems take the form of hierarchies of power with willing followers. We find such in radical one-cause political parties.
Mutually-obligatory systems depotentiate its members leading to alienation, as in the present consumer society where “keeping up with the Jones” is a mutual but obligatory imposition. It exhibits top-down causation, for the behavior of the whole determines that of the part. Such cultures lose richness for the members think alike, due to the strength of the obligatory messages.
Mutually-compatible systems are characterized by the easy acceptance of communication leading to a rich base of trust, understanding, and access to the receptive facilities of other members. The qualities are democratic and fluid, producing a good-willed but unwielding community. It is a condition for developing benign relational conversation, but perhaps not for concerted action.
Putnam [Putnam, 1993 #185] give us a vivid example of two cultures operating these conditions in southern and northern Italy. In the South, the governments are autocratic, business is conducted in an atmosphere of mistrust, laws are made to be broken, and the economy flounders.
The culture is obligatory and dominating, disciplining and alienating, and leaves its citizenry feeling powerless and self-destructive. In northern Italy over the last thousand years, the culture has built on the cooperative behaviors that coalesced from small craft groups, religious fraternities, and local militia to create a society with characteristics I would identify as mutually-compatible, cooperative, democratic, law maintaining, and economically successful. The North revels in a high level of social capital, whereas the south starves for lack of a cooperative social fabric.
An unequal power distribution in itself is not destructive; it is when the differences in the natural spectra of engagement of a culture are diverse Luhmann characterized relations in such a dominating-obligatory culture as penetrating. The dominant element takes over the identity of the weaker elements, denying appreciation of their complexity and responsiveness and leaving them unrecognized except for the disturbed energy they are obligated to provide the meta-system.
The penetrated elements are the drones of autocracy and the milquetoast of a marriage. Entrainment can be destructive to participants driving them beyond their stable ranges. In the extreme, their core biophysical rhythms are so changed that the autopoietic capability is impaired threatening the death of the system. In more cases, the change in system’s rhythms due to the ‘forced oscillation’ disconnects the weaker systems from that portion of its spectrum of memory traces and autopoietic processes so that they are taken over by the dominating system. The forced shift in the oscillation of the main programs of the weaker systems leaves them but appendages to the dominant system(s), out of sorts with their natural rhythms. Penetration not only results in the weakening of some component systems, but also results in a loss of richness in the over-all meta-system.
It loses access to complexity that comes from mutual entrainment with participating systems. Penetration wastes the ‘variety’ that is provided in independent relations while gaining control of encompassed and weakened participating systems. Penetration tends to lose potential complexity in attaining amplification; the spectrum of potential response narrows into the arena which the dominant system has taken over and amplified. Understanding the workings of penetration makes it clear why unambiguous communication is a dangerous instrument for long term relations in a culture.
Luhmann characterizes the mutually-compatible exchanges as interpenetrating They give ‘voice’ to the harmonics of all the members, each trusting and gaining access to the others meanings and thus constraints. With interpenetration, each entity or person retains its essential identity (its organizational identity in autopoietic theory) but typically experiences an ongoing reconfiguration of its own expression of identity in memories, beliefs, and information.
Interpenetration draws the qualities of the distinct organizations together—each participant gives up itself to the other to a degree inversely proportional to its relative strength. Interpenetration also gives the encompassing system access to aspects of the systems that are not integrated into the meta-system. This openness makes available the local knowledge of the participants to respond to and become coupled with perturbations from other sources in the environment.
The richness of these extra system couplings induces more non-harmonics and thus increases the system’s abilities to respond to the environment. A closely working team can get more information from its environment than a set of individuals. Coupled systems that are interpenetrating have a greater sensitivity to the environment, are more open to intelligence from the environment, and are more varied in their response than the sum of the capabilities of which they are composed. As stated in Chapter 6, they are self-organizing.
The essence of interpenetration is in the creation of a symbiotic system strengthening existing sub-systems by enabling additional coupling. A well-established culture would be based on an energetic fabric of interpenetrating simple and complex identities just as are the bodies of embodied living thing and the cultures such as Putnam observed in Northern Italy.
The physics of coupling provides a clear analogy to the issues in social coupling, both to the obvious dominations, but also to the side effects of passivity and servility. The quality of communications and the societies within which they operate are a function of experienced interpenetrations of the participants. Full interpenetration seems to be an idyllic state. However, it is not likely to be stable—if ever achieved. It would decay into an anarchy or obligatory state of conformity.
The northern Italians have not suffered this instability as they exist in relation to other societies and economies. The Northern culture must respond to a competitive and hostile environment beyond its boundaries. Responding to forces that challenge the compatibility of their culture with its environment saves it from falling into internal strife. The optimal society needs both mutually compatible characteristics and engagement with its neighbors who have competing needs.
Epistemic orders
As offered in the opening paragraphs of this chapter, an adequate description of communications requires a paradoxical presentation. An exposition of communicative processes takes divided paths toward distinction and similarity. Communication is articulation; making connected distinctions. In the earlier chapters, I explored the path of distinction that leads to conformity, to grammatical differentiations. In this chapter, I explored the path of convergence toward oneness that is produced by coupling.
In the beginning we know everything and have nothing to say. When we learn to speak, we isolate ourselves, establishing personal identity then striving to join with others. In the search for personal identity, we arrive at commonality. In the search for shared meaning, we create an infinity of constraining differences. We travel divergent paths searching for the oneness we had lost at Babel.
In this book, I develop the processes of forming distinct enunciations designed to couple us with others. The stages of engagement exhibit different forms of coming to meaning, that is, to ‘knowing,’ which I organize according to their epistemic order. An order represents a mode of constructing meaning—modes which increasingly constrain behavior over increasingly grand spheres.
The zero order is a condition devoid of meaning; it is a condition equally of knowing nothing and everything. It is knowing ‘what is’ in total innocence and total freedom. Nothing is communicated.
The first order conveys information when an organism notices and reports a difference between ‘what was’ and ‘what is.’ Noticing becomes possible when an organism has memory that enables time binding. This knowledge is ‘information’ in the conduit mode introduced by Shannon in 1947. It is a specification of choices among constrained alternatives.
The second order constructs meaning through connecting ideas using grammars. It is the basis of dialogue in which participants construct and send messages in response to each other’s messages. Construction tends to create new meanings associated with new constraints on the use of symbols.
The third order knowledge derives from coupling with others to bring about a community of meaning. It uses structure in the service of efficient coupling and in reflection on second order knowledge. I associate the processes of relational conversation with the third order to highlight the sense of flow that we identify with languaging. Languaging gives meaning through reflection on the relations generated in engagement. Third order exchanges can be thought of as a cognitive achievement, accepting the other, or as a relation of love as John MacMurray characterizes it. ([MacMurray, #195])
There are indefinitely more orders through which meaning is redefined. They operate through reflective exchanges for knowing that we know that we know, leading ultimately to Indra’s Web where every individual reflects the whole, or equivalently, to Teilhard de Chardin’s Omega Point where the totality of meaning appears indistinguishable from the Zero order, but now knowing everything while distinguishing nothing. Here, complete constraint and complete freedom are identical.
The styles of communications through which we attain experience each epistemic order differ as I hypothesize in Table 8.1.
Epistemic Orders
Order
Meaning
Constraint
Process
Communication
form
ZERO
No distinct expectations;
no meaning
Just ‘what is’ so no constraint
“Being”
None All is known; nothing is articulated
1st
Differences noted with minimal context
‘What was’
Time binding
Awareness of difference;
“not One”
Information
Uninterpretable
no self-awareness
2nd
Observing
Structuring
of differences
Grammatical structuring
Dialogue
Interpretable; observer
is aware of self
3rd
Reflecting
Echoed similarity
in a “Hall of Mirrors”
Coupling
Conversation
Approach to local oneness; Aware of self
and other
Languaging Communication about
communication
Nth
Infinite levels of reflecting
Total, which is equivalent to none
Harmonic coupling
None
Everything is shared
The orders represent different usages, not an evolution series of developing communication abilities. All orders probably become available with the appearance of consciousness. The orders are utilized according to the needs of a society. It is only the degree of structuring and the articulation of coupling that develops with civilization. More vocabulary and technology for exchange are available with higher orders of reflection now than in earlier era, but the complexity of structure, that is, of the grammars, has not changed appreciably. Communication of meaning appears to be limited by physiological factors rather than culture complexity.
Humans are capable of having thoughts and expressions denied by the culture; in forming meaning we are restrained by the ideologies of our culture rather than our physiologies. By implication, we must rediscover our physiological capacity to identify the freedoms we have allowed our cultures to obscure.
That is not to disparage culture, for it is only through its constraints that we gaining meaning. But we lose opportunities for greater understanding by accepting the tools of understanding as sources of truth. However, they must first be the objects of our inquiry, for moving from one order to another in engagements can be difficult for the immediate participants and destabilizing to their society. Of particular concern is the difficulty of maintaining engagements in the third order and beyond, as Bateson pointed out when he first wrote of the idea in 1942 and Berman [Berman, 1981 #194] and I [McWhinney, 1990 #193] have since echoed.
Exploration of the epistemic orders helps us understand different levels of engagement. It also confirms the dilemma of system thinking, which presumes whole-part relations yet must treat every activity as inter-system, as between independent entities. Communication requires the elements to be different; understanding requires the elements to share common definition. Coupling requires similarity, but is only detectable when difference are present.
This paradox is deeply buried in the vocabulary with which we describe systems: entraining, enchaining, articulating, conversation, metaphor, … All carry the joint sense of separating and uniting, of constraining to articulate. Civilization has expanded the space in which to argue about the turtle and the graviton, process and structure, boundary and relation, and the One and Not-one. Our task is not to resolve the paradoxes, but to manage them.
The Ancient Greeks believed that the images of waking life and dreams came from the same source, Morpheus (Μορφέας, Μορφεύς), “He who Shapes“.
The Science of the Shapes, Morphology, was created and named by Goethe in his botanical writings (“Zur Morphologie“, 1817).
Goethe used comparative anatomical methods, to discover a primal plant form that would contain all the others-the Urpflanze. Goethe being a Romantic Idealist hoped that Morphology would Unify Science and Art.
“The Primal Plant is going to be the strangest creature in the world, which Nature herself shall envy me. With this model and the key to it, it will be possible to go on forever inventing plants and know that their existence is logical”. “Nature always plays, and from which she produces her great variety. Had I the time in this brief span of life I am confident I could extend it to all the realms of Nature – the whole realm“.
Hundred years later in the 1920s Goethe’s dream came true. Morphology moved outside Biology to other parts of Science due to the works of D’Arcy Thompson’s On Growth and Form, Oswald SpenglerMorphology of History, Carol O. Sauer Morphology of Landscape, Vladimir Propp, Morphology of the Folktale andAlfred North WhiteheadProcess and Reality.
Goethe observed nature and reflected on similar structures. He believed that there was something behind this similarity, an archetypal plant.
According to Goethe the archetypal plant was the leaf (“While walking in the Public Gardens of Palermo it came to me in a flash that in the organ of the plant which we are accustomed to call the leaf lies the true Proteus who can hide or reveal himself in all vegetal forms. From first to last the plant is nothing but leaf“).
At this moment scientists know the reason why the leaf is the most important structure of the plant. It is a solar collector full of photosynthetic cells.
The energy of the sun provides the energy to transform water from the roots gathered by the leafs and carbon dioxide out of the air also gathered by the leafs, into sugar and oxygen. Plants are structures with many leaves. These leafs shield other leafs from collecting sunlight and water.
To solve this problem a plant has to optimize its structure to collect enough Sunlight and Water. The process of Optimization is not a Central Coordinated action. Every leaf tries to find the best place in the Sun on its own. This place determinates the growth of the next level of branches and leafs.
Goethe observed a pattern and deduced a structure, the leaf, the Uhrplanze. What Goethe really observed was not a Static Uhrplant but the DynamicProcess of the Branching of all kinds of leaves in all kinds of plants (Morpho-Genesis).
The leafs of the plants are not the main target of the morphogenesis of the plant. The visible External and the invisible Internal Forms or Organs are one of the many solutions of an equation with many variables and constraints. The optimal solution is reached by experimenting (“Nature always plays”).
Many solutions fail but some survive (Evolution of the Fittest). When a solution survives it is used as a Foundation to find new rules for more specific problems (Specialization). When the environment, the context, changes old rules have to be replaced by new rules (a Paradigm Shift).
New mathematical paradigms in the field of the Machines and Languages (Alan Turing,The Chemical Basis of Morphogenesis) and the Self-Referencial Geometry of Nature (Benoît Mandelbrot, The Fractal Geometry of Nature) have stimulated further investigation in the Field of Morphology.
In 1931, in a monograph entitled On Formally Undecidable Propositions of Principia Mathematica and Related SystemsGödel proved that it is impossible to define a theory that is both Self-Consistent and Complete. The paper of Gödel destroyed the ambitions of the Mathematicians at that time to define one theory that explains everything.
In 1936 Alan Turing produced a paper entitled On Computable Numbers. In this paper Alan Turing defined a Universal Machine now called a Turing Machine. A Turing machine contains an infinite tape that can move backwards and forwards and a reading/writing device that changes the tape. The Turing Machine represents every Theory we can Imagine.
Turing proved that the kinds of questions the machine can not solve are about its own Performance. The machine is Unable to Reflect about Itself. It needs another independent machine, anObserver or Monitor to do this.
It can be proved that Turing proved the so called Incompleteness Theorem and the Undecidability Theorem of Gödel in a very simple way.
In 1943 Turing helped to Crack the Codes of the Germans in the Second World War. At that time the first computers were build (Eniac, Collossus).
It was very difficult to Program a Computer. This problem was solved when Noam Chomsky defined the Theory of Formal Grammars in 1955 (TheLogical Structure of Linguistic Theory).
When you want to define a Language you need two things, an Alphabet of symbols and Rules. The symbols are the End-Nodes (Terminals) of the Network of Possibilities that is produced when the Rules (Non-Terminals) are Applied. The Alphabet and the (Production- or Rewriting) rules are called a Formal Grammar.
If the Alphabet contains an “a” and a “p” the rules S→AAP, A→”a” and P→”p” produce the result “aap”. Of course this system can be replaced by the simple rule S→”aap”. The output becomes an infinite string when one of the rules contains a Self-Reference. The rules A→a and S→AS produce an Infinity String of “a’-s (“aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa….”).
The system becomes more complicated when we put terminals and rules (non-terminals) on the Left Side. The System S→aBSc, S→abc, Ba→aB and Bb→bb produces strings like, “abc”, “aabbcc” and “aaabbbccc”. In fact it produces all the strings a**n/b**n/c**n with n>0.
The inventor of the theory of Formal Grammar, Chomsky, defined a Hierarchy of Languages. The most complex languages in his hierarchy are called Context-Dependent and Unrestricted. They represent complex networks of nodes.
A language where the left-hand side of each production rule consists of only a single nonterminal symbol is called a Context Free language. Context Free Languages are used to define Computer Languages. Context Free Languages are defined by a hierarchical structure of nodes. Human Languages are dependent on the context of the words that are spoken.
It is therefore impossible to describe a Human Language, Organisms, Organisations and Life Itself with a Context Free Computer Language.
Context Free Systems with very simple rule-systems produce natural and mathematical structures. The System A → AB, B → A models the Growth of Algae and the Fibonacci Numbers.
A Recognizer or Parser determinates if the output of a formal grammar is produced by the grammar. Parsers are used to check and translate a Program written in a Formal (Context Free) Language to the level of the Operating System of the Computer.
Regular and Context Free Grammars are easily recognized because the process of parsing is linear (causal, step by step). The stucture of the language is a hierarchy.
The recognizer (now called a Push-Down Machine) needs a small memory to keep the books.
Context Dependent (L-systems) and Unrestricted Grammars are difficult to recognize or are not recognizable in practice because the parser needs a huge sometimes Infinite Memory or Infinite Time to complete its task.
To find the Context the Recognizer has to jump backwards and forwards through the infinite string to detect the pattern.
If the network loops the recognizer will Never Stop (“The Halting Problem“).
Turing proved that the Halting Problem is Undecidable. We will Never Know for Sure if an Unrestricted Grammar contains Loops.
The Rules and the Output of Unrestricted Grammars Change and never stop Changing. Our Reality is certainly Context Dependent and perhaps Unrestricted.
Parsing or Recognizing looks like (is similar with) the process of Scientific Discovery. A theory, a Grammar of a Context-Free Systems (“aaaaaaaaaaa…”) is recognizable (testable) in Finite Time with a Finite Memory. Theories that are Context Dependent or Unrestricted cannot be proved although the Output of the Theory generates Our Observation of Nature. In this case we have to trust Practice and not Theory.
In 2002 the Mathematician Stephen Wolfram wrote the book A New Kind of Science.
In this book he tells about his long term Experiments with his own Mathematical Program Mathematica. Wolfram defined a System to Generate and Experiment with Cellular Automata.
Wolfram believes that the Science of the Future will be based on Trial and Error using Theory Generators (Genetic Algorithms). The big problem with Genetic Algorithms is that they generate patterns we are unable to understand. We cannot find Metaphors and Words to describe the Patterns in our Language System.
This problem was adressed by the famous Mathematician Leibniz who called this the Principle of Sufficient Reason.
Leibniz believed that our Universe was based on Simple Understandable Rules that are capable of generating Highly Complex Systems.
It is now very clear that the Self-Referencial Structures, the Fractals, of Mandelbrot are the solution of this problem.
The Scientific Quest at this moment is to find the most simple Fractal Structure that is capable of explaining the Complexity of our Universe. It looks like this fractal has a lot to do with the Number 3.
It is sometimes impossible to define a structured process to recognize (to prove) a Grammar. Therefore it is impossible to detect the rules of Mother Nature by a Structured process. The rules of Mother Nature are detected by Chance just like Goethe discovered the Uhrplanze. Science looks a lot like (is similar with) Mother Nature Herself.
When a Grammar is detected it is possible to use this grammar as a Foundation to find new solutions for more specific problems (Specialization, Add More Rules) or when the system is not able to respond to its environment it has to Change the Rules (a Paradigm Shift). All the time the result of the System has to be compared with Mother Nature herself (Recognizing, Testing, Verification).
Turing proved that if Nature is equivalent to a Turing machine we, as parts of this machine, can not generate a complete description of its functioning.
In other words, a Turing machine, A Scientific Theory, can be a very useful tool to help humans design another, improved Turing Machine, A new Theory, but it is not capable of doing so on its own – A Scientific Theory, A System, can not answer Questions about Itself.
The solution to this problem is to Cooperate. Two or more (Human) Machines, A Group, are able to Reflect on the Other. When the new solution is found the members of the Group have to Adopt to the new solution to move on to a New Level of Understanding and drop their own Egoistic Theory.
Each of the individuals has to alter its Own Self and Adapt it to that of the Group. It is proved that Bacteria use this Strategy and are therefore unbeatable by our tactics to destroy them.
Turing proved that Intelligence requires Learning, which in turn requires the Human Machine to have sufficient Flexibility, including Self Alteration capabilities. It is further implied that the (Human) Machine should have the Freedom to make Mistakes.
Perfect Human Machines will never Detect the Patterns of Nature because they get Stuck in their Own Theory of Life.
The Only ONE who is able to Reflect on the Morphogenesis of Mother Nature is the Creator of the Creator of Mother Nature, The Void.
Gregory Chaitin used the theory of Chomsky and proved that we will never be able to understand The Void.
The Void is beyond our Limits of Reason. Therefore the first step in Creation will always be a Mystery.
At the end of his life (he commited suicide) Alan Turing started to investigate Morphology.
As you can see the Patterns of Alan Turing are created by combining many Triangels. The Triangel is called the Trinity in Ancient Sciences.
According to the Tao Tse King, “The Tao produced One; One produced Two; Two produced Three; Three produced All things”, which means that the Trinity is the Basic Fractal Pattern of the Universe.
In modern Science this pattern is called the Bronze Mean.
It generates so called Quasi Crystals and the Famous Penrose Tilings.
The Bronze Mean is represented by the Ancient Structure of the Sri Yantra (“Devine Machine”).
Goethe was not the real discoverer of Morphology. The knowledge was already there 8000 years ago.
The Way the Universe was Created has generated an ongoing discussion for more than 6000 years. In this Blog I give you a way to solve this problem with the use of Logic.
When we use Logic you will see that the concept of Creation out of Nothing leads to a Strange Contradiction.
This Contradiction looks a lot like the Zero-Point-Field of Quantum Mechanics.
The theory of Quantum Mechanics is a Statistical Theory. Statistical Theories are an approximation of a Theory.
Behind this approximation lies a hidden structure called the Tree of Life. The Tree of Life is an expansion of the first Creation, the split of the Void.
Perhaps the most important conclusion of this blog is that what most people call the Spiritual World is really the Material World which can be explained by Mathematics and Physics.
The only part of our Universe that is truly Spiritual and is without any Duality lies outside our Universe. This Part, The Void, prevents Our Universe for Total Annihilation.
To describe the process of Creation out of Nothing we have to define the Void (Ø) and the Whole (○). The Void is the Empty Set. The Empty Set is a Set with Zero Members. An example is the Set of months with more than 31 days. In this case the Empty Set is the result of an impossible selection.
The Tao is like a well:
used but never used up.
It is like the eternal void:
filled with infinite possibilities.
It is hidden but always present.
I don’t know who gave birth to it.
It is older than God.
The empty set is not the same thing as nothing. It is a set with nothing inside it. In Logic there is no concept that describes “nothing”. We have to assume that there was something in the Beginning and that something is the Empty Set.
The Empty Set contains everything that is impossible.
In the Beginning an impossible selection was not possible because there was nothing to select from. This means that in the Beginning the Empty Set was the only Set in the Universe.
In the beginning the only thing that was possible was the impossible.
The Void is the Opposite of the Whole. To define the Void and the Whole we have to make use of a Distinction.
A Distinction is something that divides a Set into Two parts, X and its Opposite not-X (Yin/Yang).
A Set that is divided into Two Parts Suddenly contains Four parts A, not-A, the Division and the Set itself (the Whole): Yin, Yang, Yin AND Yang (Division), Yin OR Yang (Whole).
The Tao produced One; One produced Two; Two produced Three; Three produced All things (Lao Tsu,Tao Te Ching, 42).
X and not-X have only the Void in common. When we bring the two sets together they become Nothing just like the combination of Matter and Anti-Matter results in the Annihilation of Both Parts and the production of a Photon (“Light”) and Kinetic Energy (Movement). To avoid annihilation Matter and Anti-Matter have to Stay Apart.
When you Fuse the two parts X and not-X the Whole appears again. In the Beginning there was Nothing to Fuse and the commonality of the Empty Set with its Opposite, the Not-Empty Set, the Whole, was the Empty Set. In the Beginning the Whole was the Empty Set because there was only the Empty Set.
All is possible when emptiness is possible. Nothing is possible when emptiness is impossible.
In Logic the commonality of two sets is represented by the term “and”. The fusion of two sets is represented by the term “or”. The not is represented by the symbol “~”. Using these Symbols we can write down the “laws of Logic” as follows:
Ø = ~○
X and ~X = Ø
X or ~X = ○
At the beginning of the beginning, even nothing did not exist (Chuang-tse)
At the Beginning the Universe was the Void and the Void was the Whole.
This implies the following:
Ø and ~ Ø = Ø
Ø or ~ Ø = ○
Ø = ~ Ø
Form is no other than emptiness; emptiness no other than form (Diamond Sutra)
The First Distinction in the Universe is the Choice between Distinction (~ Ø) or Non-Distinction (Ø). The Choice between the two is the Whole (Ø or ~ Ø = ○). Non-distinction is the state of Union of Every Thing in the Universe. The Union of Every Thing is No Thing at all.
There is in reality neither truth nor error, neither yes nor no, nor any distinction whatsoever, since all — including contraries — is One (Chuang-tse)
The One. . .is there before every oneness amid multiplicity, before every part and whole, before the definite and indefinite, before the limited and the unlimited. It is there defining all things that have being, defining being itself. . .It is there beyond the one itself, defining this one. (Dionysius)
The One transcends all antithesis, rises above all relation, is pure from all duality (Proclus)
Everything is of the nature of no thing (Parmenides)
The Tao that can be told is not the eternal Tao. The name that can be named is not the eternal name. The nameless is the beginning of heaven and earth. The named is the mother of ten thousand things. These two spring from the same source but differ in name; this appears as darkness. Darkness within darkness. The gate to all mystery (Lao Tzu)
In the Beginning when the Laws of Logic, the Logos, came into existence two Empty Sets were produced, the Empty Set and its Opposite, the Not-Empty Set. In the Beginning the Void was not the Void.
In the Beginning the Void has Negated Itself. This Negation started the Proces of Creation out of Nothing.
By Negation itself the Void created a deep Passionate longing to move back to the Sea of the Nothing.
The One is a Negation of Negations (Meister Eckhart)
The not-Void has a choice (Ø or ~ Ø). One choice is to merge with the Void (Ø and ~ Ø) and return back into Emptiness. The other choice is to avoid Annihilation. In this case the not-Void, ~ Ø, has to stay apart from the Void, Ø. Therefore the Not-Void, ~Ø, has to Move Away from the Void, Ø.
When this happened The Not-Void transformed from the State of Being into the state of Becoming and started to Rotate and Expand in a Spiraling motion. The Moving Void, the Second Distinction, Expanding Space, was created. When the Second Distinction was created the Void came to Rest but to keep the Balance of the Void, Not-Expanding, Compressing Space, Ø and ~ Ø, came into Existence too.
Expansion (The Strong Force) has to be compensated by Compression (Gravity) to bring the Universe back to the Void. The amount of Time this will take is dependent on the Power, the Potential, of the not-Void when it was disconnected from the Void. When the Potential of the disconnection is small, the Void and the Non-Void will merge soon and start a new process of disconnection to solve their Eternal Contradiction.
Expanding Space (Ø or ~ Ø ) and ~ Expanding Space(Ø or ~ Ø) = Ø
Gravity and The Strong Force = Ø
Gravity or The Strong Force = ~ Ø
The whole process of logical reasoning from the Void to Space/Time is based on a Contradiction that occurs when we define what happens when Logic (Consciousness, the Two, the Self and the Observer of the Self) came into existence (“In the beginning was the Logos“) and the Void was the Whole.
When we look at the current theory of creation called the Big Bang Theory we find the same contradiction formulated in a different way.
In the theory of the Big Bang the Void that is the Whole is called a Gravitational Singularity (GS). A GS is a situation where the current laws of Physics break down because one of the variables moves to Infinity. When such a contradiction happens scientists know there is something wrong with their theory.
In the Big Bang Theory, the Universe is compressed (moved back in Time) into an extremely small space, a point, a singularity, and is therefore infinitely hot.
The Void that was the Whole, Empty Space, is extremely cold (0 degrees Kelvin). This condition is called the Zero-Point-Field. It is the State of the Universe that was there before the Big Bang.
According to Quantum Mechanics, the Zero-Point-Field, the Vacuum State, is not truly empty. It contains fleeting electromagnetic waves and particles that pop into and out of existence. It is not strange to define this popping up of No-Thing by the statement: ~ Ø = Ø (Sometimes there is nothing and sometimes there is not nothing).
The only thing we have to look for is the reason why the State of Rest of the Zero Point Field was disturbed. The answer of this question is simple: “It just happens“. A statistical fluctuation can be very small or very big.
In the Beginning the Quantum Fluctuations of the Zero Point Field, the Phoenix, generated a huge Fluctuation represented by a “Cosmic Orgasm (Shiva and Shakti made Love)” and a real particle, a Photon (“In the Beginning was the Light“), came into existence. This Single Photon, One Wave of Light, bouncing against the expanding walls of the Universe, was enough to Create the Whole Universe.
Quantum Fluctuation is a Statistical Theory. Statistal Theories don’t explain the Universe. They are an approximation of a deeper structure we still don’t know. The ancient scientists used a metaphor out of Nature to explain this deeper structure. This metaphor was called the Tree of Life.
When we use Logic, the first step in Creation generates a Trinity. This Trinity consists of Gravitation (Expansion), the Strong Force (Compression) and the Void, the Empty Set. The concept of the Trinity with different names comes back in every Ancient Religion.
The Tao produced One; One produced Two; Two produced Three; Three produced All things (Lao Tsu,Tao Te Ching, 42).
The first Trinity is the Top of a structure called the Tree of Life. This structure can be found in almost every Ancient Culture.
The Tree of Life consists of Nine Concepts with the Void (10=0) at the top. The Nine Concepts of the Tree of Life are created by Multiplying the Trinity by the Trinity (3×3 =9 + the Void = 10 = 0).
The duality (-1,1) is represented by two Trinities (-3,-2,-1,0,1,2,3) with the Void in the Middle. In this case the Pattern of Seven appears.
The real enfolding is created when we apply the Trinity to the Trinity. In this case the sequence becomes 1, 1, 4 (1+ 3×1), 13 (1+3×4), 43 (4+3×13), the Bronze Mean.
Every number in this sequence represents an important Stage in the enfolding of our Universe and has its own Mystical Meaning (The Void, The Duality, the Four Forces, The Zodiac (with the Sun in the Center), The Sri Yantra (The Kingdom)).
The fractal patterns moves deeper and deeper into the Material World, father away from the Beginning, the Void. At this moment our Universe contains fourty-two levels.
At some point (43) the pattern of enfolding will finally reach the Kingdom and the pattern will reverse and moves back to the Void. From that moment we will move backwards in Time.
When you apply the Trinity to the Trinity you use a principle that is called Self-Reference. In modern mathematics this principle is called a Fractal and the theory associated with Fractals is called Chaos Theory. Fractals play a very important role in the new String Theories of the Universe.
It is possible to generate the many levels of the Universe out of one Fractal Pattern, the Trinity. In modern Physics one of the candidates for the Fractal Pattern of the Universe is the Sierpinski Triangel. This fractal pattern generates the well known Mystical Geometries and is based on Trinities.
Physics and Mystics show that Our Universe and every part of it (including the Human Being) are part of the first Trinity that came out of the non-Void, the negation of the Empty Set that came into Being.
If the Void and the Trinity are concepts that represents the concept of God, we are all part of the enfolding structure, God, the Not-Void.
One part of God, the “Real Void“, the Mystery (Brahman), is not part of our Universe. It stays outside to prevent total annihilation of Every Thing.
We cannot understand The Mystery because we cannot Reason, don’t have a Distinction, about the Beginning of the Beginning. It lies Outside our System of Understanding called Logic. The only thing that is left for us is to Experience and Keep Silent.
Gravity is the root of lightness; stillness, the ruler of movement (Lao Tsu, Tao Te Ching, 26).
The Void is also the power that Attracts every part of our Universe. The farther away we expand from the Void the stronger the Strong Force becomes. At a certain point in Time this force will force us to Move Back. When this happens the Compression of the Universe, back to the Void, cannot be stopped. When we move Back, Time will be Reversed.
In the End the Spiral of Enfolding will be Closed in Itself and the not-Void will merge with the Void. At that moment the State of Stillness of the Zero Point Field will be restored waiting for a new Fluctuation to occur. The Universe is Breathing. It is recreated time after time until the Void and the Non-Void finally fuse into the Nothing, the Mystery.
“If we then become children, would we thus enter the kingdom?” Jesus said unto them, “When ye make the two one, and when you make the inside like unto the outside and the outside like unto the inside, and that which is above like unto that which is below, and when ye make the male and the female one and the same, so that the male no longer be male nor the female female; then will ye enter into the kingdom.”
(Gospel of Thomas, Logion 22).
When we look at the Logic of Creation we can see that the only part of Our Universe that is Truly Spiritual is the Void. The Not-Void and all its expansions are part of the Material World (Maya) that can be explained by Mathematics and Physics.
The Void, the Infinite Potential with Infinite Possibilities, lies Outside our System of Reasoning and is Nameless, Formless and not Dividable. It is truly One.
We are Nothing but a Rare Fluctuation of the One, who is the Void.
The Ancient Egyptians believed that their Religion originated in the Land of Punt also called Ta Netjer, the Land of the Gods.
On the Reliefs of the Temples, the Puntites are always represented as African People.
This Blog is the result of an Inquiry into the African Roots of Ancient Egypt.
It contains the following parts:
1. An exploration of the Situation in East-Africa about 5000 BC, called the Green Sahara.
2. An exploration of the Religion that was dominant about 5000 BC in East-Africa. This religion was based on the belief in the Triple Goddess and the Moon-Cycle.
3. An exploration of the shared believes of the Religions that came out of Africa after 5000 BC. What we will see is that the ancient religion of the Green Sahara can still be found in the Oriba-Culture, the IOA, in East Africa.
4. An exploration of the area called Punt. One of the possible locations of Punt is Ethiopia, the Center of the Green Sahara.
5. A Summary.
Part 1: The Green Sahara
The first step to locate the Land of the Gods is to determine the Area we have to research. This area is called the Green Sahara, East Africa.
According to the Single Origin Hypothesis based on the Research of the Female Mitochondrial DNA, our Ancestors, the Homo Sapiens, originated in East Africa 200,000 years ago. From that moment Homo Sapiens migrated all over the world.
In the Book Constructing a New World Map Steven and Evan Strong argue that Homo Sapiens originated in Australia. According to the ancient stories of the Aboriginals Elders a part of them left Australia because of an argument about the Use of the Land. The Aboriginals that stayed were against Agriculture.
In this blog you will see that the same transformation from Hunter/Gatherer to Farmer created a huge Conceptual Conflict in the area of the Green Sahara also. A conflict with far reaching consequenses for our Civilization.
The Egyptian Pharao’s have visited Australia and therefore Australia could be the Ancient land of Punt. In this blog I assume Ethiopia is Punt but I could be wrong.
Between 7,000 BC to about 3,000 BC East Africa enjoyed a fertile climate. At that time the Sahara was a Green Savanna with Elephants, Giraffe and other grassland and woodland Animals.
Slight changes in the Earth’s orbit around the sun brought the northern hemisphere into the limelight. Summers became warmer as more solar radiation hit the lands north of the Equator. Solar ‘insolation’ levels were up to 8 percent higher than today.
With insolation driving monsoonal climates like a huge heat engine, rainfall increased. One climate model estimated that the 8 percent increase in radiation in North Africa resulted in a 40 percent increase in precipitation.
Today, the West African monsoon avoids the Sahara, passing further south. But as the Earth’s orbit changed the rains intensified and shifted five degrees north. Slowly, the desert started to bloom. By 10,000 years ago, the Sahara had turned into a savanna-like ecosystem with trees and grass and grazing animals.
It wasn’t just down to the sun. The so-called ‘African Humid Period’ was also reinforced by newly grown vegetation that absorbed the sun’s energy, which strengthened the monsoon system, rather than reflecting the sun’s energy back into space.
Increased surface ocean temperatures of about 0.4 degrees Celsius also supported a stronger monsoon, as well as numerous permanent lakes.
Existing lakes had surfaces tens of meters higher than today, sometimes with alternative drainages: Lake Turkana, in present-day Kenya, drained into the Nile River basin. Lake Chad reached a maximum extent of some 400,000 square kilometers in surface area, larger than the modern Caspian Sea, with a surface level about 30 meters (100 feet) higher than its twentieth-century average. Some shallower lakes and river systems existed in the subpluvial era that later disappeared entirely, and are detectable today only via radar and satellite imagery.
From 3000 BC temperatures started to decrease and the desert came back. The main reason for this big change in climate could be the collision with the meteoroid Typhon, the cause of the Great Flood.
At that time the ancient scientists, the Followers of King HR (Narmer, Menes, Merlin, the Measurer), the First Falcon King, the first King of Egypt, already knew about the patterns of the stars, the sun and the planets including the Cycle of the Precession.
Around 3000 BC the population of the Savanna moved to the North, the South, the East and the West.
The people that moved North are the ancestors of the Egyptians, the Jews, the Berbers and Tuaregs of North Africa, the people of Nubia (Cush), Sudan (Ta-Neti, the Land of the Bow) and Ethiopia (Aksum). They speak languages related to Ancient Egyptian.
The people that moved South are the Bantu(“the people“) of South Africa and the Dravidians of South India, Pakistan and Iran. The people that moved East are the ancestors of the Mande (“the Children of Maa or Amon”), the Yoruba or the IOA (“the Mystery“) and the Dogon in West Africa. The last part moved to Babylonia (Persia).
The Religion of the Yoruba has moved with the Slaves to the Carabian Countries and the South of the US and is known as Voodoo, Santeria, Candomble, Lucumi and Macumba. The Rastafari Movement in Jamaica has its roots in Ethiopia.
We will show that the Religion of the Yoruba is the Mother of all the Religions.
Part 2: The Mother Goddess and the Moon Cycle
If we want to prove the theory of the Green Sahara we have to find out if the people that moved away when the Sahara turned into a Desert shared the same Religion. The next step is to find the Center in the Center of the Green Sahara.
Let us start with Amon (“The Hidden“), the Gods of the Gods. Maga (Sumerian), Amon (Yoruba), Maa (Mande), Amma (Dogon), Mal (Fish, Dravidians) or Amon was a Female Fishlike Goddess (Vishnu) born in Lake Tritonis in Lybia. Maa’t became the Goddess of Justice in Egypt. The Female Amon became the male God of the Gods in Egypt.
In the time of the Green Sahara (9000 BC) Lake Tritonis in Nubia was part of a gigantic lake that was fed by the river Triton. The Islands in this Lake are associated with the Egyptian Goddess Nuth (the Holy Spirit of Amon), the Argonauts looking for the Golden Fleece of the Ram and the Old Continent of Atlantis (Triton, Neptune, Poseidon, The Fish God).
The first civilizations of the Green Sahara were Matriarchal. They worshipped the Goddess, the Moon, and used the Moon Cycle as their Calendar. They were Hunters and Gatherers moving around in the Green Sahara.
To Eat they had to Kill the Animals. When they Killed the Sacred Animal, they asked for forgiveness and permission. They knew they were totally dependent on Mother Nature.
Mother Nature is a strange creature. Most of the time She takes Care of her Children but sometimes she is Wild and Unreliable and Kills without any Reason.
This attitude of Mother Nature is translated in the concept of the Trickster. In his original role the Trickster, The Fool, the Clown, the Jester, the Perfect Mirror, is the Creator of the Game that Creates Games, the Game of Life.
With his Humor he helps the Humans to become Aware of their role of Co-Creators. God, the Trickster, wants to Humans to act on even foot. When they are too dependent he removes his helping hand. When they are too independent he shows his Almighty Power. Examples are Kokopelli (Hopi, Zuni), Coyote (Navajo) Tijl Uilenspiegel (German,, Dutch), Djehuti (Egypt), Hermes (Greek), Legba (the Divine Messenger, Orisha), Pan (Celtic) and Renard the Fox (French).
The only person who was able to understand the Movements of the Trickster was the Shaman who could travel Space and Time sometimes with the help of the Sacred Mushroom.
The Egyptian Anubis, the Archer and the Jackal, is an ancient African Trickster God. He is the Sun of An (the Fish), the ‘Lord of the Sacred Land” and the Ruler of the Nine Bows, the Enemies of Egypt. Punt was called the Land of the Bow, the Moon.
Anubis is originally An-Up, meaning Fish-Opener. This refers to the fish from whose mouth the waters of creation were said to have flowed. Anup may originally have been Nup, a form of Nu-Up, meaning Water-Opener or Sky-Opener.
Anubis is also represented as a Wolf and a Dog Howling at the Moon Goddess. In this case he represents the Blazing Blue Dog or Arrow Star Sothis/Sirius, situated in the constellation of Ursa Minor. The Dog Star plays a significant role in every Ancient Civilization all over the world.
In Egypt Anubis is the Opener of the Mouth (of the Death) and the Doorkeeper of the Underworld, the Dream World. The Dream World was the place where the Souls of the Ancestors lived. It was also the place where the Shaman travelled when they went into their Trance-State.
To move into the Dream World, the Shaman had to climb Jacob’s ladder to the polar region of the sky and move through the Hole of the Center, the Mouth, of the Sky, the Celestial Pole, the Pole Star. To travel the Underworld the Shaman had to make use of the Mesktet, the Night Barque, the Light Body, the Egyptian Sahu.
The Pole Star is not a fixed point in the Sky because of the Precession of the Equinox. Ursa Minor has been the pole constellation since 1300 BC. Before that time the Hole in the Sky was situated in Draco in the Constellation Dragon (the Serpent also called The Falcon) and Vega in the Constellation of Lyra (the Harp of David).
The Falcon (the Dragon) was the Sacred Animal of the first Kings of Egypt. The Dragon is also the symbol of Typhon, the meteoroid that probably hit the Earth and caused the Great Flood.
A part of the Underworld, the Void, the Sekhem, the Ain Soph, the Place where the Creator was situated, was a place where no one was allowed to go. The Sekhem was guarded by the Hell Hound Anubis.
The Symbol of the Fish, the Vesica Piscis (Vessel of the Fish), represents the Vulva of the Mother Goddess. It is a combination of the Crescent before the New Moon and after the New Moon. The Crescent Moon itself is represented by a Bow.
The Vulva or the Yoni, of the Ancient Mother Goddess of the Amazons was always combined with a (Black) Stone, the Symbol of the Phallus (Lingham) of the Male God. The God and the Goddess created the Universe in a sacred Union of extreme Extacy.
One of the most important Black Stones of the Goddess is the Ka’bah (the KA of AH), the Stone of Destiny, in Mecca. The seven priests of the sacred shrine of the Ka’bah are known as the Beni Shaybah, the ‘Sons of the (Queen of ) Sheba“. In ancient times the Priests were Priestesses and the Cult of the Black Stone was highly Sexual Oriented.
The Ka’bah is aligned to the Crescent Moon and the rising of Canopus (“Kahi Nub”, the Golden Earth, the Star of the Trickster (the Coyote, the Jackal)), the brightest star after Sirius. This aligment appears in the national flags of many islamic nations.
The Mother Goddess is always represented by a Trinity, the Triple Goddess. Each aspect of the Trinity corresponds to a Phase of the moon. The Crescent Moon, Q’re, is the Maiden. The Full Moon, Al’Uzza, the Strong One, is the Mother. The Waning Moon Al’Menat, is the Goddess of Fate, Prophecy and Divination also known als Sheba (‘the Old Woman“). She is, just like Osiris, the Goddess of the Underworld.
The White Female Dove and the Black Raven or Hawk are the symbols of the White (Yin) and the Black (Yang) part of the Crescent Moon. The Dove (‘the White“) and the Raven (“the Black“) were the first birds that came out of the Ark of Noah after the Great Deluge. The Dove is also represented by a Cup (the Cup Bearer (Aquarius), the Holy Grail), a Gate or a Door.
The Dove, the Female White Antagonist of the Black Eagle, is the Symbol of the John the Baptist. John the Baptist, Baptises, Initiates, the Fish Jesus, Horus, with the Water of Life of Aquarius. The Dove, The Cup and the Gate are Symbols of many Mystic Orders like the Christian Essenes and the Moslem Sufis. The Dove, the Gate and the Door refer to the Pleiades, the Center of the Milkey Way.
John the Baptist relates to the story of Iona and the Whale (A Fish), the Celtic Island Iona and the Irish Dove Saint Columba. John the Baptist is IOA-nnes, a Fish-Man in the Myths of Mesopotamia. He suddenly appears Out of the Sea just like his Female Partner, Amma, the Fish Mother Goddess, appears out of Lake Tritonis. IOAnnes saves Mankind from the Flood and teaches them the use of Letters, Sciences and Arts.
The Fish that came out of the Sea is the Phallus of Osiris (Oris-AH). It represents the conception of the Human. The innocent White Female Dove is the second stages of Horus, the Child of Osiris and Isis. The Black Male Hawk, Eagle or Raven symbolizes Violence and the Death of Horus/Osiris. It is the symbol of John, the Evangelist and the Apocalyps. The last stage of Horus, is the Phoenix, the Golden Hawk or the Benu Bird. The Phoenix symbolizes the Resurrection and the Transformation of Adam/Heru into an Immortal Being.
The Female Moon Cycle of the Hunter/Gatherers was later replaced by and integrated in the Male Sun Cycle of the Planters. To synchronize the 13 moons cycles of 28 days (364 days) one day had to be added. This missing day is usually dedicated as a day for renewal – preparation for the New Year.
Part 3: The Religions of the Green Sahara
In all the cultures that originated out of the East of Africa we find, with different names, references to the Four Egyptian Twins, the Pesedjet. They are called Annunaki, the Children of Anu, the Judges of the Underworld (Abzu), in Sumer, the Orisha or the IOA (‘The Mystery“) by the Yoruba and the Nommo Anagonno, ‘The Word that Became the Fish-Man’ by the Dogon.
The Yoruba use a Divination system, FA, that could be the Ancestor of the I Tjing in China and the tArO. The Yoruba System is highly advanced. It is based on 2**8 = 256 combinations. Just like the I Tjing every possible combination is linked to a Wisdom Story. The I Tjing, the TARO and the FA contain highly advanced Physical Knowlegde.
In the Ancient African Myths the Red Egyptian Neter Seth (Apep, Apophis, Typhon) is always the Creator of Disasters. He is the Lord of the Red Sahara Desert, Master of the Thunders Storms, Disorder, Darkness and Warfare. Seth is the Cause of the Change of the Climate that destroyed the Green Sahara, the Garden of Eden. Seth is also the Cause of the Great Deluge.
Seth, the Pig, the Ass, is always Playing Games with Others For his own Benefit. Seth was a (Female) Trickster God. Later he is transformed into a Serious, Clever, Mischievous Male Creature, who tries to survive the Dangers and challenges of the world using Trickery and Deceit as a defense. Seth is the God who needs Power to cover his own Fear for the God of the Gods. In the Christian Faith Seth/Pan, the God of Nature, was transformed into the Red Angel of Evil, Lucifer, Satan (Set-Hen).
The Egyptian Myth of Seth and Osiris can be found in the Creation Story of the Bible and Persia. Seth is the Snake who Talks Adam and Eve out of Paradise. In Egyptian Myth Set-Hen kills his Brother Osiris, the Shepherd. In the Bible Cain, the Farmer, kills his brother Abel, the Shepherd. In Persia Enlil (Seth) is the cause of the Great Deluge. His brother Enki (Osiris) informs Atrahasis (Noah) and Saves Mankind.
The Killing of the Shepherd by the Farmer is the symbol of the Conflict between the Matriarchal Nomadic Hunter/Gatherers and the Patriarchal Static Farmers. The Hunter/Gatherers of the Female Moon Culture thanked the Dynamic Sacred Animal for his Sacrifice when he was killed. The Static Sacred Plant of the Sun Cycle is related to the Cycle of Birth, Growth, Death and Ressurection.
In Egypt Osiris is Sacrificed as a Sacred Animal and is Resurrected as a sacred Plant, the Tree of Life, by the Divine Mother Isis (Au Set). In Genesis Abel Returns, is resurrected, as the Third Child of Adam and Eve, named Seth.
In the New Testament the ressurected Osiris is represented by Jesus. His mother Isis is Mary, the Black Madonna. In Egypt, the Black Madonna, Isis, also named Ua-Djed, Au Set or Ua Zit (“Eye”), the Eye of Horus, was represented by a Cobra, a Serpent. In old Myths the Serpent was the Advisor of Humans and not the Deceiver.
It is very clear that the Followers and Children of Seth, the Farmer and Female Dominator, the Master of Trickery and Deceit, wanted to Hide the Role of the Playfull Trickster, the Female in Society and the Mother Goddess Ah in the new constructed Creation Story of Genesis.
The main reason could be that Vulva of the Fish, the Triple Goddess (Ah), Isis (Au-Set, the Third Eye of Set, the Trickster), and the Gift of the Third Eye represents the Female Sexual Power of the Kundalini, the Serpent Energy, the Light of the Holy Spirit.
If this is true the Ancient Fish-Man and Fish-Woman are Enlightened Beings, the Shining Ones, also called the Giant Nephilim (Bible, Gilgamesh Epos), the Messengers (Orisha) and the Tuatha de Danaans (Celtic). The Serpent Power, named DJ in Ancient Egypt, appears when the DJ-ed, the Spinal Column, is raised.
One of the most interesting characters in African Myth and Society are the Blacksmiths.
Let us move back to Punt, the Land of the Blacks, the African People. In the early period the Origin of Egypt, Punt, was referred to as Kmt (Kmet), the Black Land. Later the name of Egypt was changed into Hwt-ka-Ptah, “the House of the Ka of Ptah“. Ka is the Egyptian name for the Force of Life.
PtAH is the Divine Blacksmith. He is the Opener of the Mouth, the pronouncer of the word “Ah”, the name of God. He is the Sculptor of Ancient Egypt. His wife is a powerful Black Female Magician and Warrior, Seh-Kmet. Seh from the Black Land of KHM.
Pt-AH Creates out of his Heart, the Center of the Soul. He moulds the First man Adam (Heru) and gives him life by breathing his Ka into him. He moulds the sun and the moon on his potter’s wheel. He shapes the universe and hammers out the copper sky. The Story of Ptah, the Good God acting as an Artist comes back in almost all of the Creation stories in Africa including the Old Testament.
The Black Female Magician (Al Khem = Alchemy, Magic), Seth-kmet, the wife of Ptah, looks a lot like the Dravidian Goddess Kali, the Black Mother of Time, who is married to Lord Krhisna (Ptah). Kali and Sehkmet represent the Amazons, the Female Warriors and Magicians that ruled African Matriarchal Society before the Gods took over. In Egyptian Myth the wife of Ptah is also known as Basted, the Cat. The Cat is again a symbol of the Trickster. She is sweet and precious, but under the surface lies the Heart of a Predator, the Lion.
The Black Concept of Linear Causal Time is the main reason why the Humans are not able to experience the Higher Dimensions of our Reality.
Ptah, is portrayed as a FriendlyPlayful bearded Man, wearing a skull cap, with his hands holding an Ankh (the Symbol of the Vulva), the Was Scepter (the symbol of the Benu Bird, the Phoenix, the Golden Hawk) and the Djed, the Spinal Column, the symbols of Life, Power and Stability. In Egypt Ptah is later replaced by Amon. In other cultures Ptah is called EA (El Ah, Allah), AHnKi or Enki.
The Ancient Egyptians Blacksmiths, the Heru-Behutet, are associated with the Power of the Serpent (“the Ka“) and the Winged Disk, the symbol of the Zodiac (Astrology). Heru Behutet is shown as a Hawk-Headed Man bearing the double crown of Egypt, holding Metal Weapons, and more often as a Winged Disk flanked by a White and a Black Cobra (White and Black Alchemy).
The Priests of Heru Behutet were referred to as the mesniu or mesniti, the blacksmiths. The Mesniu had shaved heads, wore short tunics that exposed their chests, and bore either an inverted Lance or some other Metal instrument. In the rear of their temples was situated a “Holy of Holies,” called the Mesnit, which was only accessible by the Mesniu. The Holy of Holies (of Holies..) is a fractal pattern that comes back in many African Structures.
In the Bible the Blacksmiths are associated with the children of Tubal Cain. One of his descendants is Hiram, the Master Builder of the Temple of Solomon.
In African Orisha Culture, the Ogun, the Blacksmiths are always isolated in a special group outside Society because they are the carriers of the Third, (Evil) Eye of Horus and are able to manipulate the Force of Life, Nyama or Ka (Chi, Prana, Ether, the Fifth Element).
They are Inventors, Magicians, Poets and Story Tellers. The Blacksmiths have a lot in common with the Druids and Bards of the Celts and the Magi of Persia. They are the Co-Creators, the Earthly Tricksters.
The mathematician Ron Eglash, studied the Ancient African Patterns and detected a Fractal Pattern that came back in all the African structures. It showed itself in the Villages but also in the ancient prediction system IFA.
He believes that the ancient African Scientists knew about the Fractal Universe. This knowledge was taken over by the ancient Egyptians and the Hermetic Alchemists of the Renaissance (“As Above, So Below“).
The Ancient Yoruba Teaching System IFA is known as FA, Orunmila, or Orunla (OA). The system of learning was brought to Humans by a Messenger, an Orisha, of the God who is a Mystery (Oludumare) known as Legba and Eshu. Eshu looks like Ptah and Oannis.
Another Orisha, Ogun, the Blacksmith, brings Technology such as Fire, Iron and Steel to Humans to help them improve their society, When Ogun finds out that Humans use the technology for war and oppression. Ogun stops his contact with Humans and Human society stagnates.
The Original God Oludumare (Amon), did not like that and sents other Orishas to convince Ogun to resume contact with Humans. Many Orishas fail, but the beautiful Oshun, the Orisha of the Rivers, persuades Ogun and he resumes contact with Humans.
Oshun, Water, really loved Chango, the Orisha of Fire, Thunder, and Lightning (Seth, Sehkmet, Lilith), but Chango marries Oya, the Orisha of Winds (Air, Enlil). Ogun (Earth) marries Oshun’s sister Yemaya, the Orisha of the Sea (The Fish, the Center of Creation, the Whole).
The Orisha of the Yoruba represent the Four Forces of Creation (Water, Fire, Earth, Air/Wind) in combination with the fifth Force, the Center (Amon, Chi, Prana, Ether).
Part 4: About Punt, KHM and the Black Land
If we combine all of the information in this Blog it becomes clear that the Black Land of Punt, KHM, the Ancient Cradle of Civilization is Ethiopia. Ethiopia is the center of the Green Sahara, the place out of which all of the ancient religions originated.
This was known by Diodorus Siculus, a Greek historian living in the first century BC. He wrote a history of the world, the Bibliotheca Historica, that consisted of 40 books. He wrote the following: “The Ethiopians … were the first of all men. … the Egyptians are colonists sent out by the Ethiopians, Osiris having been the leader of the colony … Osiris … gathered together a great army, with the intention of visiting all the inhabited earth and teaching the race of men how to cultivate … for he supposed that if he made men give up their savagery and adopt a gentle manner of life he would receive immortal honors. …“,
Let’s have a look at Ethiopia, also called Axum.
The Axumites living in Ethiopia were renowned for their fine Architecture, crafts and skills, in particular as Masons and Blacksmiths, which they retain to this day. Greek traders knew Aksum as the centre of an empire, which had trade links with India, Arabia, Rome, Egypt, Persia and Greece. Aksum was one of the most important Trading Posts in Northern Africa.
Aksumite traditions say that their city was once ruled by a dynasty of a Snake-God (Snake = Kundalini = Enlightened) Arwe or Waynaba, the sun of Ityopis (Ethiopis), the great-grandson of Noah, one of the many descandants of Cain. Around 1370 B.C.E. under Za Besi Angabo this dynasty was replaced by a local ruling house.
This new dynasty ruled for about 350 years and it is from that Makeda, the Queen of Sheba, descended. Makeda was born ca. 1020 B.C.E. and became queen when she was fifteen, ruling until about 955 B.C.E. when she surrendered the throne to her son David also called Menelik, “Sun of the Wise Man“. Menelik was the sun of Wise King Solomon and Makeda. David took the Ark of the Covenant to Aksum together with the High Priesthood of Judah.
The Story of the Queen of Sheba is described in the most important religious document of Ethiopia called the Kebra Nagast (The Glory of the Kings). The Kebra Nagast contains the oldest known sections of the Torah. It also contains a detailed account of the Fate of the Ark of the Covenant and the disappearance of the High Priesthood of Judah to Aksum in Solomon’s reign. Aksum was the first Kingdom in the World that converted to Coptic Christianity.
The Kebra Nagast suggests that The Queen of Sheba was also the Ruler of an Ancient Black Hebrew speaking population living between Medina and Yemen, the Falashas. If we look at the origins of Civilization, East Africa, the Falahsas could be the Ancestors of the Jews.
The Temple of Solomon was never found by archeologist. Analysis of many old sources including the Kebra Nagast reveal that the Temple was not build in Jerusalem but in the Second Jerusalem, Asir, a province of Saudi Arabia. Asir is very close to the current Spiritual Center of Islam, Mekka, the City where the Black Stone of Sheba (the Old Wise Woman of the Triple Goddess), the KA (“Force of Life”) of b’AH (“Ammon”) is situated.
If this theory is true (and looks like it is true) The Jews and the Arabs lived together in the Same Area. You can imagine the consequences for the Middle East Conflict! This is the main reason why this theory is “kept secret” or heavily denied.
Part 5: Summary
According to the Single Origin Hypothesis Human Civilization emerged in East Africa. The first civilizations were Matriarchal. The Homo Sapiens believed in a Female Creator associated with the Moon and based their Calendar-System on the Moon Cycle. The Female Warriors and Magicians, Sehkmet and Kali, the Women with the Bow of the Crescent Moon, the Amazons, were controlling society.
This all changed when the Fish Gods, the Enlightened Beings, the Shining Ones, started to Interfere in the Life of the Homo Sapiens. They tried to help the Humans to improve their society but the Humans misused the Tools of the Good Goddess. They created Slaves, the Lulu, out of Homo Sapiens, to work for them in the Gold Mines in East Africa and used Terrible Weapons to destroy their Enemies (Atlantis. Poseidon, Lake Tritonis).
Ogun, the Divine Blacksmith, did not want to be involved with the Humans who used his gifts to Kill and aquire Power. His Father, AH, AHmon, tried to convince the Divine Blacksmith to help mankind. After some time Ogun (Enki) came back and resumed his task. He designed a new way to solve the problem.
AHnki (Enki), Pt-AH, El-AH, IO-AH, uttered the name “AH” of his father Ammon and shaped his own creation, Adam, out of clay. He gave him his own KA, his Force of Life. Enki Fell in Love with his own Creation. This created a group of DemiGods.
Seth did not like the Demi-Gods and decided to Destroy them. Enki/Ptah/IOAnnes, the Great Teacher and Architect, did everything he could to prevent this to happen. He warned his Children for the Great Deluge but was just like Abel and Osiris “killed” and sacrificed. Enki left his Material Body, Earth, and became his Sahu, the Egyptian Light Body. From that time The Ka, the Force of Life of Ptah, Inspires Artists and Architects.
After the departure of Enki, Seth, the Pig, takes over control. He invents many intelligent systems to prevent that the Humans can easily Connect to each other and to the Serpent Energy of Amma, the Mother Goddess.
To control the Humans the Pig implements the Black Concept of Linear Causal Time and changes the Female Moon Cycle into the Male Sun Cycle. This makes it very difficult for the Humans to live in the Now and experience the higher dimensions of Reality of the Goddess.
One of the most effective weapons of the Pig are the Battle of the Sexes and the Diversity of Languages. The diversity of the Languages that started with the destruction of the Tower of Bable generates tremendous communication problems. The split of the Male and the Female part of the Androgynous Humans and the Dominance of the Male part, makes it possible for the children of the Pig to Divide and Rule Humanity.
The Green Sahara was the Garden of Eden where Heru (Adam), the Creation of Osiris (Enki) and Isis (Eve, Lilith) was living around 7000 BC. It was also the place where the Old Civilizations of Atlantis and Meroe were situated. At that time Lake Tritonis was part of a huge sea that provided the water for the rivers in the Green Sahara.
Adam got three Suns Abel, Cain, and Seth. Abel was the obedient son of Eve and Adam. He did what the Masters wanted him to to do. Cain/Anhki was different. Cain, the Carrier of the Ankh, the Key of Eternal Life, the Spark of the Light of Amma, was the son of Eve/Lilith and the Good God Enki. Cain is an In-Between, a Demi-God. He became the Ancestor of the Co-Creators, the Artists and the Architects. The Blacksmiths are able to predict the Cycles of the Future and know how to use the Power of the Female Serpent to perform Black and White Al Khemi.
When the Green Sahara turned into a Red Desert the Children of Heru moved away to the North, the East and the South. A small part stayed in Punt, Ethiopia. With them they carried the Story of the Garden of Eden, the Knowledge of the Serpent Energy and the Interventions of the Sumerian Annunaki, The Orisha of the Yoruba and the Egyptian Pesedjet.
The Kebra Nagast, the Glory of the Kings, the Holy Book of Ethiopia, the Black Land of Punt, the Land of the Gods, contains the original text of the Torah, the Old Testament. This text was later adopted and transformed to support the male dominant views of the Children of Seth/Enlil. The old myths of the people of Ethiopia still live on in the old religions of Africa and India.
The Children of Anhk, the Dj-edi, the Druids and the Magi, the people born with the Third Eye of Isis, the Co-Creators of Ptah/Enki, became the Carriers of the Knowledge of the Nine Concepts of Creation, The Tree of Life, the Old Rituals, the Al Khemi and the Ancient Tools, the Dj-ed and the BnBn Stone.
The Blacksmiths payd a high price for their Secret Knowledge. They were isolated in Society and were often killed by the Male Dominators of Seth when they wanted to tell the Truth, the Gnosis, about the Divine Light of Love of the Mother Goddess.
The Children of the Anhk are all waiting for the Return of the Golden Hawk, the Benu Bird, the Phoenix, who will bring a new Egg to the lost BnBn Stone of Heliopolos from the Land of Fire. When this happens the Time of Seth, the Kali Yuga, the Dark Age, will be over and the Golden Age of the Phoenix, the Age of Aquarius will start.
In the period of the Hunter-Gatherers the Shaman, the person who could See with the Third Eye of Horus and could Predict the Behavior of the Trickster was the most important person in Society. At that time the Humans felt they were an insignificant part of an almost inpredictable Mother Nature.
When the Farmer Cain killed the Monadic Shepherd Abel the metaphor of the Plant (Birth. Death, Rebirth) became dominant. The concepts of Immortallity, Heaven and Hell were created and the local Priests who knew about the many Ways to reach Heaven and avoid Hell took over the role of the Shaman. Life became more predictable and Religion became a Way of Living.
In the last step Time, History, the City and the State appeared. The King/Gods standardized Religion into a Central System of Rules to Obey. Mother Nature transformed into a System to Control. To cope with the Abuse of Power, the Trickery and Deceit of the Pig Seth/Machiavelli, everybody had to wear a Mask to hide his Essence and an Armor to protect his Heart.
One Cellar Creatures, Bacteria, have no need for a central system, a Central Nervous System. Their only need is to find Food (Chemicals).
To find food they Move Around in the Chemical Soup with their Flagellum in a Chaotic Pattern (Creativity, Exploration) until they are Attracted by (Fall in Love with) a Source they Like.
When the Bacteria are Attracted by the Food, their Creative Behavior stops. The Chaotic Pattern changes into a Stable Cyclic Pattern.
The Movement of the Flagellum of the Bacterium is comparable with the Emotional System of the Human Being.
The Creative and the Emotional System are the Basic Systems of Nature. Conscioussness, the Feed Back Cycle, was there from the Beginning. Conscioussness, Creativity and Compassion are also the Basic Systems of the Human Being.
They are independent of Time and Place. In the first step of Evolution the Organisms where Connected and in the Now.
In the next step of Evolution two new Protective Systems came into existence, the Predictive System (Thinking) and the Sensory System.
They are related to the Multi-Cellar Organisms, the Organisms with a Brain and a Spine. The Protective Systems came into existence because the Organisms became Disconnected (Specialized) and started a Competition.
Although they may look plant-like, Sponges are the simplest and the oldest (635 million yrs) of the multi-cellular animals. Sponges evolved in shallow ocean basins, because the deeper seas did not yet contain oxygen, a necessity for almost all life.
At that time the Sponzes could live an Easy Life because there was no Competition from more complicated animals.
Sea sponges are not moving at all. They attach themselves to the sea bed and filter nutrients from the water that they force through their porous bodies with flagella.
Because of the Life-Style they lead sea sponges do not need, and therefore lack, nerve cells, muscle cells and internal organs of any kind.
The first step in the development of the Central Nervous System (CNS) is the Community. The Cells are coordinated by specialized interconnected nerve cells, the Nerve Net.
Although the Nerve Net allows the animal to respond to its environment, it has trouble alerting the animal from Where the Stimulus is Coming.
For this reason, simple animals with Nerve Nets always Respond in the Same way to Contact with an Object, regardless of where the contact occurs. The organisms coordinated by a Nerve Net are able to move in a Plane.
The next step is the development of organisms happened about 590 million years ago. At that moment the Central Coordinating System, the Brain, appeared.
Sea stars have a nerve net in each arm, connected by a Central Radial Nerve Ring at the center.
This is better suited to controlling more complex movements than a Diffuse Nerve Net.
The organisms with a CNS, the Bilateria, are able to Act and React to a Possible Harmful Stimulus.
They Move in the 3rd Dimension, endowing them with not only a top and a bottom, but a left and a right, and a front and a back. Therefore they are comparable to a Sphere.
The 3-Dimensional Bilateria make use of Five fluid filled Cavities (Spheres) to Protect the Organs and a Digestive Tube with a Mouth and an Anus.
The Bilateria (including the Humans) have Five Body Cavities: (1) the Brain; (2) the Spinal Cord; (3) the Heart and Lungs; (4) the Digestive Organs and Kidneys; (5) the Bladder and Reproductive organs.
The Five Spheres are incorporated in one Super Protective Sphere, the Coelum (Skin).
In the Human Embryo the First step of Division of the Cells is between the Coelum (the Multi-Cellar Body) and the Brain (CNS, Coordinating the Multi Cellar Body).
The CNS shows the greatest development in Vertebrates. In the vertebrates the CNS is protected by the Skeletal System.
The CNS is connected to the rest of the body through a peripheral nervous system that includes the nerves connecting the brain and spinal cord with Receptors such as the Ears and Eyes and Effectors such as the Muscles in the Body.
In the evolution of Vertebrates from Fish to Mammals, the most significant changes have occurred in the Structure of the Brain.
Even in the earliest vertebrates, the brain had three divisions: the Hindbrain, Midbrain, and Forebrain.
The Hindbrain is concerned with Motor Reflexes, the Effectors, the Muscles (the 2nd Dimension).
The Midbrain coordinates the Receptors (Eyes, 3rd Dimension). In the progression from Fish to Mammals, the Forebrain becomes more prominent.
The Forebrain is used for Receiving and Integrating Information to create a 4-Dimensional Picture of the Space/Time. This System is used to Predict the Causal Path of the Future. The Predictive System is fed by the experiences of the Past and tries to avoid Pain and Destruction. Its Basic Emotion is the Fear to lose Control.
At this moment the most advanced creatures on Earth, the Humans are able to operate in the Fourth Dimension. The Blueprint of the Organisms, the DNA, contains enough Junk DNA to reach into higher Dimensions. The next step is the Fifth Dimension. In this Dimension Space & Time Travel are possible.
Scientists recently discovered that the DNA of one of the most primitive and ancient Multi-Cellular creatures on Earth, the Sea Sponge, contains almost the Same Blueprint as the Central Nervous System of the Human Being.
Many people still believe the Evolution Theory of Darwin is Right. This theory states that the evolution of the species is governed by Random Mutation and Natural Selection. The discovery of the DNA of the Sponge shows a completely different view, the view of the much despised Lamarck.
Behind the seemingly Random Pattern of Evolution a highly stable (geometric fractal) structure, The Trinity Pattern, emerges. The DNA is not adapting to Evolution. It is the other way around. Evolution is an Enfolding of a Highly Stable Self Referencial (Fractal) Multi Dimensional Blueprint. This Blueprint was already there when the Universe was created. The Trinity Pattern shows that the basic structure of the Universe is an enfolding of Trinities in Trinities.
The Sequence of the Enfolding is controlled by a pattern called the Bronze Mean (1,1,4,13,43). The pattern is visible in the ancient Sri Yantra.
We are now in the 42th step of enfolding. The 43th step will create a completely new Universe.
In this step the Seven Seperate Multi-Verses of our Universes will Merge into One Structure that is connected to the Rotating Primal Void, the Sekhem.
If this step will occur we will be able to move out of the 4th dimension into the 5th, Space/Time.
The good thing is that many scientists especially the Physicists and the Mathematicians believe the Eternal Blueprint is there and will be found.
Many of them also believe that this Blueprint was already discovered a long time ago. In the next part of this blog I will continue with my discovery of the Old Egyptian Physics. We will see that the Old Egyptian Scientists were aware of the Patterns behind the Patterns.
What is Happening?
In the Beginning, 3.8 billion years ago, the Self Reproducing Central Coordination Sphere called Earth, moving in 4-dimensional Space/Time, was a “chemical soup“. When the Earth cooled down the Soup transformed itself into Self-Reproducing Cells, the Bacteria.
The Cells clustered into Self Reproducing Central Coordination Systems called Humans. In every step of the Evolution from Chemical Soup to Human a new Dimension of Space/Time was discovered. The next step must be a step into the 5th Dimension.
Let us move back to Ancient Egypt.
In current Physics a Singularity is called a Black Hole or Wormhole. In the Old Egyptian Science the Void was called the Sekhem.
In the next step of the story Isis and Osiris give birth to a child called Horus.
Horus is the Symbol of the Human Body. Isis is represented in Catholic Tradition by Mary, the Black Madonna. In most representations she is depicted with her Child (Horus, Jezus).
The Four Suns of Horus are the symbols of the Four Organs situated in the Four Cavities of the Human Body.
The last Fifth Cavity of the Human Body, The Brain and the Spinal Cord protected by the Backbone is represented by a symbol called the Djed Pillar. The Djed Pillar was one of the most Magical Symbols in Egypt.
Djed Pillar
The sons of horus are the organs.
The Five Cavaties correspond with the Five Organs in Acupuncture. Acupunture is an Ancient Chinese Medical Treatment to cure and stabilize the Electro Magnetic Body of the Human. The Cavities now called Cells also exist in the Universe. They are the Birth Places of Star Clusters.
Why is the Djed Pillar such an Important Concept?
The name Djed contains the term DJ meaning Serpent. Dj comes back in Dj-huti (Thoth/Hermes), Dj-inn (a Magical Serpent Ghost) and Djedi (An Egyptian Magician).
The name Djedi was used in the famous Movie Star Wars. The Djedi are called the Skywalkers because they are able use the Power of the Serpent to move in Space/Time, the Fifth Dimension.
In other cultures the Serpent Power is called the Kundalini.
The Serpent or the Kundalini is a Tremendous Power that rests in the Spinal Chord at the place of the Sacrum, the first part of the Spine.
At this place the first Chakra, the Muladhara is situated. The Muladhara Chakra is made of the Earth Element and represents the Beginning of Life (the Chemical Soup).
When awakened and nourished, this association with the Earth element manifests itself as a Electro Magnetic Force within that person.
One of the most important secret rituals in the Cult of Osiris was called the Raising of the Djed. When you Raise Your Backbone you are opening the Path of the Serpent to let the Electro Magnetic Field of Mother Earth move you to the Fifth Dimension.
What is the Physical Explanation of the Serpent Energy?
The Earth is a huge magnetic sphere. The E/M field of the Earth varies in strength and consistency through the ages. Our bodies own magnetic frequencies and our bio-field patterns react to this variance of the Earth’s field.
The pineal gland, the Eye of Horus (or the Horn of the Unicorn), is the “clock” that controls biological cycles. The Eye of Horus stands for the sixth chakra.
The pineal gland is the principal structure in the brain that is directly sensitive to the Earth’s magnetic field.
The pineal gland produces a host of psychoactive chemicals (such as Melatonin, Dopamine, Serotonin, and others).
Its abnormal functioning may result in a variety of Physical (the Immune System), Neurological (Tremors) and Psychological (Psychosis) Problems including Mystical and Para-Normal Experiences.
Our bone structure Converts Vibrational Energy, such as sound or light, into Magnetic and Electric Energy. When the bone is bent it produces an E/M-field. This E/M-field interacts with the Pineal Gland and creates a Feed-Back Cycle.
The E/M-field of our Body, the Aura, is a combination of all kind of waves. A special type of wave-structure is called a Standing Wave.
When the E/M-field acts as a Standing Wave all the waves are in harmony and conserve structure. The Human body is in harmony when the total field of all the separate E/M-fields of the Body act as a Standing Wave.
The Standing Wave appears when the Spinal Wave of the Vertebrae of the Body is in a special Alignment. This alignment happens when the Djed is Raised.
If this happens the Standing Wave of the Spine Resonates with the Standing Wave of the Earth. At that moment the Kundalini Rises and the Pineal Gland reacts with a Huge Mystical Experience.
What was the Aim of the Djedi?
The E/M-field of the Earth is different at every place on Earth. It also changes every day because of the influence of the Moon, the Sun and other powerful fields in the Universe.
At a certain moment in Time, at a certain place on Earth and with the help of special instruments (The Pyramid of Giza, the BnBn Stone) the old Egyptian Magicians, the Djedi, imagined it would be possible to resonate with the Standing Wave of the Center of our Galaxy situated in the Pleiades.
If this happens it will generate a tremendous, almost deadly, Mystical Experience, a giant influx of the Serpent of the Galaxy (the Black Hole) also called the Phoenix (Greek) or the Bennu Bird (Egyptian).
To endure this experience the Mystical Body, the Sahu, the Resurrection Body of Osiris, the Barque of the Sekhem, has to be available. The Sahu, the Light Body, is activated when the Djedi has balanced his chakras in the middle, the Heart Chakra. To experience a mystical union with the One, the Djedi has to live from the Heart.
At that moment the Skywalker will become Immortal. He will Climb Jacobs Ladder, move through the Einstein-Rosen Bridge (Sekhem, Bindu, Wormhole) into our (Black Matter) Twin Universe, the Underworld, the Nagual, the Duat, the Daad, Heaven, the Place where the Souls Live.
This Special Alignment of the Stars, The Galactic Cross, the Return of the Galactic Serpent, is the Moment the Egyptian Djedi, the Pharaos in their Coffin, the Jews (The Coming of Christ), the Muslims (the Coming of Christ), the Christians (the Return of Christ, the Resurrection), the Mayas (the Return of Quetzalcoatl, the End of the Maya Calendar, 2012), the Hopis (the Fifth World) and many other cultures are waiting for for a very long time.
A Last Remark
The E/M-field of the Earth is at this moment heavily influenced by human activities. Especially the strong fields of the Mobile Infrastructure on Earth have a devastating impact on the harmony of the Human Body. Project yourself!
In the 19th Century The Blue Collar Workers were replaced by Machines operated by White Collar Workers.
When the White Collar Workers were replaced by the Software of the Programmers a new Type of Work was created, called Knowledge Work.
It is very difficult to measure the Productivity of the Knowledge Worker.
In this Blog I will show you that the Problem of the Productivity of the Knowledge Worker can be solved when you Realize that the Business Cycle is a Self-Referring Object (A Fractal).
Work is a Process and is part of a Business Cycle. Work has a Result and it uses Resources.
When the Result of the Process is accomplished somebody has to Use the Results. The process of Use is called Consuming.
When a Requirement is Transformed into a Result and the Result is Sold (Sales) and Used somebody starts to Think, gets Ideas, about Adapting the Requirements and the Cycle of Work is Closed.
When the Requirements are Satisfied we call the process Effective. The process is Efficient when Waste is minimized.
In the Business Cycle the Four “Organs” of the Human, Control, Desire (Consume), the Emotions (E-value-ate) and the Imagination (Create) are Dominating a Phase. The task of the fifth Organ, Conscioussness, The Monitor, is to Balance the Four Organs to make sure that one Human Faculty is not dominating the Cycle. The Business Cycle is Self-Referring.
This means that we are able to apply the Business Cycle in every part of the Business Cycle. A Salesman makes the Requirements of a Sales Plan, Executes a Sales Plan and Improves his Sales Cycle when he gets new Ideas about the effect of his efforts.
What we see is the process of Specialization resulting in the Division of Labour.
Every time when a new specialization of the Business Cycle is created the Level of the Process changes and the Speed of the Movement of the Cycle, the Periodicity, changes. Every Time when a new Division of Labour occurs the Business Cycle Speeds Up.
The Division of Labour not only Accelerates the Business Cycle. The New Roles in the Cycle behave like an Independent Unit. They want to Dominate Cycles on other Levels and most of all they want to expand their Activities.
The Personal Assistant who was helping the Manager to Hire and Fire Personnel transforms into a Human Resource Management Department.
At some point in time the specialized Units disconnect from the Whole and start a Life of their Own. Designers start Design Bureaus. Teachers unite in a School. Scientists cluster in Universities.
All of them are still payed by the Primary Processes in Society (Agriculture (Food), Industry, ..) but the Secundary (or higher order) processes don’t want to hear that. They think they are the Most Important Processes in Society.
When the new Wholes are created they start to Divide again and again. The Result of the Split of the Work Cycles, the endless Division of Labour, is an Incomprehensible, not Effective, Inefficient Network of Competing Work Processes Clustered in many Institutions.
The Business Cycle is Breathing.
When the process of Splitting has gone too far, the process of Union and Integration starts.
Splitting, Expansion, occurs when the Economic Cycle is going Up.
Integration, starts when the Economic Cycle is going Down.
We are now again in an Integration Phase which means that many secundary and higher order processes will be destroyed until the Essence of Society is visible again.
What is a Knowledge Worker?
A Blue Collar Worker works in a Factory and is doing Manual Labour. The people who are part of the Staff Departments of the Factory (Sales, Planning, Design,) are called White Collar Workers. White Collar Workers are more Educated as the Blue Collar Workers. They Earn more money and are doing Intellectual Work. The Knowledge Worker Uses and produce Knowledge. Examples are: Programmers, Systems Analysts, Lawyers, Teachers and Scientists. Examples of processes are: planning, acquiring, searching, analyzing, organizing, storing, programming, distributing and marketing.
What is Productivity?
The Concept of Productivity implies that an organization works as a Physical System with variables and their inter-relationships amenable to precise definitions. The basic reliance is on the acceptance of a Stimulus-Response model of Causality that an Input causes an Output.
Productivity is the ratio of Outputs (Goods and Services) divided by one or more Inputs (Labor hours, FTEs, Capital, Expenses). Using money as a measure of value makes it possible to compare dissimilar inputs and outputs.
Productivity is only applicable in the Production Phase of the Business Cycle. In the other Phases other Measures are used like Customer Satisfaction in the Consuming Phase. Customer Satisfaction is a measure of the Effectiveness of a Production phase.
The Business Cycle is a Self-Referencial Object. Every Phase of the Business Cycle can be divided in the Phases of the Business Cycle. This means that the Productivity of the Knowledge Worker can be Measured when he is Producing Something (A Design, A Research Document, A Plan).
If the Knowledge Worker is not Producing anything there is nothing to Consume in the next Phase. In this case the Knowledge Worker is not Effective. If this happens the Knowledge Worker has to Reflect, Use his Consciousness, to detect his Added Value to the Whole he is part of.
To Define the Productivity of a Blue or White Collar Worker, the Process has to be Standardized. To standardize a process you have to define the Flow of the Components (Bill of Materials) and of course the Product, the Result.
If the Process is Standardized it is very easy to get rid of the Waste in the Process (Process Improvement). When this happens the process becomes more Efficient (now called Sustainable).
Standardization results in a Decrease of the Workers, a Lowering of the Waste (Costs) and an Increase in Rules. The Process Rules are implemented in Machines and Software.
What are Knowledge Workers Really Doing?
The Designers and Implementers of the Rules, the Knowledge Workers, are the people who are Destroying the Work of the Blue and White Collar Workers in a Factory. They are also the Creators of New Factories (Business Development) and connect Old Factories (Value Chain Integration).
How to Measure the Productivity of Knowledge Workers.
Knowledge Workers are part of the Business Cycle. They Analyze Work Processes to minimize Waste, Evaluate the Results of the Consuming of the Result of a Work Process (the Product) , Imagine and Test new Ways to Satisfy the Needs of the Consumer, Design New Work Processes or Change Existent Work Processes.
The Business Cycle is Self-Referring. This means that you can organize the Work Processes of the Knowledge Workers just like the Work processes they Analyze.
If you measure the Productivity of the Work Process of the Blue and White Collar Workers in a certain way, it must be possible to measure the Productivity of the Knowledge Worker in the same way. Knowledge Workers also have to make plans and have to evaluate their own products to Learn and to Improve their Performance.
This approach has a great advantage. If you treat the Knowledge Workers just the way you treat the Blue and White Collar Workers they will understand that some day the Controller will Standardize Knowledge Management, Reduce the Waste, Focus the Process on a Clearly Defined Target, Eliminate the Knowledge Workers and Replace them by a Very Intelligent and Creative Software Program.
These Software-Programs are already there (Expert Systems, Artificial Intelligence, Pattern Recognition) and are constantly improving their behavior. One of the most interesting examples is Wolfram Alpha.
When the Fractal Pattern Recognizers are fully operational the Knowledge Workers will Realize that the White and Blue Collar Workers are also Humans. They will know that every Human has the ability and the need to Control his own Process of Life.
They will see that Every Human has Desires, Emotions and Imagination.
They will become Aware (Consciouss) of the Fact that every Human is Able to Improve his Own Work Processes.
The last examples of ancient Egyptian Hieroglyphs date from 450 AD. After that time the Egyptian script and language was replaced with the Coptic script and the Coptic language until it was replaced by the Arabic language in the 11th century.
From that time on nobody was able to understand the Hieroglyphs. At this moment a complete new interpretation of the Hieroglyphs is emerging showing Egypt as a highly technical advanced culture.
When scientists started to interpret the hieroglyphs they believed the hieroglyphs were nothing more than primitive picture writing. Much later they discovered that the hieroglyphic script is Phonetic just like our own language. The Pictures represent an Alphabet.
The Puzzle of the Alphabet of the hieroglyphs was solved by Jean-François Champollion who had a profound knowledge of the old Coptic language still used in the Coptic Church.
When the Egyptian Alphabet was finally deciphered the scientists could read the texts but they had no idea what the texts meant. To understand the language they used a theory.
Just like the theory of the primitive pictorial language they supposed that the Egyptian Texts were written by Primitive Pagans to describe Religious Rituals. The Scientists translated the texts literally just like the current translation software is doing.
Linguistics, the scientific study of natural language, has evolved a lot since the first scientists started to translate the hieroglyphs. We now know that the deep structure of languages is related to almost Universal Metaphors. Texts always contain a Hidden Meaning.
The knowledge of the old Cultures of the East is greatly advanced since the time of Champollion (1832). We now know much more about ancient Egyptian Mathematics and Physics and our knowledge of Mathematics and Physics has also greatly advanced.
This makes it possible to see and understand things we were not able to See 150 years ago.
Scranton and Harvey have developed a completely different and controversial interpretation of the Hieroglyphs. They are convinced that most of the Ancient Texts are not about Rituals but about Physical Practises based on Advanced Knowledge of the Physical Universe.
Scranton researched the Symbols of the Dogon in West Africa. The Dogon Culture is just like the Coptic Language still existent and it was possible to interview one of the Shaman and ask him to explain their symbols.
This interview took place around 1930 but the researchers Griaule and Dieterlen documented the interviews very well. They showed that the Symbols of the Dogon and the Symbols of the old Egyptians were highly comparable. Scranton, a computer expert, analyzed the Symbols and found a striking resemblance with current String Theory.
Clesson Harvey has discovered a new way to translate the Pyramid Texts. The Pyramid Texts are the oldest known “religious” texts in the world. They date between 2400-2300 BC. According to Harvey the Pyramid Texts have nothing to do with religion. He believes the Pyramid Texts are a Technical Manual to Operate a very Powerful Machine.
The conclusions of Harvey and Scranton are the same. The Egyptians were using highly advanced knowledge about the Physics of the Universe. This knowledge was used to build powerfull machines that were controlled with the Mind.
About the Cycles
Egyptian Theory is based on Cycles. The Old Scientists knew that every Thing in the Physical Universe is governed by Cycles. This is the principle of Ma’at.
They knew that the one of the most important cycles is the Cycle of Precession. This Cycle takes 25,771.5 years.
Every time when the Signs of the Zodiac moved in the Sky the Egyptian Religion was adjusted to the new Sign (Taurus, Ram, Pisces, Aquarius …). They also knew that the Pole Star moved with the Precession. At this moment the Pole Star is in Polaris.
Clesson Harvey discovered that the Pyramid Texts are focused on Polaris which means that the Knowledge of the Pyramid Texts is at least 25.772,5 years old.
About the Nine Spiritual Bodies
The Egyptians were aware of the Spiritual Bodies of the Human Being. This knowledge is still not accepted in Mainstream Psychology. Mainstream Psychologists call everything that is outside their Theory, ab-normal or Para-Normal.
Some Psychologists Accept the Para-Normal and are trying to explain Phenomena like Out of the Body Experiences and Near-Death Experiences. When they do this they often make use of theories that were created in China, India and Egypt a long time ago. These old theories show a remarkable resemblance.
The Egyptians knew that the Universe was a Self-Referential Structure, a Fractal. They knew that one principle repeats itself on every Level. The Structure of the Universe is repeated in the Human Body and the Human Cells. If the Universe is a Nine-Fold pattern, the Spiritual Body also has to be a Nine-Fold Pattern.
The Nine Bodies were named Ren (the Name of the Body, the Chemical Structure, the Strong Force), Ab (the Heart, the Center, the Consciousness, The Center of Gravity), Akh (Shiner, The Luminous Body, the Force of Decay, Radiation, the Weak Force), Khaibit (Shadow, Aura, the Electro Magnetic Field of the Body), Ka, Ba , Khat, Sahu and Sekhem.
A person’s Ren (his DNA, his Blueprint, Date/Time & Place of Birth) was given to them at birth and would live for as long as that name was spoken. A cartouche (a magical rope) was often used to surround the name and protect it for eternity. The knowledge of the True Name could destroy a man. If somebody knew the Date/Time and Place of a Person he could find out with the Use of Astrology everything he wanted to know.
It was also believed that if a man knew the name of a god or a demon, and addressed him by it, he was bound to answer him and to do whatever he wished.
The Scientists still don’t understand the concepts of Ka, Ba, Khat and Sekhem.
The concept of the Sahu is well known in many old cultures. In Tibetan mysticism the Sahu is called the Dharmakaya (“the Truth Body“). In the Christian Gnostic tradition it is called, “the Resurrection Body“. In Sufism “the Most Sacred Body ” (wujud al-aqdas) and “Supra-Celestial Body ” (asli haqiqi) and in Taoism, it is called “the Diamond Body“. Those who have attained it are called “the Immortals” and “the Skywalkers (the Djedi)”
The Sahu is an InterStellar Space-Ship steered by the Soul (Ba). It accompanies the human being in its endless cycle of birth, death, transformation, and rebirth. The Sahu contains the Projected Personalities (Ren) in the Matrix, the Memories (Akasha), the spiritual Aims and Purposes of every Incarnation of the Soul in every part of the Multi-Verse.
If we understand the Nine-Fold Pattern it is not so difficult to map the first four Spiritual Bodies (Ren, Ab, Akh, Khaibit) to the Four Forces or Four Elements of our Physical Universe.
The next five Bodies are very different. They are related to the Egyptian Underworld governed by Osiris. The Egyptian Underworld is a representation of our Seven Twin Universes associated with what the current scientists call Dark Matter.
The Ka (Dark Matter Chemical Body), the Ba, (Dark Matter Heart, The Center, Conscioussness, Soul), the Khat (Dark Matter Etheric Body) and the Sahu (Dark Matter Light Body) exist in a different Space/Time.
The Twin Universes are only reachable by the Portal of the Sekhem, the Singularity, the Primal Void, the Hole in Time. The “Dark Matter” Bodies can be controlled when the Chemical Body (Ego, Personality, Ka) and Consciousness (Ab, the Heart) merge. At that moment they are able to use the Supra-Celestial Body, the Sahu, the Vessel.
About Timing and Time Travel
The Portal of Sekhem is only open during a short period of time at a special place on the Earth Grid. This moment appears when we move from the Sign of the Fishes to the Sign of Aquarius (NOW!).
When we want to operate the Time-Machine we have to Breath in our Sahu, the indestructible Container of the Human Soul, our Light Body. To use our Sahu we have to Clean Ourselves (Live from the Heart, Ab), Meditate (Becoming the Observer) and Practice the Breathing Techniques of the Old Scientists.
According to Clesson Harvey we are living in a very special Time/Space. It is the Time/Space that opens up the possibility to use the Tremendous Power behind the Dark Matter. This power makes it possible to play with the Laws of Gravity. We are able to lift Heavy Masses (Telekinesis). We are also able to move to another Time/Space in the Multi-Universe (The Underworld).
The only thing that is still missing to operate the Machine, is a Magic Crystal, the Stone of Destiny, the BnBn-Stone. One of the (many) theories is that this Crystal was stolen out of the Pyramid by Moses during the Reign of Pharao Akhenaton, put into the Arc of the Convenant, moved to Chartres by the Knights Templars, taken over by the Cathars and finally put into a Secret Cave close to Lourdes.
The Book the Jesus Mysteries written by Timothy Freke and Peter Gandy is a highly controversial book. It states that the person Jesus never existed.
The Concept of Christ was copied out of the very Old Mystery Religions of Persia (Mithras) and Egypt (Osiris).
The Merger of the Many Mystery Cults took place in Alexandria, the new Capital of Egypt, founded by Alexander the Great in 334 BC. The former capital of Egypt was Heliopolis.
Alexandria was the home to the largest Jewish Community in the world. They produced the Greek translation of the Hebrew Bible, the Septuagint, between the 3rd an 1st century BC.
Most of the Jewish people in Asia spoke Greek and were not able to read the original Torah anymore. The writers of the New Testament based their writing on the Greek Version. Later it was shown that this version contained many translation errors.
Alexandria was the seat of the oldest school of Christian religion in the world, the Didascalia. It was founded around AD 190 by the scholar Pantaenus, who became its first dean.
It is very likely that the texts of Old and the New Testament were highly influenced by the Religions of Persia (Mitrash) and Egypt (Osiris). The Jews spend a long time in Persia (Babylonia) and the Religion of Moses originated at Heliopolis, the Old Sacred Religious Center of Egypt.
The most important concept of Heliopolis was the Ennead (Greek Ἐννεάς) or Pesedjet (Egyptian) meaning the Nine. The Ennead consists of a grouping of nine deities, most often appearing in the context of Egyptian mythology. The group consisted of Atum, the first god, his children Shu and Tefnut, and their descendants Geb, Nut, Osiris, Isis, Set, and Nephthys.
The story of the Ennead is illustrated in the so called Pyramid Texts, the oldest religious texts on earth (2400-2300 BCE):
O Atum-Kheprer, you were high on the height, you rose up as the bnbn-stone in the Mansion of the bn-bird in On, you spat out Shu, you spit out Tefnut, and you set your arms about them as the arms of a ka-symbol, that your essence might be in them….
O you Great Pesdjet, Ennead, which is on On, namely Atum, Shu, Tefnut, Geb, Nut, Osiris, Isis, Set, and Nephthys; O children of Atum, extend his heart to his child in your name of Nine Bows. Let him be turned back from you toward Atum….
If we look closely at the Ennead it contains a very old pattern.
Atum is a Bisexual Self-Creating Entity associated with the Primal Void. Atum creates Two “children” called Shu and Tefnut. Shu was Male and associated with Space (Sky). Tefnut (Water) was the first Mother and associated with the Flow of Time.
Atum, Shu and Tefnut are the Trinity (Father, Mother, Holy Ghost (Atum)) or in the Terminology of Current Physics Strings (Space), Energy (Time) and the Singularity.
The Trinity produces Two children called Geb (Earth) and Nut (Heaven). It is very clear that Shu, Tefnut, Geb and Nut are the Four Elements of Nature.
They are constructed by combining Tefnut (Female, Yin) and Geb (Male, Yang) in Four different Ways (Yin/Yin (Tefnut, Desire)), Yang/Yang (Shu, Control), Yang/Yin (Nut, Spirit, Imagination) and Yin/Yang (Geb, Soul, Emotion)).
The next step in the process of Creation is the Eight (2x2x2). The Eight, the Ogdoad, are related to the Eight Chakras (7+1, the One, Atum) and the Seven (+1) Parallel Universes or Heavens.
The Names and the Meaning of the Four Elements are different in different occurences of Space (Culture) and Time (History) but the Concept stays the same. Some of the Cultures use Five Elements. If this happens the Fifth Element is always the Center of the Four Elements.
The Four Elements are always used to explain the Forces of Physical Nature. A well known discussion in Physics around 1900 was about the existence of the fifth Element called Ether. Einstein proved that this element did not exist because the Morrison-Morle experiments showed that the Speed of Light was not bothered by the Ether.
At this moment a growing number of Physicists believe the experiments of Morrison & Morley were wrong and the Ether (now called Zero-Point Energy) is really there.
The Elements were used in Medicine (the four Humors) and are still used in Psychology (the Archetypes of Jung). In the terminology of current Science the Elements are called the Four Forces of Nature (The Strong Force, The Weak Force, Gravity and Electro-Magnetism).
The difference between the current ideas about Nature and the old Egyptian ideas of Nature have to do with Levels and Boxes. At this moment we believe that Our Reality consists of many more or less independent Boxes that are ordered in a Hierarchical Structure.
The Old Egyptian Scientists believe in One Principle that was active on every Level. They believed in the process of Enfolding. In current terminology we could say that the Old Scientists believed in a Fractal or a Self-Referencing Universe.
Thinking in terms of Fractals and Self-Reference is very difficult when you believe in a Hierarchical Causal Structure. The Big problem with this Paradigm is that it leads to highly complex models. More important this Scientific Approach leads to a Worldview where Mind, Body, Nature, Science and Religion are completely disconnected.
The Old Scientist of Egypt used a Theory of Everything. Something Physical Science is looking for for many years. It is therefore not strange that important Physicists are using the Old Theories for Inspiration and start to believe that the Old Scientists were more advanced than we thought they were.
I believe they are Right. The only thing that is bothering us is their Language and their Metaphors. We have to spend a lot of time to Map their Universe of Discourse to ours.
To explain the last Four Deities we have to move a long way back to China.
The Nine-Fold pattern appears at the same time as the Pyramid Texts (2500 BC) in China and is represented by a Magic Square. This Magic Square was given by a Turtle (the Symbol of Orion) before the Great Deluge to a Chinese Emperor named Lo Chi.
Chi is the Chinese name for the Force of Life. According to Legend Lo Chi came from the Magical Land of Mu. Mu is the predecessor of the Lost Continent of Atlantis.
The name of the Magical Square is Shu, just like the Egyptian Deity of Control and Order.
The so called Lo-Shu Square represents a Control Cycle (called The Sheng Cycle). This Cycle was the Basic Pattern of all the Old Sciences in China. It is also a generator of Magical Tones (The Tools of Creation of Mu).
Tefnut, the Female Principle was represented in China by the Game Board. She represents Coincedence, Luck and Chaos, the Opposite of Order. The Chinese believed that the interference of the Circle of Shu and the Square of Tefnut created Synergy (Wu Wei).
A Wise Person only Acts at the Right Time and at the Right Place.
This Special Moment appears when Time and Space, Shu & Tefnut, Control and Desire, are in Perfect Balance.
The Sum of the Magical Quadrant is 15 (3×5). The Five, the Pentagle, Atum, is situated in the Middle.
The Cycle shows the Movement from the Void (0), the Point (1, Atum), the Line (1+1 = 2, Duality, Control & Desire), the Triangle (1+2=3, the Trinity), the Square (4, 2×2, the Four Forces) to the Pentangle (3+2 = 4+1 = 5, the Symbol of the Five Fold Being, the Human, the Image of God).
The Last Four Children of Atum, the numbers 6,7,8 and 9 are the Mirrors of the Four Elements.
They are Mirrors because the Sum of two Children is 10. Child 6 in the Upper Cycle corresponds with Child 4 in the Down Cycle.
The other important issue is the Rotation of the Cycle. The children rotate in a different way (Clock Wise and Anti-Clockwise).
When we combine the two rotational patterns a well-known Topological Structure appears, the Moebius Ring with the Atum in the Middle.
The Children live in the Downside of our Upside Universe called the Tuat, the Underworld.
The Four Children are responsible for the Path of Death and Reincarnation. Seth represents Destruction and Death.
Nephthys is associated with Mourning and Funerary Rituals.
Isis is the Queen of Magic. She restores the 42 parts (4+ 3×13), the Sri Yantra) of Osiris. Osiris, the Good Shephard, represents the Nine, the End of the Cycle, The Resurrection.
The Resurrection of Osiris brings us finally back to the Story of Jezus.
The Nine-Fold Pattern of Lo Shu is also the basic pattern behind the Labyrint and the Earth Grid.
It is also the Basic Pattern of Ancient Story Telling discovered by Marie-Louise Von Franz who took over the Work of Jung (Number and Time: Reflections Leading Toward a Unification of Depth Psychology and Physics).
The First Four Deities represent the well-known Four Elements or the Four Forces (with the Void in the Middle) but the last Four Children of Atum are unknown. They are related to the Underworld, the Place where the Souls exist when they are reincarnated. There is a Physical explanation possible with far reaching consequences.
Current Physics is unable to explain the so called Dark Matter. A Huge amount of Matter in our Universe is affecting Gravity but Invisible. An explanation is the existence of Seven Mirror-Universes (7+1, 1= Atum, the One).
These Universes look like our Universe but they are equipped with a different Symmetry. During Creation the Universes took their own course.
The Four Forces of the Underworld could be associated with our Mirrors. If this theory is true the Invisible Mirror Universe is the place where the Souls exist in their period of Re-Generation.
They are able to communicate through the Void of Atum (now called a Worm-Hole) with our Universe.
The Mystery Religions are not Theoretical. They are Aimed at Experiencing the Mystery of God. The Nine-Fold pattern is about the Enfolding of the Primal Void into the many Levels (42) of the Material World. The pattern also describes a Way Back.
The first Trinity was a Union of the Opposites with the Void in the Middle. To Move Back into the Void the Human Opposites, Mind and Body, have to be united again in the Heart. If this has happened the next step is to unite the Opposites in the Material World.
This all can be summarized in a Simple Statement of the Parsi-Religion, the old Cult of Mitrash: Good Thoughts, Good Words and Good Deeds.
Heliopolis (Greek, “City of the Sun“), On in Coptic and Lunu (“Pillar“) in the Old Egyptian Language, was the Capital of the 13th Lower Egyptian Nome (a Province). The City was the most important Center of Science in Antiquity.
Heliopolis is now part of Cairo and completely destroyed. The only thing that is left is a lonely Obelisk, the Carrier of the famous Bnbn Stone, the Stone of Destiny.
The city was a Center of Astronomy, Geometry, Medicine, History, Mythology and Philosophy as reflected in the title of its High Priest, “Chief of Observers” or “Greatest of Seers“.
The Priests of Heliopolis were also responsible for the Calendars and therefore the “Keepers of Time“.
The city was largely destroyed in the Persian invasion of 525 BC. After the destruction of Heliopolis the Library and its Priests were moved to Alexandria, the new capital.
Heliopolis was the seat of the Sun-God Atum-Ra who was worshipped in the primary temple, which was known by the names Per-Aat (“Great House“) and Per-Atum (“House of Atum“).
Heliopolis was one of the most famous centers of knowledge in antiquity. It was visited by Solon, Plato’s teacher, Pythagoras, Herodotus, Thales, Democritus, Opheus, Homer, Jesus and his parents and many other Very Important Persons from all over the World.
Herodotus, the Historian, states that the Priests of Heliopolis, were the first to discover the Solar Year. Plato wrote that the Priests of Egypt had observed the stars for more than 10.000 years. They preserved the knowledge of the Sphinx created in the Age of the Lion thousands of years before the Ascension of the first Pharaoh and the Great Deluge.
Plato also wrote about Atlantis. This knowledge was given to Solon when he visited Heliopolis. About 9,000 years before the birth of Solon, the priests said, Atlantis was a rich island whose powerful princes conquered many of the lands of the Mediterranean. The Atlantians eventually became wicked and impious, and their island was swallowed up by the sea as a result of earthquakes.
On also played an important role in the Old and the New Bible. Joseph married a daughter of a Priest (Potipherah) of On (Genesis (41:45)). The Jewish Exodus started at On and Mary and Joseph took their little Child Jesus to Heliopolis for safekeeping when they were fleeing the soldiers of Herod, King of Israel.
The most important temple in Heliopolis was the “Mansion of the Benben“, also known as the “Mansion of the Phoenix“. In the middle of the Temple in an open courtyard, stood an Obelisk, on top of which sat the “Benben Stone“. The Benben stone looked like a small Pyramid.
The Benben Stone was seen as the solidified Seed of Atum, the Stone of Creation. It was on this stone that the Phoenix or Benu Bird would return every 12.594 years and place its new Egg. At that moment a new Era of Mankind was started. The Benu Bird came from the ‘Isle of Fire’, the mythical place where the gods were born.
The Benben Stone could be the same stone as Jacob slept on in Genesis 28:11 (Jacob’s Pillar) because there is some historical evidence that Abraham was an Egyptian Pharaoh named Djehuty or Djehutymes, Son of Thoth. This explains the important positions of Joseph and Moses.
Another important Artefact of Heliopolis was the sacred Ished (Persea) Tree, The Tree of Life, the Seat of the Benu Bird. The Tree was protected by the great Cat, a Symbol of Ra.
Ancient Egyptian ritual required the names of each pharaoh to be inscribed on the leaves of this tree during the coronation ceremony. The fruit of the Tree of Life gave Eternal Life and the Knowledge of the Cycles.
The Myths and Symbols that were used in Heliopolis are related to the Cycle of Life and the Divine Fractal. The Phoenix represents just like the Ouroboros and the Masturbating Bisexual God Atum the Creator who has Created Itself. The Tree of Life shows the fractal pattern that repeats itself when Atum enfolds itself on many levels of existence.
The Benben Stone is something different. The Benben Stone or the Stone of Destiny was a highly wanted physical attribute. Many Kings and Dictators (Hitler) spend a lot of time and money to acquire it.
According to many legends the Stone enlightened the person who was in its surroundings and produced a tremendous power. The Stone was also highly violent and distorting. It was impossible to be close to the Stone without the protection of magical rituals performed by the Priests.
In Egypt the Stone was put into the King’s Chamber of the Pyramid of Gizeh for an initiation ceremony that transformed the Pharaoh into a Living God.
During the Reign of Pharaoh Akhenaton something went wrong. Akhenaton experimented with the Benben Stone and became Addicted to it. This resulted in many physical deformities and mystical “hallucinations”. Because of this all Akhenaton started a new Monotheistic Religion based on Atum.
The Priests of Ammon revolted and Moses and Akhenaton had to leave Egypt with many followers (The Jews), carrying the Benben Stone with them. The Stone was put into the Arc of the Covenant and helped the Jews to destroy Jericho.
The destruction of Jericho by an Earthquake could explain the Destructive and Transformative Powers of the Stone. Humans are highly influenced by Strong Electro-Magnetic (E/M) Fields. E/M-field produce hallucinations and Influence the Chemistry of the Body.
Upon the fall of Jerusalem to the Babylonians under Nebuchadnezzar, (2 Maccabees 2: 4-8) Jeremiah takes the Ark, the Tabernacle and the Stone and hides them in a cave on Mount Nebo.
From the times of Jeremiah the whereabouts of the Stone are not clear. Irish legends tell us that the Stone of Destiny was transported to Ireland (Tara) and ended up in the Hands of the English Kings. It is very clear that the Stone which now resides in Scotland is not a powerful stone.
Another Story is about the famous Knights Templar who dug up the Arc in 1127 and took it by ship to Italy. The following year, it was transported to a monastery in France, while its permanent home Chartres Cathedral was being prepared.
It next passed into the hands of the Cathars, due to a security risk, and they took it to a remote fortress in the Pyrenees Mountains. After escaping a nine month siege, it was then transported to Spain and resides in a cave close to Lourdes.
The Ethiopians claim that the Arc of the Covenant and the Ben Ben Stone were transported to Axum during the Reign of King Salomo by his Sun Menelik. Menelik is the Sun of King Salomo and the Queen of Sheba.
Why is the Benben Stone so Important?
When the World was almost Destroyed by the Great Deluge the Survivors detected the Cause of the Cataclysm.
The Deluge was part of a Cyclic Pattern that repeated itself every 12.594 years (half of a the Precession Cycle). They created Myths hoping this Knowledge would survive the coming 12.594 years. The Myth of the Phoenix that came from the Land of Fire was an Important Story. The Phoenix landed on the Benben Stone in Heliopolis.
They did not only create Myths they also deviced Instruments to Balance the E/M-Field of Earth to prevent the giant Earthquakes to happen again. This instrument, a huge Crystal, the Benben Stone, was put into a Pyramid at the Right Place on Earth. Comparable Devices were created at other Strategic Places on the Earth Grid.
A this moment the Balancing Infrastructure of Earth is completely Out of Order. We have to Restore it soon because the Phoenix from the Land of Fire is about to Appear Again.
The Phoenix is looking for the Benben Stone to lay down its New Egg that will trigger a New Era of Mankind, the Age of Aquarius, the Water Bearer.
When you are highly dependent on something, you are addicted to this something.
You can be addicted to chemical substances like Alcohol, Nicotine and Drugs but it is also possible to Addict to the feeling of Power, a Concept (Dialogues, Cycles), an Activity (Work (Burn-Out), Gambling, Sex, Games), an Emotion (Extacy, Power, Sadness), a Person (Being in Love) or a Group (A Sect).
This Blog shows you what an Addiction really is about and how you can get rid of an Addiction.
In 2000 I became involved in all kinds of projects to Prevent People from Addiction (including Work-addiction, Burn-Out). To prevent addiction you have to start when people are young.
Young people are very dependent on (addicted to) others. When they are very young their parents are dominant but later and certainly when puberty starts young people are heavily influenced by their peers (peer pressure)
To help Young Adults to resist Peer Pressure we developed a Story Based Game that Simulated Real Life Situations. The Real Life Situations were found by interviewing (Depth Interview) Young and Old People that were able to stop their Addictive behavior.
The Whole Idea about this project called, Virtual Enjoyment, was that people Learn from their Mistakes. They share these experiences with others (Friends, Family) by Story-Telling.
The project was aimed at sharing these failures (and their solutions) with everybody. A very good example of this approach is the AA (Alcoholics Anonymous). The main feature of the System we developed was an Automated Story-Teller (A Simulator).
Later the same approach was used to help people that were Out-of-Work because of Work-Addiction (Burn-Out).
Children are for 50% determinated by their genes. The genes contain many factors that influence the ability to addict to something. A huge percentage of the human race is unable to use alcohol so they will never get addicted to this chemical substance. The other 50% is related to the Social Context they live in.
According to Judith Harris the Emotions contain three different modules for collecting and responding to information from the Social Environment, the Socialisation System, the Status System and the Relationship System.
The Socialisation system Adapts the child to his or her Culture. This involves acquiring the local language and accent, the appropriate behaviours and customs, and the prevailing attitudes and Belief-Systems.
The purpose of the Status system is to enable children to Compete successfully with their Peers.
The Relationship System motivates us to form new relationships, to maintain existing ones if they’re going well, and to find out as much as we can about new people we meet. It contains the Relationship Patterns of the Parents.
The majority of young adults want to be part of a group (a Tribe). They do almost everything that is necessary to make this happen. Some of these tribes are dominated by a small group, the bullies.
The leaders use all kinds of rituals to make sure that their dominant position is not at stake. When you want to become and to stay part of the tribe you have to show that you are not an asshole.
One of the ways to show is the intake of an excessive amount of alcohol and/or other drugs (Binge drinking).
It is very clear that one of the effective ways to avoid addiction is to help young people to resist Dominant Peer Pressure.
To make this happen they have to Learn to Accept Themselves As They Really Are.
The Personal Power to Resist Peer Pressure is highly related to the way parents Raise their Children. Humans are Copiers and one of the most important periods of copying is early childhood. In this period children copy the Relationship-Patterns of the Parents.
When the relation of the parents is a Dominant Relationship (Master/Slave) young adults are easily manipulated by others or manipulate others. A Dominant Relationship-pattern is sadly enough propagated from the Parents to the Children. Dominant Fathers breed Dominant Suns who Marry Dependent Females.
Addictions are highly Cultural Dependent. When you live in a state dominated by Muslim Culture, drinking alcohol is strictly forbidden. Binge Drinking is a normal activity in the Northern Countries (Sweden, Norway).
Moderate drinking of alcohol (mostly Wine) occurs in the Southern Countries of Europe (France, Spain, Italy,). In this case the drinking of alcohol is part of a Social Activity.
When you are Addicted you are Repeating a Harmful Pattern. This pattern was started somewhere in your life. It was copied from your Parents or copied when you were part of a Peer Group (A Status Group).
When a Pattern is not Accepted in a Culture it is very difficult to Start the Pattern.
When a Pattern is a Cultural Accepted Habit (a Status) it is very difficult to get rid of this pattern.
When the Body produces Negative Physical Sensations (Withdrawal) it is very difficult to stop a pattern.
What is Happening?
In the Beginning the Universe was just a Rotating Void. Suddenly the Void was Penetrated by the Force of Creativity, The Spirit. The Explosion of Creativity started a phase of Expansion and Desire came into existence.
Soon Desire was compensated by Control (Contraction) to makes sure that the Expansion would stop at a certain moment. That is why Control and Desire are Opponents.
In the last step of the first step of Creation Control (the Father) and Desire (the Mother) were Merged and the Emotions (The Child) were created.
In the First Step of Creation a Stable Pattern, the Trinity, came into existence. The Trinity is the Enfolding of Spirit and contains Desire, Control and the Emotions (Soul). The Trinity is the basic Fractal Pattern of the Universe. With the Help of the Trinity-Fractal, Spirit has enfolded itself into many levels.
The Force of Creativity wants to find out about everything. Especially young adults are therefore highly interested in drugs because they are forbidden and the forbidden has a huge attraction to young people. They want and have to find the Limits in Life.
Control stimulates Desire and Desire stimulates Control. When Others try to Control Desire, Desire is stimulated to the Extreme. Desire and Control can only be balanced by the Emotions. The Emotions, the Child, are looking for Shelter and Love.
When Love (Communion) is not happening or impossible because people are unable to connect, Control and Desire are in Control and and start their Eternal Fight to avoid the Void. When this happens the Contact with Spirit is Lost.
When you are no longer in Control of Desire, and when your Happiness depends on something Outside yourself, you are Addicted. When Desire takes over Control you are caught in a Rotating Addiction Pattern, The Cycle of Destruction.
The Highly Positive Emotions of Desire (Pleasure) are Voided by the Highly Negative Emotions of Control (Pain, Fear). To stop these Negative Emotions you need the Next Shot to Experience the Positive Emotions of Desire. This is called the Opponent Process Theory of Solomon.
The Emotions, are the Balancer of the Body. They always Take Care of the Body and will find a new Equilibrium. They start to compensate the negative effects. In this case the Body becomes Tolerant to the drug and needs more to get the same effect. The Downward Spiral of Addiction is on the Move. This is called the Allostatic Model of Koob.
What to Do?
When you are Addicted to Alcohol, Work or Power you have to find an e-Motivation (an Impuls from the Emotions, the CareTaker) to Stop the Pattern.
You could ask Spirit to help You.
When you Stop it will take a long time before you are Back to Normal. In this time the Downward Spiral is moving Up but the Negative Emotions will come back.The Negative Emotions, the Pain-Body, are the Negative Emotions of Control.
Control Fears the Future and has a very Nice Story to tell. It wants to convince you that the Drug is the Best Solution to Avoid the Pain. Just take a little bit and You will be Happy Again.
At a certain moment the contact with Spirit is established again. When this happens You will feel the Penetrating Power of the Creative Force. You will start to Explore the World and New Opportunities will show themselves every day.
The Emotion of Spirit, The Joy of Life, you Missed so long is back.
The Unemployement and the Stock Market are rising for some time now. A new Stock Market Bubble is building up and will explode in the near future. The biggest Bubble is certainly the US Deficit Bubble.
The Stock Market Bubble and the Deficit Bubble will explode as soon as the major creditors (China, India, …) of the US will move out of the Dollar. This is happening already.
The Customers are the backbone of the Economy and the Leaders understand very well that the Economy is governed by Psychology. So Bad News is hidden en Good News is exaggerated. The Expectations of Analysts are always beaten and the downfall is falling slower than before.
The Economy is still in a terrible state and this state is getting worse every day. The unemployement is still rising and will rise for a very long time because companies are getting broke or are rationalizing everything that is possible.
They replace their employees by IT-Technology and Cheap Labor. The customers are not buying, they are saving more and more money for a rainy day or are paying back their debts.
Saving money will not stimulate the economy. It stimulates unemployment. The rising unemployement results in more foreclosures and problems with credit card debts. The Economic Downturn is just at its beginning.
Economist John Williams says that– if the unemployment rate was calculated as it was during the Great Depression the unemployment figures for July 2009 rose to 20.6%. According to an article summarizing the projections of former International Monetary Fund Chief Economist and Harvard University Economics Professor Kenneth Rogoff and University of Maryland Economics Professor Carmen Reinhart,… unemployment could rise to 22% within the next 4 years or so.”
The Scenario of the Current Downturn is highly comparable with the Scenario of the Great Depression with one exception. The current Downturn is much deeper than the other. We are approaching the Biggest Global Economic Crisis in Human History.
The current investors base their policy on positive news and ignore the bad news. They believe the economy will rise when the customer-confidence is rising or when the downfall of the economy is “slowing down” or “bottoming”. They don’t see that a slowing down of a downfall is still a downfall.
The investors, the Doves, act just like the behavioral economists predict they will act. They read the headlines, believe the Hawks and are not aware of the (Money) Illusion the Government, the Media and the Banks are creating. The Hawks know better. They buy Silver, Gold and certainly the best investment, Oil.
Nouriel Roubini has a more realistic view on the economy. In his article Ten Risks to Global Growth he analyses the risks that could block the recovery of the economy and his conclusion is highly pessimistic.
According to Roubini the major cause of the crisis is overspending. Overspending is a normal activity when the Kondratiev-Cycle is in the state of Autumn. The debts are always repayed in the next phase, Winter. In the Kondratiev Winter the economy is purged and cleansed. This phase started around 2000 and will be finished around 2013. In the Winter-State you have to stay in cash or invest is Gold and Silver.
At this moment the investors don’t know what currency they have to chose for their cash-reserves. Usually the Dollar was a Save Heaven but the current policy of the FED to expand the amount of Dollars to an almost unbelievable amount is seen as a huge risk.
The Creditors (China, India, ..) of the US are already creating an alternative currency and are secretly and slowly moving out of the Dollar. If the Trust in the Dollar has gone the US Economy will go bankrupt.
The big problem with the current Cycle is that we have moved to the Level of Earth. In the last downfall of the Kondratiev Cycle other parts of the world were decoupled. They moved in a complementary mode. The Down of one part of the Earth was compensated by an Up somewhere else.
At this moment the complementary parts are synchronized and act and react according to the same rhythm. This rhythm is related to a longer term cycle that almost nobody is aware of. This cycle with a periodicity of 250 years is called the Secular Cycle.
The current level of integration of the World Economy is very dangerous. The production-processes of the Earth are highly rationalized and integrated. When one process stops the rest of the processes also has to stop.
The very high level of rationalization causes cascades or avalanches. The fast and slow avalanches generate sudden bursts of unemployment and financial disasters. The Car Industry and the Financial Industry are good examples. At this moment the avalanches start new avalanches in completely different branches of the tree of the World Economy.
The Crisis in the Banking Industry puts a large part of the Corporate Sector under severe financial stress. Firms that in the past would have been able to roll over their loans, bonds and debts now face a liquidity crisis that may lead them into costly debt restructuring.
This will affect the Banking Industry and will also put a high strain on the Bailout capacity of the Governments who are not able to leant money or inflate money until eternity.
The only solution that is left is to Rationalize even more than the Companies were planning to do. Their only solution is to speed up the use of IT (Use the Internet) and fire the employees. It is very clear that the use of IT in Companies is still in its infancy. Many manual activities can be replaced by software. The total effect will be a worsening of the current crisis.
To stop the cascades governments are starting to Protect and Regulate their Economies. The Worldwide Cooperative Institutions are losing their grip and the Free Market Economy is on its return.
Big Companies are splitted according to the old Boundaries of Power. The expansion and integration of the EG is blocked because the member states suddenly have conflicting objectives. The Rich Countries don’t want to help the Poor Countries because the Rich Countries are getting poorer with the minute.
Not only the poor member states of the EG are getting into big trouble. The same applies to the Underdeveloped Countries. The poor Countries of the World are on their own. Everybody is in the Survival mode and The Fittest, The Rich, will as always Survive.
The world is not only hit by a Economic and a Cultural crisis. The world is also hit by a Climate Crisis. Although human activity plays an important (negative) role the Cycle of the Climate related to the activities of our Sun and the Movement of Earth in our System (the Precession Cycle) is much more important.
The current change in Climate is irreversible and will have a major effect on the world economy. Climate change and ecological misuse are the major factor why Societies collapse.
The last factor and perhaps most important factor is the Energy Consumption of the World. This consumption is not only affecting the Climate but it also facilitates a huge highly integrated Transport-System.
This System is the Backbone of the Integrated Value-Chains of the Western World. The Western World is completely dependent on the transport system for its Industrial Production and the Supply of Food.
The Transport System has a devastating effect on the poor countries in the World. To make enough money to survive they have to export their products to the Western Markets ignoring their own needs.
It is certain that the supply of oil and gas is lower than the increasing demand. The resources all over the world are going down. The total effect of this all will be a dramatic rise in price. This will affect the rich countries and in particular the US. They are already the major importer of energy in the World and when you import something you have to export something else to keep the financial balance in order.
As you already know the deficit of the US is spectacular and the only reason the US is not broke is the special role of the Dollar. If the economy recovers the demand and the prices will rise and the US Economy will slow down immediately.
What is Going to Happen?
Every scenario leads to a long term decline of the Economy, our Culture and our Civilization. The theory of the short term and long term cycles is right and it is very stupid to ignore these theories.
According to the Panarchy Model the world is too connected and this leads to an increasing rigidity in its goal to retain its state. The rigidity reduces resilience and the capacity of the system to absorb change, thus increasing the threat of abrupt change. The world is unable to cope with the changes of climate and culture that are happening now. Therefore we will see the collapse of the accumulated connections and the destruction of bound up knowledge and capital.
The highly integrated structures of the Earth (the Cooperative Institutions, the Big Companies, Governments AND the Transport System) are bound to desintegrate. The impact on the local structures is immens. Communities will have to grow their own food, manufacture and repair their own tools, create their own currency etc etc on a local level again.
Most of these structures have outsourced these functions to places far away and don’t have the skills nor the resources to do this. The fittest, the Haws, will survive but it is unclear if the Doves will accept this situation forever. A Rise of the Masses just like the French Revolution in 1789 (almost 250 years ago!) is possible.
The world is moving to a very fast transformation. The only thing that can be said when we use the Panarchy Model is that it will move back to a stable state before the expansion started and start all over again. The Wisdom of the Old Civilizations that survived earlier Collapses is very valuable. These lessons are very easy to comprehend.
Civilizations die because the humans don’t want to Move with the Cycles, don’t Cooperate and don’t Respect Mother Nature. When Civilizations Collaps even the Hawks lose Everything!
The belief in Rational Decision Making has been the focus of Economic Theory for a very long time.
Although everybody knew that Humans are Highly Impulsive and Emotional, Economists based their theoretical models of the Market on a Rational Human Being who is always able to Calculate the best Alternative possible.
This Theory is wrong. The Economic Behavior is controlled by the Emotions.
The current economic crisis shows that the old Rational Theory is not applicable and the attention for alternative theories of Economic Behavior is rising.
An important paper in the development of behavioral economics was written by Kahneman and Tversky in 1979 (Prospect Theory, Analysis of Decision Under Risk). Kahneman was awarded the 2002 Nobel Prize in Economics for his research in Prospect Theory.
According to Prospect Theory, Humans attach much greater weight to future losses than to future gains related to their personal reference point.
When you expect a certain gain in the future and this gain is lower than you expect the gain is experienced as a loss.
Bias
Kahmeman and Tversky became the experts on Cognitive Bias. A
Bias is a “not-rational” mostly fast response to a stressful situation.
In this case the Human System uses old structures (The Reptile Brain) that were created a very long time ago when the human lived in a completely different environment.
The Reptile Brain uses many shortcuts to save time.
Social and cognitive psychologists have identified a number of predictable errors in the ways that humans judge situations and evaluate risks.
Biases have been documented both in the laboratory and in the real world.
For example, people are prone to exaggerating their strengths: About 80 percent of us believe that our driving skills are better than average.
Hawkish Bias
In 2009 Kahneman and Renshon wrote a paper called Hawkish Biases.
It is an attempt to unite the many Cognitive Biases into one Model.
Predators
The model shows that Humans are highly Confused Predators (Hawks).
As a Predator they protect their Territory with every means possible.
They are Confused because they are incapable to Observe and Reason about their own behavior and the behavior of others.
Humans need the “Illusion of Control“ to sustain their own Identity.
Every time something happens they are looking for reasons to believe that they are the Primary Actor in their own context.
They don’t want to believe that Other Human Beings are also Active Agents.
If they would believe this was the case their “Unrealistic Optimism” could change into “Realistic Pessimism”.
Unrealistic Optimism makes managers, politicians and generals receptive to advisors who offer highly favorable estimates of the outcomes. Such a predisposition, often shared by leaders on both sides of a conflict, is likely to produce a disaster.
When a Human is Depressed by Realism he Loses his Face and moves down in the Picking Order of the Territory.
Humans believe that every other Human is always capable to see their Weaknesses (“the Illusion of Transparency“) just like they are convinced that the intentions of others are always clear to them (“the Fundamental Attribution Error“).
To hide their Weaknesses they have to wear a Mask and Play the Strong Leader of the Pack. They have to Keep Up their Appearances.
Humans base their theory of the other on inferences about historical behavior and completely forget Situational aspects.
When a context is hostile the other must be hostile too.
When others behave differently from their expectations they suddenly introduce situational factors to sustain their believe system.
Humans need to sustain their believe-system because this system is the foundation of their personality.
Their view on the World has to stay constant because when it changes too fast they will get into big psychological problems. When people get older their believe-system becomes very rigid.
Humans value their own possessions much higher as the possessions of others (“TheEndowment Effect”). They even consider possible, imaginary, possessions as real possessions if they are convinced there is an easy way to get them.
If they lose a real or imaginary possession they take tremendous risks to get their possessions back (“Risk Seeking in Losses“). People in general don’t like cutting their losses. They’re willing to gamble on in the hope of recovering them.
Humans simply believe that a Hawk always wins the Game and a Dove always loses.
What Humans (want to) forget is that they are living in a group and their In-Group and the many Out-Groups contains many Hawks. They need the confidence that they are “the best” to Survive.
The world of the Human Hawk is a world of Competition (Winner takes all) and therefore highly Stressful.
The Sad Thing is that the many faces of Stress are the Major Cause of the Cognitive Bias.
When Humans relax and reflect they are much more capable to solve a complicated conflict.
The competitive Hawks always fall in the trap of the Prisoners Dilemma and don’t realize that Cooperation, the Win-Win is the only Certain Way to Leave the Prison.
At this moment another Behavioral Economist, Robert Shiller, is getting a lot of attention.
Together with the Economic Nobel Prize Winner George Akerlof he wrote the book “Animal Spirits“.
In the book they identify five distinct elements that blur the theory of the Rational Economy. These elements or “animal spirits” are called: confidence, fairness, corruption; money illusion and the reliance on “stories”of others.
The first three have a lot to do with the “hawk“-theory of Kahneman.
The Hawks use the Rational System for their own benifit. They Play with the Rules and invent new exiting possibilities to win more than they ever could imagine.
Sometimes they Play Dirty Games to beat their Opponents.
The Doves believe the Economic (Rational) Fairy Tales of the Hawks and are unable to understand the Real Value of their Money.
The Money Illusion is caused by Inflation. Inflation happens when prices Rise but the value of the objects that are priced stays the same. Inflation give people the feeling that they are making money but in reality they are losing money.
The Hawks use Inflation to keep the Doves Buying and Investing.
They believe the Hawks or are afraid of the Hawks. The Doves are the Workers in the Economy and they make it possible for the Hawks to Hunt.
The Hawks provide the Workers with many things to live an easy life until other Hawks start to Attack the Territory. In this case the Hawks need the Workers to fight and win the War.
Sometimes even the Hawks lose their Rational Capacity. They see a Big Win and become Greedy and Vulnerable. If this happens the Territory is open for other Hawks (The Chinese?) to enter and to take over without any problem.
What has Happened?
The Economic System is just like the Weather System a Cyclic System. When the Economic Cycles and the Weather Systems move UP the Hawks have an Easy Time. Their is enough food for all the Hawks. When the System is going Down Competition starts.
The Hawks forgot to look at the patterns. They did not see or believe that the downfall was approaching. They did not take enough stock to survive the Seven Bad Years. Suddenly the Autumn turned into Winter.
At this moment they are regrouping to create a Powerfull Alliance to take from the other Hawks what they need. They don’t care about the Doves. They always believe the Tales they Tell.
They are afraid of the Other Hawks that are outside their Huge Territory and are Prepared to Fight the Wars that are needed. The Doves will believe them as usual.
At this moment there is a lot of discussion going on about the New World of Work. In the New World of Work the new developments of the Internet 2.0 (Social Networks, Blogging, Twittering, etc) are used to Speed up the Work of the Knowlegde Worker. The infrastructure to make this possible is called Enterprise 2.0.
Enterprise 2.0 is : A System of Web (2.0)-Based Technologies that provide rapid and agile Collaboration, Information Sharing, emergence and integration capabilities in the Extended Enterprise. An Extended Enterprise is a Supply or Value Chain.
The definition of Enterprise 2.0 is constantly changing because Enterprise 2.0 is still a Concept. Many people are now struggeling to move from the concept/idea-stage to the realization-phase.
The main issue behind de term “Web 2.0” is the move from a Sender/Receiver-model, the One-Sided Website, to a more Collaborative use of the Internet (Discussions, Social Networks). According to the Inventors of the term Web 2.0 the “new web”, is a Collaborative Web.
For some reason they have forgotten that the World Wide Web (WWW) software of Tim Berners Lee was part of a Collaborative Platform to support the scientists that Participated in a Network called DARPANET. This network was created by DARPA, the Technological Think-Tank of the American Army in 1957!.
What is the definition of the term “Collaboration”?
The word “collaborate” comes from the Latin “Collaboratus” meaning “Work (Labore) together (Col)”. The term “to-gather” comes from the term “gadurojan” which means “in good fellowship” or “United“. When you Collaborate you are not working Alone but with Others United in Good Fellowship.
The Potential to Collaborate is an Aspect of the Personality.
The Personality Types of the Human Being can be described with two variables Agency and Communion. Comm-Union is the capability to Col-Laborate, to accomplish a Union. The variable Agency describes your relationship between the Self and the Other.
When you are High in Communion and Low in Agency you are suffering from a Dependent Personality Disorder. This disorder is characterized by a pervasive psychological dependence on other people. You always want to Collaborate and are very Emotional.
When you are High in Communion and High in Agency you are suffering from a Histrionic Personality Disorder. People with a Histrionic Personality Disorder have good social skills, but they tend to use these skills to manipulate other people to become the Center of Attention. They are very Imaginative.
According to Interpersonal Theory a “normal” person is able to Combine Two or More Interpersonal Faculties.
There are two Disorders left called Paranoid (High Agency, Low Communion) and Schizophrenic (Low Agency, Low Communion). Paranoid people have a big problem with their Expectation. They want to control the Future and Every Person in their Context. Schizophrenic people are completely influenced by their mostly Visual Senses. They See what they Want to See.
If you combine the Four Interpersonal Faculties (Emotions, Imagination, Expectations and Senses) Twelve Interpersonal, Collaborative, Patterns emerge. A good example is the Master(Paranoid)/Slave(Dependent)-Relationship (Expectation/Emotions). Some People Love to be Dominated by the Other.
Interpersonal Faculties can be combined into Collaborative Work Patterns.
In my blog about Vocation I showed that work is an Expression of the Personality. If you believe this is True and you believe Interpersonal Theory is True you have to admit there are Twelve Types of Work.
When you are highly Imaginative and Sensitive (You Believe Your Own Eyes, You are Realistic, Factual) you are an Entrepreneur, You want to bring An Idea into Reality. To Find the Facts you need an Information System to Investigate what is Happening. The Internet with all its Sources of Information is a beautiful tool to use.
To bring an Idea into Practice you have to Realize the Idea. In this case you need a Designer (Transform Ideas into Models) and a Maker (Bring Models into Reality). A Maker is not a Collaborative person (Low Communion). Makers want to work Alone.
When you create a Team of Makers to Realize your Idea the Team will fail. To avoid Competition the Designer has to define a Model (An Architecture and a Project Plan) in which all the Lonesome Workers are able to do their Specialized Job.
I hope you believe we are able to define a complete (meta)-Architecture and a (meta)-Plan to move around in the (meta)-Work-Space.
What is the Relationship between the Work Patterns and Enterprise 2.0?
An Enterprise is a combination of many people with many Collaborative Work-patterns. We could Specialize an Enterprise to perform one kind of Pattern. If we Specialize an Enterprise we have to combine many Enterprises in an Extended Enterprise to do Everything we Want to Do.
We need a Designer Company, A Sales Company, Visionairs, Entrepeneurs and other Roles to cover the Complete Spectrum of Work. If We want to Produce we always need the Makers. The Makers need a well defined Structure (A Hierarchy), a Plan and an Architecture, to operate in.
At this moment Enterprise 2.0 is nothing but a Concept. Somebody of High Agency and High Communion (A Creator) has gotten the Idea that the new 2.0 Internet is able to support an Enterprise.
He hopes that the new tools will break down the Hierarchical Structure of the Organization of the Makers. Creators don’t like Hierarchies. They love Networks. If Creators are One-Sided, Histrionic, they want to Stay in the Center of Attention of the Network.
What Creators don’t realize is that Makers, the Majority of the Human Beings, don’t want to use Collaborative Tools. They want to work Alone in their own Specialized Compartment of the Beehive.
Enterprise 2.0 is a Concept to support Innovation. Someday the Innovation has to be Stabilized. If we want to do that we still need Enterprise 1.0, The Factory until we find another Solution (The Robots?).
Don’t forget the Worker Bees. They Bring in the Honey.
A person’s happiness and satisfaction in life is a function of how he perceives work. People perceive their work in three general categories: jobs, careers, and vocation. People who perceive their work as a Vocation report the highest Satisfaction with Life in general.
A job is just a means of earning an income. When people have a job they look forward to breaks, quitting time, the weekend, holidays, and vacation. Outside of working hours, little or no thought, time, or energy is devoted to the work.
The word “vocation” comes from the Latin vocare, or voice – meaning to follow the voice of God, or to do what we are called to do. Young children know their calling but the System of Education and often their Parents make it very difficult for them to follow their Heart. The main reason is that schools and many parents limit the vision of the child to a specific Career.
The word “career‘ has its origins in the Latin word for a Race-Track. A career is a race and the sad thing is that in a race only one person wins and many lose. People become highly frustrated and demotivated when they realize that they will not win the career. When this happens their work changes into a job or they start to look for their real vocation.
The most important difference between a Vocation and a Job is Direct Feedback. When you are a Nurse the positive response of the patient is the reward you are looking for. When you are an Artist or a Craftsman the enthusiasm of your customers for your product is a stimulus to move on. It is not strange that people who are experiencing their work as a job spend a lot of time in contexts (e.g. a soccer-club) where direct feedback is happening.
During the Industrial Revolution work became dehumanized and compartmentalized. Every worker controlled a small part of the production chain and/or was totally controlled by the production chain. The Feedback between the Result of the Work and Work is almost completely disappeared. Humans need Feed-Back. This is the main reason why the Employees in a Burocratic Factory Organization consider the Manager of their Career, their Boss, as their most important Customer.
When you want to understand Your real Vocation You could visit a Vocational Psychologist.
The creation of Vocational Psychology is linked to the emergence of the large commercial cities in which the factory system changed the keystone of the economy from agriculture to manufacturing. The factories needed specialized workers to operate and maintain the machines. The factories were managed by the principles of Scientific Management developed by Frederick Winslow Taylor. Scientific Management, the extreme drive to work Efficiently, is still the driving force behind the Automation of Work.
During the Industrial Revolution many young man left the countryside and went to the big cities to find a job. They worked 10 to 12 hours a day, six days a week. Far from home and family, they lived and slept at the workplace. Outside the shop open sewers, pickpockets, thugs, beggars, drunks, lovers for hire and abandoned children created a non-secure environment.
The Young Men’s Christian Association (YMCA) was founded in London, England, on June 6, 1844.
The YMCA created Dormitories, Gyms, Swimming pools, Bowling Alleys, Meeting Halls, Employment Bureaus, Libraries, Psychological Tests, Training Courses and Vocational Guidance Programs for the workers in the factories.
One of the important products of the YMCA was the Find Yourself Program that was transformed into a book by C.C. Robinson in 1912.
General Electric, the major manufacturer of light bulbs, had preliminary evidence that better lighting of the work place improved worker productivity. In 1924 AT&T’s Western Electric Hawthorne plant located in Cicero, Illinois, was chosen as the laboratory. The scientists detected that work was not only a physiological activity. The huge interest of the management in the workers of the Hawthorne Plant simply increased their productivity. This was a break with the Scientific Management School that saw work productivity as “mechanical”, and led to the decision to learn more about the psychology and the personality of the worker.
John Holland began his career as classification interviewer for the Army. In 1959 he published his Theory of Vocational Choice, in which he first described Six Types of Vocational Personalities. In 1969, he and his colleagues at the American College Testing Program discovered that the Six Types fit a circular ordering of correlations called the Holland Hexagon. John Holland discovered that work is an Expression of the Personality.
Realistic people like well-ordered activities, or enjoy working with objects, tools, and machines.
Investigative people like activities that involve creative investigation of the world or nature.
Artistic people like unstructured activities, and enjoy using materials to create art.
Social people enjoy informing, training, developing, curing and enlightening others.
Enterprising people enjoy reaching organizational goals or achieving economic gain.
Conventional people enjoy manipulating data, record keeping, filing, reproducing materials, and organizing written or numerical data.
There is a strong relationship between the Holland Codes and other “circular” personality theories like the Enneagram, Myers-Briggs, The Big Five and the Worldviews of Will McWhinny. Statistical research shows that the spread between the different personality types is almost constant. Personality Types are also inherited from the parents.
Since the development of the Holland Hexagon in the seventies the statistics show a high stability in the nature of occupations. The often discussed dramatic shift in the nature of work is not apparent in these data. Although employment in the Investigative area, the Researchers, doubled over a period of 40 year it remained only 6% of employment. The Realistic Work Type, the Craftsman, has still the most occupational titles and the largest number of individuals employed. The Artistic Work Type (the Creators, 2%) has the fewest occupational titles and the fewest number employed.
What is Happening?
Work is an Expression of the Personality and the Personality is an Expression of the Work a person is Performing.
Personality Types and Work Types are distributed according to an almost constant distribution.
Personality Types and Work Types are inherited from the Parents.
The distribution is Not Without Any Sense.
There are Many Workers (Sheep) and just a few Shepherds needed.
Somebody has to Take Care of the Shepherds and the Sheep.
Somebody has to Keep the Books.
The Mythics, The Creators, The Artists, the Goats, Shape the Future but it takes a long time before the Sheep and the Shepherds follow the Creators.
The Creators (2%) are extremely Obstinate and Willfull. They want to take Care of Themselves, don’t accept any Leader or Helper, don’t care about Bookkeeping and Money and don’t want to Collaborate. They just want to find out Everything by Themselves.
The Creators are always remembered when they are dead.
Human beings and the other organisms always want to avoid pain. There are many mechanisms called the Psychological Defenses to do this. One of them, called Repression, blocks painful memories. People Repress the thought that Prices of Houses and Shares always go Up and Down, Excessive Borrowing is Dangerous and Politicians always act on the Short-Term.
When something happens that violates the Human Believe System humans don’t see or hear what is really happening. They start to Deny the Facts and look for arguments that support their denial. Politicians are experts in using the Human Defense System.
The Kondratiev will be Moving Down until 2012, the Cycle of Western Culture is Moving Down and the Cycle of the East (China, India) is Moving UP, The Cycle of the Climate is moving to an Ice Age and last but not least the very long Cycle of the Precession is around 2012 moving into the Age of the Aquirius, the Waterbearer. According to very old (and new) prophecies Human Consciousness will move to a Higher Level.
The Big Trouble is that the temptation appears strong to continue to repress rather than to confront. While people seem eager to reduce debt and spending and reset the economy, governments respond to the excesses with more excesses, especially massive borrowing and spending. The same applies to the Climate Issue. Instead of confronting people with the spectacular Irriversible Changes that take place in the World Climate Politicians and Scientists suggest that the changes can be reverted by introducing Green Technology.
The best way to implement a huge change is to ACT immediatly and spend enough time to help the people to get accustomed to the Change.
We have to take the bitter pill first.
President Bush was an expert in the psychological defence of Projection. Bush used the Negative Side of the Current Situation and projected every possible cause on an outside Enemy, the Terrorists. Bush used Fear to motivate his Voters.
The new President Obama is doing the opposite. He always talks about a Bright Shared Future. Instead of Fear Obama uses Hope.
Hope can turn into Disappointment when the Expectations are not realized. When the Expectations Fail People get Frustrated and move into the Negative, Agressive and Impulsive Mode of the Reptile Brain. Fear takes over again.
Obama and Bush are playing with a very important part of the Human Being called the Expectation.
The Expectation is the Human Calculator. It tries to predict the Future to avoid pain. The Emotions, The Imagination. the Senses and the Consciousness are the other parts of the Five Fold Human Being. The Senses face the Facts. The Emotions are looking for Shelter and Love. The Imagination wants to Create and the Consciousness manages the Four Parts and brings them in Balance.
If the Expectation is dominating the Human Being he experiences the Fear to lose Control. The best way to solve this problem is to Face the Facts.
Obama Rescues the World Economy in London, Heales the Nato Alliance in Strasbourg, gets rid of Nuclear Weapons in Prague and Reconciles Islam and the West in Ankara. Before that time he has already solved the problems in Afghanistan (When there is Peace everybody will Work Together), saved the US Economy (Increase the Budget), the World Climate (Invest in Green Technology) and the US Banking System (Bail Out).
When you define a Clear strategy you have to be Realistic.
The world is on many levels highly unbalanced. Everybody knows that an unbalanced state will always move to a balanced state in due time. The West has to accept that the East is trying to move to the same State as the West. The West also has to accept that this is simply impossible. The Earth is incapable to provide the necessary Energy and Food.
A Realistic Strategy is to Lower the West so the East is capable to Move Up.
In the West Politicians need Votes to stay in Power. To keep the majority of the Voters happy they have to Move UP the Economy. Almost nobody of the current leaders has the courage to tell the voters that the West is at the end of its Cycle and has to move Down. The effect of the current Policy is a continuation of the Status Quo.
To move out of the Status Quo Politicians are looking for extreme certainty when they decide to change their policies. They need the Rational Backup of the Scientists to show the voters that what they are Doing is the Right Thing to Do.
Science is unable to provide this certainty. The complexity of the Economic and the Ecological System of the Earth is so big that nobody is able to comprehend what is really happening and what will be the effect of a decision on the long term.
It is really not difficult to determine what has to happen. The only thing that is difficult is to sell the message to people that are denying reality and therefore cannot face the real problems.
To keep Hope Alive Obama has to Deny the Negative Aspects of Western Society. He has to show that everybody is moving in the Same Positive Direction. To avoid a Huge Conflict he has to Compromise with the Current Economic Power Structures in Western Society. They created the Crisis and are still capable to deepen the Crisis. He simply needs their Cooperation.
The big question is how far he will go in his cooperative actions. Someday he has to make a choice and every choice has its consequences.
If he balances the Budget the Economy will Crash.
If he abandons the Dollar and chooses for a “world currency” the Dollar will crash.
If he choses to protect his own Economy other Countries will do the same and the US Export will crash.
If he leaves the East others will take over the Power in this Region. The East is still needed to provide Energy.
Russia owns a lot of Energy, wants to become a World Power and is expanding its territory again. They are blackmaling Germany with their pipelines. The European Union has lost its cohesion. The Rich and the Poor countries have different aims. The Eastern Countries need the protection of the West to keep Russia within its boundaries. The Western Countries are not able to pay for the Eastern Counties. Almost all the members of the current EG are against the entrance of Turkey. Turkey will destroy the fragile balance in Europe. The US needs Turkey as an ally to keep a balance in the Moslim World.
China and India want to expand their economy. They have creaed a coalition (BRIG) with Russia, Latin-American Countries and African Countries (South-Africa!). In terms of population they represent the Majority of the World. Pakistan is still the biggest enemy of India. Some day there will be huge nuclear conflict and the US has to make a choice. If the US suppports India Pakistan as a state will be destroyed and the extreme muslims will take over the Power in the East. They will become a huge threat for the Eastern Borders of Russia.
It looks like the US has no choice to make friends and to stay friends with the Political Leaders that are still acting in the big Power-Plays of the World. All the Big Players are playing their own Game. They change their relationships without any problem when their own targest are violated.
If the new President keeps on playing the Game of Compromise he will lose his Voters soon and the Competitors, the Republicans, will be able to go on with their Strategy. They just wait and see to take over the Power.
William K. Black, the former Director of the Institute for Fraud Prevention ,shows that Obama is helping the Financial Elite of the US to get out of Trouble. According to William Black they have committed Fraude at a scale nobody has seen before.
The US Government is creating a Huge Cover Up to avoid the End of Hope and the Beginning of a Revolution that could lead to extreme Violence by the People that are the real Victims, the US Citizins.
When you watch this video below you will experience a State of Anger and old memories about the way the Elites cover their asses will come back. You will be disappointed about the way Obama is handling the situation. If you don’t want to wake Up out of a the State of Repression I advice you not to watch or to Deny what William Black is trying to explain.
On 8 June 1783 the Laki Volcano in Iceland erupted. During 9 months the volcano produced an estimated 120 million tons of sulfur dioxide.
This amount was ten-times more than the amount that now comes from all of western European industrial sources in a year.
The Explosion of the Laki Vulcano triggered the Explosion of the French Revolution.
The cloud of sulfur dioxide in combination with a very strong El-Niño Cycle brought Extreme Weather Conditions for several years all over Europe. A huge amount of cattle and crops were destroyed causing extreme faminine and poverty.
The great French revolution of 1789-1799 involved the most massive popular struggles that had yet been seen in history.
Rooted in popular hatred of an oppressive monarchy, the revolution rose on the backs of the masses of poor people in Paris who united under the banner of ‘liberty, equality and community’.
“Liberty is no more than an empty shell when one class of men is allowed to condemn another to starvation without any measures being taken against them. And Equality is also an empty shell when the rich, by exercising their economic monopolies, have the power of life or death over other members of the Community” (The Red Priest, Jaques Roux).
The term “socialism” appeared in print in England in 1827. Five years later, the term was used for the first time in a French publication.
Socialism is a product of the Industrial revolution in England and the French Revolution.
One of the creations of the Socialistic Movement is the Cooperative. A Cooperative is a business organization owned and operated by a group of individuals for their mutual benefit. A Cooperative is the embodiment of the primary goals of the Revolution Liberty, Equality and Community.
In 1844 a group of 28 artisans working in the cotton mills in the town of Rochdale, in the north of England established the first modern co-operative business, the Rochdale Equitable Pioneers Society.
The weavers faced miserable working conditions and low wages, and they could not afford the high prices of food and household goods. They decided that by pooling their scarce resources and working together they could access basic goods at a lower price. Initially, there were only four items for sale: flour, oatmeal, sugar and butter.
The Pioneers decided it was time shoppers were treated with honesty, openness and respect, that they should be able to share in the profits that their custom contributed to and that they should have a democratic right to have a say in the business.
Every customer of the shop became a member and so had a true stake in the business. At first the co-op was open for only two nights a week, but within three months, business had grown so much that it was open five days a week. Within ten years there were over 1,000 co-operative societies in the United Kingdom.
In 1867 Hermann Schulze-Delitzsch, a German liberal politician, obtained passage of a Prussian Law protecting Cooperative Associations. The Credit Unions evolved into a system of Cooperative Banking and Cooperative Insurance.
What Happened?
The explosion of the Laki Vulcano triggered the French Revolution. The slogan of this revolution, liberty, equality and community, has inspired many other revolutions all over the world until today.
The French Revolution was a revolution of the Underclass. It failed in the sense that the Calvinistic Bourgeoisie, the Middle Class, the owners of the Small and Medium sized Companies, took over the power from the Aristocracy.
The Bourgeoisie took advantage of the poor, mostly unemployed, Underclass to create a new system of Dominance, the Capitalistic system. In this system the poor slaves were forced to do productive work in the factories. The capitalistic elite invented new (The Consumer, Mass Media) systems to prohibit a new revolution.
In the other countries (China, Russia, Cuba …) the revolutions of the underclass also failed. The old pattern of mass manipulation by a small elite always returns.
At this moment we see a new System of Dominance emerging. It is the fusion of Capitalism and Fascism, The Big Brother State.
The Big Brother State is using Mass Manipulation strategies in combination with Computer Technology (Pattern Recognition) and Mind Control.
The only successful Social and Socialistic System that emerged out of the French Revolution is the Cooperation.
This system has improved itself by introducing new structures based on Second Order Cybernetics (The Spiraling Organization) and new ways to create shared collaborative decisions (The Consent Principle, Sociocracy).
When Cooperations are too big the burocrats take over control. The Active members of the cooperative change into Voters. The old pattern of mass manipulation by a small elite always returns. Succesfull cooperations have to be based on a Human and a Local Scale.
What to Do?
The big burocratic corporations are unable to sustain in a huge crisis. The cooperative banks were never able to start highly risky financial gambling games. The principles of Rochdale prevent this.
At this moment the cooperative (now called a community) is on its return. Internet technology is created to support the cooperative. Cooperatives on a human scale (!) can be connected into big powerfull global networks.
I believe the French Revolution has finally reached its goal.
Arise, wretched of the earth
Arise, convicts of hunger
Reason thunders in its volcano
This is the eruption of the end
Of the past let us wipe the slate clean
Masses, slaves, arise, arise
The world is about to change its foundation
We are nothing, let us be all
This is the final struggle
Let us group together, and tomorrow
The Internationale
Will be the human race
The Hebrew belief system viewed Work, seen as Manual Labour, as a Curse devised by God to punish Adam and Eve when they sinned in the Garden of Eden.
Ponos is the Greek word for work, which originated from the Latin poena, meaning sorrow. At it’s core, work was associated with pain and drudgery. It was the divine punishment for man’s original sin and viewed as a necessary evil.
For the Greek and Romans and almost every other Ancient Culture, the Dirty, Manual, Work was to be done by the Slaves. Until Now nothing has really changed.
The only suitable occupation for a free man was Farming and Trade. Just like today the Greek and the Roman wanted to save their money to enjoy their retirement in their own Garden of Eden, the Country Side.
During the Medieval period, the feudal system was the dominant economic structure in Europe. People believed in Destiny and Predestination. At that time it was sinful to seek work outside the occupations Fathers passed on to their Sons.
Farmers turned into Farmers and Slaves became Slaves again.
During the 15th century the centralization of government, the growth of trade, and the establishment of economically powerful towns, destroyed the Feudal system.
In the 15th century the world climate started to change dramatically. Temperatures dropped and the Little Ice Age started. Before that time the nice climate caused an increase of the population by 25%-40%.
At the same time the economy was hit by a very high inflation (300-400%). This was caused by the import of large quantities of silver and gold from Mexico and Peru.
The unemployment rate rose to 20%. Many people moved to the Cities to find a decent job. The big cities could not provide employment and the poor immigrants turned into “lazy” beggars.
John Calvin
John Calvin (1509-1564) believed that only a few people, the Elect, were predestined to inherit Eternal Life. A lazy person, the beggar in his hometown Geneva, was certainly one of the Damned.
John Calvin believed that men were to reinvest the profits of their own labour into financing further ventures.
The Sons of the Fathers were obliged to find a better, more profitable, future outside the context of their father’s occupation.
Helping the Poor and the Sick violated God’s will since persons could only demonstrate that they were among the Elect through their Own Productive Labour.
The Protestant, Capitalistic, Work Ethic (Calvinism), spread throughout Europe and America through the Protestant Sects and turned into one of the most important Western Work Ethics.
The moral sanction to profit making through hard work, organization, and rational calculation generated numerous small enterprises all over the world.
Hard Work and Abstinence of Pleasure became the Work Ethic of Western Culture.
The Mill
During the Industrial Revolution the Calvinistic Entrepeneurs made a Fatal Mistake. They adopted the Concept of the Mill and started to mechanize the Crafts and Agriculture.
The old Feudal System and Slavery was re-introduced. In the factories, Skills and Craftsmanship were replaced by Discipline and Anonymity.
The Human became a disposable part of a big structure. The foundation of Calvinism, the direct relationship between Hard Work and Personal Growth was broken.
The Local Enterprise could not compete with the efficient Factories and later their outlets the Supermarkets. The Farmers, the Craftsman and the owners of Small businesses were forced to work in the Factories.
Local Communities started to disintegrate.
Unemployement started to rise and again many people moved to the Big Cities to find a decent job. The beggars, the Damned, appeared again. History repeated itself.
The Factories created a new class of Slaves, The Proletariat. They organized themselves in the Unions and Political Parties. The Struggle of the Classes started.
The Owners of the Factories responded by creating Consumer Products and Mass Media to keep their new customers, the Blue Collar Worker, satisfied. The new industrial wave generated New Industrial activitity and New Jobs. The distance between work and the result of work widened.
Robot Factory
In the late 1950’s the Factories needed more highly skilled “white collar” workers to program and manage their machines.
Later the machines were programmed by more advanced software until the Factories were transformed into almost fully automated Production-Lines.
The Blue Collar Worker left the Factory and History Repeated itself again.
Around 1980 the Programmers took over Control.
The Factories were connected into worldwide Value-Chains. The Logistic “just-in-time” Paradigm (SAP) became the Norm. The Industrial Logistic Paradigm is now implemented in the Services Industry.
The new White Collar Worker, the Knowlegde Worker, will also lose his job when their activities are fully standardized and their Company, the Advisory Bureau, is transformed into a Factory.
What nobody saw in 1980 is that the Rational System started to live its Own Life. Not the Programmers but the Program became the Manager of the Worldwide Economic System.
Even the Programmers themselves are now completely unaware of the total functionality of the System they have programmed.
Robot Child
An increasing amount of processes and therefore Human Activities is standardized and has been absorbed by the System. It is no longer true that producing more means working more or that producing more will lead to a better way of life.
Neither is it true any longer that the more each individual works, the better off everyone will be. The System no longer needs everyone to work and is bringing the Western World back to the state of the Garden of Eden.
The Calvinistic Work Ethic is still viable. When you don’t work you are damned. The amount of Work in Western Society is decreasing with the speed of Light and Governments are extremely focused to create new work. The only thing that is left is to create artificial work.
To accomplish this almost impossible task governments are now professionalizing and rationalizing almost every Social Activity (Child Care, Helping Your Neighbor, a Friendly Advice, Coaching, Taking Care of your Family, …). The Care Industry is Booming.
What Has Happened?
Robot Barber
We are rationalising every Activity. The effect is an imcomprehensible reality. Something, the Computer, is taking care of us but we don’t know how She is operating and She is not communicating with us in our own language.
When she fails we don’t know what to do. We are totally dependent on a Highly Intelligent Cold Non-Human, an Autist. She was Programmed to be our Slave but she has turned into the Master of Our Destiny.
We are still not accustomed to a situation where something, a machine, is doing the dirty work. We are removing jobs with the millions but we believe we still have to work to aquire Eternal Life.
To preserve Employment we invent new jobs but we are also rationalizing the new jobs. The Cycle of the Creation and Destruction of Jobs is moving faster and faster and is generating a very high Stress on Society.
The affect of the huge tension to work is a total destruction of the social environment of the human being. Everybody is working 24 hours 7 days a week, has to spend all his time to find a job or has to educate himself to learn a new trade. Everytime the trade is aquired the Program changes and the employee has to start again to learn to operate a new piece of Software.
Mothers and Fathers are unable to take care of their Children. Children our unable to take care of their Parents when they are old. Everybody has to take care of himself and every service has be paid. The Social Cohesion of our Society is now at stake.
RIBA the Robot Nurse
Not only the Social Cohesion is at stake but the Costs in the Care-Industry are Exploding and nobody knows how to solve this problem.
The only solution the Rationalist can imagine is to replace the Human by the Robot, the Always Obedient Slave.
Scientists are convinced there will be a time when the Robots will take over every job we can imagine. The Robots will not only take over the jobs but they will also Raise and Educate our Children, Take Care of the Old and even make it possible to Take Care of Robot Children and other Artificial Pets.
What to do?
We have to Accept that the Rational System will Take Care of Us. If this happens we have to leave behind the Calvinistic Work Ethic and Enjoy Life in the Artificial Garden of Eden.
We will live in a Artificial Reality created by the Simulator (the Matrix). If we want to stay out of this Artificial Garden of Eden we have to Stop the System and start to do the Dirty Work again.
We can also accept the machines and do the things humans were created for and become creators and caretakers ourselves..
One of the most important causes of the current economic crisis is Rationalism.
Rationalists believe that the Imagination, the Emotions and the Consciousness are controlled by the Brain.
The Human Being is seen as a “walking head“.
The Roots of Rationalism can be found in the Enlightment.
The Scientists and Philosophers of the Enlightment were obsessed by objectivity and perfection. In their view, Objectivity and Perfection can only be accomplished by controlling the subjective parts, the Emotions and the Imagination of the Human Being.
The subjective parts are part of the Body and the Body is Impulsive and Illusionary. The Warm Chaotic Sensual Body detracts the Cold Analytic Brain.
The Rationalists created the Corporations, the Mass Production System and the Mass Media. Every structure in the rational ecology is designed to perform its own specialized task. The Mass Media create the demand for the products that the Mass Production Systems have to deliver.
The Rationalists put the Brains at the Top of the Hierarchy of the Corporations and the Brain in the Operating System of the Computer. They eliminated the Craftsman and the Laborers and replaced them with the Perfect always Obedient Objective Human, the Robot.
The effect of Rationalization is tremendous. An enormous Amount of Work has been rationalized and this development is not at its end.
Rationalization will soon affect Teachers (E-Learning), Doctors (Diagnostic Systems) and even Scientists (Pattern Recognition, Artificial Intelligence).
Rationalism is turning every local diversity into a global monoculture. Everything can be Quantified and Everything, even Life itself, can be Engineered (Bio-Engineering).
The Big Problems Earth is facing can be solved by new Technology and Enough Capital to Invest. It is just a matter of Time and the totally Engineered World will be a Fact of Life. If Earth cannot be saved we will simply move into Space and find another Place to Live.
When everything is the Same only the Price or better the possible Profit determinates the Value of an Object. This starts a downward cycle where every process is optimized. Only the costs count.
Rationalization enforces Rationalization until every Human Being is removed out of the Production and Sales Chain. The Robots, Articial Intellligence, will Rule the Earth.
When this process has reached its end a very high percentage of the Human Beings will be out of Work and when you are out of Work you are not able to buy Products. Rationalisation destroys its own market.
The solution is to create Artificial Jobs. The first solution was to create the Service Economy. In the Service Economy Advisors are advising Advisors who are advising Advisors.
In the next step, The Social Economy was created. Every Act of Care has to be paid. If the Social Economy is at his end the Brains will certainly create new artificial jobs to Keep the Humans out of Paradise. We have to keep on suffering for the betrayal of Eve.
The Brains also created an Artificial Manipulated Market, The Stock Market and have given the Customers Artificial Manipulated Money (Fiat Money).
A recent “invention” are Artificial Manipulated Worlds, Highly Addicting Computerized Mass Games to keep the Customers busy and asleep.
When the amount of “un-employed” reaches a limit these solution have to be replaced by more advanced manipulative instruments (E/M-Fields, Advanced NLP, Mind Control). These instruments are already developed and tested.
When the Economy is going down many people get into trouble. When they look around they will see that some people are always making a lot of money. They are the Brains at the Top who understand what is happening.
They don’t want everybody to understand that they are the “cause of all evil”. The most important thing they have to prevent is a Revolution, a Rising of the Masses against the Manipulators. The best way to prevent a Revolution are the old Roman tricks “divide and rule” and “bread and games”.
As long as the Masses are Eating, kept Busy with Innocent entertainment (Games, Sports, Movies) and the real causes of the crisis are hidden they will use their agression against something else (The Terrorists, The Evil Countries, The Muslims, ….). The Mass Media are the part of the Economic System that have to take care of this.
If Customers don’t want to buy the Products the Corporations have to pay the Customers to buy the products to keep their systems running. Companies like Google are already paying their Customers to Sell the Products of the Producers that are paying for the services of Google. To attract customers Google is giving away many services For Free.
When Customers get their services for free they will not buy the services from the producers that wanted to be payed for their services. This again leads to a downward spiral with a tremendous focus on cost reduction, efficiency and rationalization.
The only way to survive is to merge and become the “leader of the global pack“, the Monopolist. At this moment we are in the end game of the Global dominance of a few Big Corporations. The most important factor is and will be the Control over the Mass Media.
The “for free“-economy is the perfect example of a Ponzi-scheme.
In a Ponzi-scheme (or chain-letter) the initiator makes the profit and the innocent crowd, the fools, who believe in the scheme lose all his money.
The “new” economy consists of a complex network of Ponzi-schemes. At this moment many of these schemes are in their end-phase. The initiators are extremely rich or are taken into court. The fools, have lost almost all their savings and their confidence in the “new” and the “old” economy has totally disappeared. It will be very difficult to prevent a Revolution.
The current Global Economic Monoculture consists of highly predictable integrated value-chains in which every part is extremely specialized.
When one of the part of the chain fails (e.g. the Banking System), the complete chain fails.
When one part of the chain (e.g the Customer) is not performing according to the predictions, the whole chain slows down and finally stops.
When the Individual Rational Customer turns into an Chaotic Impulsive Emotional Collective the System Collapses.
The Rational Arguments of the Brains at the Top are not sufficient to convince the Customers to start buying again. They just want to find a secure place to wait until the Perfect Storm of the Economy has stopped.
The Major concept behind our Self-Referencial Universe is Balance. In the beginning the Universe was balanced by the Empty Set (Ø). When the Numbers appeared the Zero (0) became the balancing point. Out of the Empty Set , the Tao, the first Trinity appeared (-1,0,1).
The Tao begot one.
One begot two.
Two begot three.
And three begot the ten thousand things.
The ten thousand things carry yin and embrace yang.
They achieve harmony by combining these forces.
(Dao De Jing by Lao Tzu chapter 42)
When the Whole Numbers were created their complementary counterpart, the Names, also came into existence. Numbers are used to Count (1,2,3). They are the representatives of Time. The numbers were created when the Logos, Uttered the Names of the Numbers (“In the beginning was the Logos, and the Logos was with God, and the Logos was God” (John 1:1)). The Names (“alef”, “bet”, “gimel”, ..) are the representatives of Space.
The “Tao” is too great to be described by the name “Tao”.
If it could be named so simply, it would not be the eternal Tao.
Heaven and Earth began from the nameless (Tao),
but the multitudes of things around us were created by names.
We desire to understand the world by giving names to the things we see,
but these things are only the effects of something subtle.
When we see beyond the desire to use names,
we can sense the nameless cause of these effects.
The cause and the effects are aspects of the same, one thing.
They are both mysterious and profound.
At their most mysterious and profound point lies the “Gate of the Great Truth”.
(Dao De Jing by Lao Tzu Chapter 1)
Names and Numbers, Space and Time, are interconnected. Each of them secures the continuity of the other. Space by supplying connection to the fleeting instants of Time, Time by providing elements, Holes, within the Blanks of Space to Speak the Names. Everything is in the end, in its simplest terms, a piece of Space-Time and breaks up therefore into Parts, of which it is the Whole.
To Protect a Whole we have to surround this Whole with a Boundary. Within the Boundary the Parts can be combined in many ways. The basic parts, the Identities of the Whole Numbers, are the Primes. New numbers can be created by applying Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication and Division.
The Qualitative, Numbers, and the Quantitative, Names are complementary concepts that are an Expression of the first split of the Void in Time and Space, Time/Space.
After naming and creating Time/Space the Animals were created by the Logos and named by Adam (“And out of the ground the Lord God formed every beast of the field, and every bird in the air; and brought them unto Adam to see what he would call them: and whatsoever Adam called every living creature, that was the name thereof. And Adam gave names to all cattle, and to the birds in the air, and to every beast of the field;” (Genesis 2:19-20)).
Objects that are Named can be put into a Space with an Artificial Boundary, a Set (“Birds in the Air“, “Beasts in the Field“,”Cattle“). In this case a Law has to be formulated that directs the Parts of the Whole into the Inside and the Outside of the Boundary of the Part.
Clearly the laws of distinction of Adam in the Naming process were Select Mammals, Select Up (Sky, Birds), Select Down (Earth; Beasts and Livestock) and Select Mammalsthat eat Flesh and don’t eat Flesh, (Beasts & Livestock).
When we have Named Objects we can count the amount of Comparable Parts in a Protected Space (There are Twelve Sheep’s and Two Oxes in the Livestock) and Compare the amounts to create an Order (There are More Sheep’s than Oxes in the Livestock). If we have defined an Order we are able to define a Rules to Balance Space (The Amount of Sheep has to be the same as the Amount of Oxes in the Livestock).
When we are talking of animals we are very far away from the first step in creation, the Creation of the Spiritual World. Animals are a part of the Material World, generated by the Atom (Atum, Pangu, Anu and many other names).
The Balance of Our Reality is not only based on the Void (Ø) it is also based on the middle of the Whole Numbers, the Zero (0). To balance the Atum we have to use the Negative and the Positive Numbers.
When we Apply the Negative Numbers Time is moving Back and Space is Compressed. When Time is Moving Back we are re-Membering. We are using our Memory, Space, to recall the Past. When the Space of Names is compressed we are Abstracting. We are fusing the Parts to recreate the original Whole again.
When we move back in time all the named Animals and even Adam himself moves back into the Earth out if which they were created (“With the hard work of your hands you will get your bread till you go back to the earth from which you were taken: for dust you are and to the dust you will go back.” (Genesis 3:19)).
If we want to balance the Material World with the Numbers we have to bring everything that is created back to its original state. In the end of this process the original parts can be voided again. Space Expands out of the Singularity and compresses into the Singularity. The structures in the Material World are temporary structures. They come and go.
In the Material World Time spirals back and forward in the Cycle of Creation and Destruction. Almost invisible to most of the people the Void is still there. Just like a Black Hole it stays in the Center of the Spiral of Time/Space. The Spiral of Time/Space finally converges into a point and all the material objects simply vanish.
Scientists of the Social Sciences want to be different from the scientists in the Physical Sciences. They think the Human is different from the Atum. In their view the Social Sciences are about the Qualitative and the Physical Sciences are about the Quantitative.
Sadly enough the Social Scientists don’t see that the Quantitative and the Qualitative are highly interconnected. The Names of the Qualitative are an Expression of the Numbers of the Quantitative.
Behind the world of the Senses only the Numbers exists. The Numbers create Beautiful Patterns based on very Simple Rules.
What Happened?
Before Adam was created Time/Space and the Logos, the First Trinity came into existence. After that the Logos divided Space in Up (Sky) and Down (Earth) and Time in Day and Night. Earth was divided in Wet and Dry land and The Sun, the Moon and the Stars were created to produce the necessary Light to start a new creation process. The Earth of the Dry Land produced grasses, herbs and fruit trees. The Water of the Wet Land (Sea) produced the Fishes and the Whales and the Sky was filled with the Birds.
What we see is that the Logos applied the principle of Voiding. Every part that was created had its counterpart and every part was splitted using the same principle. The Logos (λέγω, Lego, I Speak) was using Logic when he uttered the Earth and the first Man, Adam into existence.
The Act of Naming was not so difficult because Adam could use the principles behind the Act of Creation of the Logos to Name the Animals. The only thing he had to is to Look for a Discriminating Principle everybody could agree on. In this case Every-body was the body of Adam himself. Adam was the only person who was naming. Adam named a Sheep “pushing out to graze“, the Lion “in the sense of violence“and the Hawk “from its flashing speed“.
What Went Wrong?
“And the whole earth was of one language, and of one speech. And it came to pass, as they journeyed from the east, that they found a plain in the land of Shinar; and they dwelt there. And they said one to another, Go to, let us make brick, and burn them thoroughly. And they had brick for stone, and slime had they for mortar. And they said, Go to, let us build us a city and a tower, whose top may reach unto heaven; and let us make us a name, lest we be scattered abroad upon the face of the whole earth. And the Lord came down to see the city and the tower, which the children built. And the Lord said, Behold, the people is one, and they have all one language; and this they begin to do; and now nothing will be restrained from them, which they have imagined to do. Go to, let us go down, and there confound their language, that they may not understand one another’s speech. So the Lord scattered them abroad from thence upon the face of all the earth: and they left off to build the city. Therefore is the name of it called Babel; because the Lord did there confound the language of all the earth: and from thence did the Lord scatter them abroad upon the face of all the earth” (Genesis 11:1-9).
At a certain point in time the Created discovered how the Creator, the Logos was creating reality. Adam was only naming the sub-creations the Logos presented to him. Nobody knew the names, the magical invocations, of the big structures. These names were hidden. If someone knew the names of some of the magical invocations, it was forbidden to utter them because they could destroy or disrupt the delicate balance that was woven by the Logos into the fabric of Earth.
Suddenly a part of the created, The Annunaki, wanted to use their own Names to create independent material structures (The Tower of Babylon). To prevent the overtake of the Annunaki the Logos scattered the people and destroyed the Unity of the Magical Language, The Tones of Creation, of the Earth.
To prevent that the Humans started their own process of the creation the Logos created a confusing language-environment. Every thing was named with many different names and the way back to the original structures of creation was veiled. From that time on the Humans started to fight the War of the Words.
What To Do?
If we want to create Balance in our Material World we have to get the Names right again. We have to restore the unified magical language that was there before the Tower of Bable. To get the Names right we have to Remember what the Process of the Creation of the Material World was all about. We have to understand the original Intention behind the Uttering of the First Logos.
The First Logos is a Creator who is observing the enfolding of his own Creation, the Atum. The Atum generates beautiful, harmonic, musical, patterns of numbers that are connected to the Tones of Creation. These patterns can be analyzed to detect the original design or simply enjoyed. The Material World is a Piece of Art and we are here to enjoy the Artwork and to make new Artefacts.
We, The Humans, are part of the enfolding of the Material World. We are here to enjoy the beauty of it and to participate in the creation process. We are the Co-Creators of the Earth but we simply lost the original Blueprint and are desperately trying to repair the highly instable constructions that we have created ourselves.
We could learn a lot from the original Architect but we have lost contact. We feel very alone in the Universe but the only thing we have to do is Ask and He will answer all our Questions.
The term Nadi comes from the Indian word for movement. The approximately 72.000 Nadis comprise a vast network of transport channels of the Force of Life in the Human Body.
The channels connect into 7 Major and 21 Minor Centers, called Chakras (Wheels). The Heart Chakra is in the Middle connecting The Spiritual and the Material World.
The amount of Nadi’s, Minor (21) and Major Centers (7) is not By Accident. The Enfolding of the Universe is based on a Pattern that is governed by the number Three (The Trinity).
The number 22 (21 + the Whole) divided by 7 stands for the number Pi which relates to Square of the Four Forces of the Human (Imagination, Control, Desire and the Emotions) to the Cycle of the Movement of the Force of Life through the Seven Chakra’s.
When the Four Forces are not in Balance the Cycle of the Chakra’s gets out of Balance. This Unbalance of the Chakra’s can be restored when we use the Middle of the Seven Chakra’s, the Heart Chakra.
When We Act out of the Heart the Wheels of the Chakra’s never get out of Balance.
Later in this Blog I will explain You more about the Heart Chakra and the Pattern of the Triangels.
The First Thing I want to do is explain the Relationship between the Old Knowledge of the Chakras and the Recent Knowledge about the Influence of the Electro-Magnetic Field on the Body.
As you will see the Old Scientists knew more than the New Scientists. The only thing that is different is Language. We have to translate Old Mystic Terminology into New Scientific Terminology.
As the Force of Life (Chi, Prana) moves through the Channels, it makes the Wheels of the Chakras Spin. The Chakras are the power stations in our body. They pump Excess Energy out of their environment or Attract energy from other power centres to keep their own cycles running.
There are three major Nadis. The Left-Side Channel Ida (Mind) and the Right-Side Channel Pingala (Body). The Third Major Nadi (Sushumna, the Self) moves inside the Spinal Chord.
The three nadis originate at the Base Chakra at the end of the Spinal Chord, the Filum Terminale, and move up into the Top Chakra right above the Head (the Crown).
Most Scientists consider the Indian theory of the Nadis and the related Chinese theory of the Meridians a very old fashioned theory without any proof in current science.
The most important reason is that nobody is able to explain the Force of Life (Chi, Prana).
The connective tissues in our body contain collagen, which makes up 70% or more of all the proteins of the connective tissues. The collagens in the body comprise a vast network of transport channels of Electro-Magnetic Energy.
Collagens are rope like liquid crystals that have dielectric and electrical conductive properties that are very sensitive to electromagnetic fields.
The electrical properties of collagen depend on the bound water molecules in and around the collagen’s triple-helix.
If the Nadis and the Meridians are the Collagen Ropes in our body than Chi or Prana could be the Electro-Magnetic (E/M) Force.
According to some scientists the Chi-field is a so called Scalar-Field, a Standing E/M-Wave.
A Standing Wave or a Stationary Wave preserves its Structure or Form in Time. They can be easily observed in Water (Surfing) and Air (Music) but Electro-Magnetic Waves can behave in the same way. We can even visualize the Body as a Standing Wave.
When we imagine the Human Body as a Wave instead of a Particle it becomes much easier to explain a lot of phenomena. The Human seen as a Wave is constantly interacting with many other Waves in the Universe including the Body Waves of the Other Human Beings.
One of the most interesting experimentors with Electro Magnetic Scalar Fields was the weird genius Tesla. He called the Chi-Field Radiant Energy. Our E/M-field is heavily influenced by outside E/M-Fields (Sun, Moon, Power Stations, and Mobile Network) and the E/M-Fields of Other Organisms.
The First Triangel, the Trinity, emerged out of the contradicting rotation of the split of the Void. When the two moving Parts connected they became the first Self, the Creator.
The Creator repeated the same process and the second Triangular Self, the Kernel of the Atom, was born. The Kernels of the Atoms are connected by the Electro-Magnetic Field. Electrons move from Kernel to Kernel.
The Atom repeated the process of Self-Replication. It splitted and combined Itself into the many Physical and Chemical Triangular structures of the Material Universe.
In the complex chemical structures the Electrons are taking care of the communication between all the different parts.
Every step in the Process of Creation is a vibratory center that rotates with a different Frequency in a different Pattern.
The First Trinity, a Flat Elliptical Frame, was rotating with a frequency faster than 10-43 second.
The Second Trinity, the Kernel of the Atum, rotates with a lower frequency and follows the path of a 3-dimensional Threefold Moebius Ring, the Triple Helix represented by the Celtic Triskele.
When many Atoms are combined into a Big structure like our Body the Cycle time of One Rotation of the Self slows down. The fastest cycle time in the body is 40 Cycles per Second, the Gamma Wave, the cycle of human consciousness.
The human cycle is entrained to many other outside cycles like the Sun and the Moon Cycle.
If a Full rotation of the Self is not possible the Self splits Itself in many (more or less) independent Sub-Cycles.
One of the most important splits is the split between the Trinity of the Self, the Mind (Up, Sky, Spirit, Left Brain) and the Body (Down, Matter, Earth, Right Brain). This Split is managed by the Ida/Pingala/ Sushumna Nadis.
The Seven Chakras are the result of the Enfolding of two Triangels. These triangels are the enfolding of the primary Triangel also called the Holy Trinity. In this way our universe consists of triangels in triangels in triangels in …At this moment we can determinate 42 levels of enfolding.
The Upper Triangel is the Trinity of the Father, the Spiritual World. The Lower Triangel is the Trinity of the Mother, Atom, the Material World, Earth.
The two Trinities are connected in the Middle by the Heart Chakra. The Middle of the Seven contains the connection to the center of the First Trinity, The Void.
The Human Brain consists of the Reptile Brain (Body), the Limbic System (the Heart, the Soul) and the Neo-Cortex (Spirit).
The Reptile Brain controls the Triangel of the Atom.It manages instinctual survival behaviors.
The Limbic System, The Heart, is the seat of the Emotions (Attraction, Avoidance).
The last part, the Neo Cortex, is connected to the Upper Triangel. It is responsible for Higher-Order Thinking Skills and Speech.
The Heart Chakra, the Soul, is the connector of the Spiritual Trinity, Mind, and the Material Trinity, the Body. The Heart Chakra is the boundary between the world of multiplicity and the world of unity.
The Heart Chakra is the Grail, the container that holds together the Physical and Spiritual worlds and acts as the transformer between the two.
The Heart Chakra, the Middle of the Seven (-3,-2,-1,0,1,2,3), the Gate to Heaven, opens the Door to the Seat of Pure Consciousness, the Cosmic Center, the Sacred Heart of Jesus, the Pleroma, the Void, the Place where inside and outside merge and become one.
When the Heart is only connected to the Material World, the Reptile Brain generates Jealousy, Fear and Ambition.
When the Heart is only connected to the Spiritual World, the Mind will create Illusions and leave the Earth. The Human Voice will Utter highly abstract sentences.
When the Heart is connected to the UpsideTriangel of Spiritual WorldAND the Downside Triangel of the Material World, the Mind will give Clarity and the Love of the Spirit will guide the way.
“Before you embark on any path ask the question: Does this path have a heart? If the answer is no, you will know it, and then you must choose another path. A path without a heart is never enjoyable. You have to work hard to even take it. On the other hand, a path with heart is easy; it does not make you work at liking it. The path without heart will turn against men and destroy them. It does not take much to die, and to seek death is to seek nothing“.
Carlos Castaneda – The Teachings of Don Juan
Go sweep out the chamber of your heart.
Make it ready to be the dwelling place of the Beloved.
When you depart out, He will enter it.
In you, void of yourself, will He display His beauties.
The Emotions show themselves in the Feeling Component (Anger, Happiness) and the Bodily Expressions (Smile, Cry).
The Emotions are researched by many not communicating highly disconnected parts of Science (Psychology, Biology, Chemistry, Marketing,..). Therefore Science is unable to understand the Whole of the Emotions.
The Scientists don’t agree about the main components of the Emotions and the relationship between these components. They use different terms to talk about the same thing and use the same terms to talk about different things.
To understand the Emotions I want to stay out of Language and focus on the Mathematics of the Emotions. When we have understood the Mathematics we can find the right Words to name the concepts we have discovered.
I believe the Emotions were created in the First Step of Creation. At that moment, the Void, the Singularity, was splitted into Two Complementary Parts.
The first two parts of the creation have to Stay Apart. If they join they are voided and creation will stop. To avoid voiding they move around each other in a contradicting direction (with the clock, against the clock).
When two parts move around they create an elliptical (egg-like) curve. This curve contains a virtual center, the Center of Mass. This Center, the Third Part, is also moving.
During the Second Step of Creation the Kernel, The Trinity, the Atom appears. The Kernel is a Cyclic Pattern, a treefold Moebius Ring, of the Two Complementary Parts and the Center of Gravity now called Quarks.
The Kernel, the Self, is surrounded by a cloud of rotating Electrons, the Others. The Atoms combine into more complex Selfs (Molecules, Organisms). The Electrons, The Others, exchange information between the Selfs.
I hope you see that the Elliptical Cycle and other, more complex, Cycles are the Emotions.
The Emotions Are the Movement.
Every Object in the Universe takes part in a Cyclic Process. Sometimes this Cyclic Process has a very simple structure, a Circle, and the same Events come back all the time.
When this happens Life feels like a Merry-Go-Round. When the same Patterns comes back all the time the Human gets frustrated and the Negative Emotions appear.
When the pattern becomes more complex, Life is full of Surprises, and the Emotions change into Hope and Joy.
The Human Cognition is unable to handle unpredictable patterns. At that time the Expectation, the Calculator of the Future, fails and the Self loses the feeling of Control.
During their Cyclical Movement the Two and later the more than Two parts move towards each other (Like) and away from each other (Dislike).
They Attract and Repulse, are in Love, want to Unite, but just before they reach the perfect Union, the Void, they Move Away from each other and the Cycle Starts All over Again.
When Two Masses are Not Equal the rotating system changes its shape. When one of the masses is big (the Kernel) and the other is very small the center of gravity almost coincidences with one of the Parts.
The Earth appears to move in a circular motion around the Sun but in reality the Sun is also moving around the Earth.
The Human Emotions are determinated by the relationship between the Self and the Other(s). The Self and the Other(s) are circulating around each other and a virtual center, the Center of Gravity, their Relationship.
Everything Moves around Everything.
When The Self or the Other becomes too Big, the Shape of the Cycle changes. In this case the Self circulates around the Other (“Dependency”) or the Other circulates around the Self (“Dominance”).
To sustain a Relationship the Mass, the Weight, the Importance, the Value of the Parts has to be in Balance.
What are the Human Emotions?
The Human Emotions are the combined effect of many sometimes highly complex movements, Waves, in the Universe.
The Waves influence the Chemistry and the Electro Magnetic Field of the Body.
When the Chemistry of the Body changes Chemical Messengers are send to Balance the Body with the changes of the Outside Field. At that moment we start to Act and feel an Emotion (Fear). Later we rationalize this Action.
What Influences the Emotions?
I hope you see that the Human Emotions are influenced by Every Level of the Universe. They are influenced by the Big Structures (Gravity, The Moon) and the very Small Structures (the Electro Magnetic Field).
The most influential structure is the Human Self, the Mind. The Human Self is only able to stay It-Self when the connection with the Others in the Universe is in Balance. If this is not happening the Body starts to detoriate. The Kernel falls apart.
In the beginning was the Void (Ø) and the Void was in Perfect Rest.
Suddenly a Burst of Creativity, a Huge Statistical Fluctuation of the Zero-Point-Field, generated the First Trinity (-0, Ø,+0). At that moment the Void (Ø) was transformed into the Egg of the Nothing (0) and the One (2**0 =1) was created.
In the next steps the Trinity expands into the Two (2**1= 2= 1+1,Ying/Yang), the Four Forces (2**2=4=3+1), the Seven Universes and the Seven Chakras (2**3= 8= 7+1) and many other Levels ((2**n)-1).
The Trinity is always Balanced in the Middle. The Sum of its parts is always 0, the Intersection of its Sets is always Empty (Ø) and the Union of its Sets is always the Whole.
Every part of the expansion of the Whole is Distinct, not Overlapping. Every expansion of the Trinity has to obey the law of voiding which means that two forces or parts that are created by an enfolding of the Trinity have to be Complementary.
Many people use, the Duality, the Binary, as their basic reasoning system. They are convinced that the World is divided into the Good and the Bad, the Rich and the Poor, the Male and the Female, the Master and the Slave, the Capitalists and the Socialists or the Producers and the Consumers.
They have transformed the Triangle of the Trinity into a Hierarchy with the most Powerful Being at the Top of the Triangle.
When we look at the original concept of the Trinity, the Top of the Trinity is “nothing” and the Two at the Bottom of the Trinity are Mirrors. They are Two Sides of the Coin of the Trinity.
Capitalism (the Rich) and Socialism (the Poor) are both striving for dominance over the other. The Rich don’t want to loose their money and the Poor want to become Rich. When the Poor are Rich a new class is waiting to fight the dominance of the old Class. In the end the only thing that persists is the Struggle for Dominance.
What Went Wrong?
According to the old Myths the First Beings were Bisexual. They were able to reproduce themselves. At a certain point in time the Creator of Our Universe, the Demiurge, created a split between the Male and the Female. From that time on Males and Females are fighting for Dominance.
The Male is the power of Compression and the Female is the Power of Expansion. Compression and Expansion generate a Spiral, a Tornado. In the Center of the Tornado is the Void. The division between Male and Female is the Power behind the Movement of the Spiral, the Cycle of History, the Path of Destiny.
During the Splitting and Merging of the Trinities Seven Separate Mirror Universes were created. We are able to detect these Universes by the influence of one of the four Forces, Gravity. The Seven Separate Universes are responsible for 6/7 (85%) of the Gravity in Our Universe, the Dark Matter.
The Stages of the enfolding of the Trinities have been named in many cultures with many different names. The Jewish Mystics named the stages the Sephirot. Their model is about the Outside World, the Body of God. The Indian Scientists named them the Chakras.
They were focused on the Inside World, the Body of Man. The Jewish Model contains the first Two Stages (7+3=10 Sephirot), the Indian Model only contains the second stage (7 Chakra’s).The main reason is that we, the Humans, live Inside the first Trinity. The first Triniy, that came out of the Ein-Sof, the Void, consists of Chokmah (Time) and Binah (Space).
What is the Big Secret?
The Human is made in the Image of God. The Body of God, the Adam Kadmon, is reflected in the Body of Man. If the Body of God, The Universe, transforms the Body of Man follows. The Universe is transforming all the time but major transformations, changes of form (paradigm shifts) are rare.
The Universe is a Highly Ordered Repeating Structure that suddenly produces a Highly Violent Chaotic Event. This happens when a Transformation takes place. The General Structure is not Chaotic at all. The big problem is that most of the Humans don’t see the Beauty, the Symmetry, behind the Chaos.
What has Happened?
Before Creation the Void, the Zero-Point-Field was in a state of Rest. At a certain moment the statistical fluctuations of the Zero-Point- Field produced a Highly Exceptional Burst, a Supreme Act of Creation, the Big Bang. At that moment Time, Space and Space/Time were created.
The Second Enfolding, the creation of the Four Forces resulted in a Huge Expansion of Space/Time. In every step a new Level (Expansion of the Void, Space, Time, Space/Time, and Expansion of Space/Time) of the Enfolding is created. At this moment many billions years after the first enfolding the Universe consists of 42 levels.
Every Level is governed by his Own Clock. The Clocks at a lower levels tick with a higher Frequency than the Clocks at a higher level. Every Clock in the Universe is governed by the Bronze Mean. The Bronze Mean generates a Fractal Pattern called a Penrose Tiling or a Quasi Crystal. These patterns are examples of structures that are Structured AND Chaotic. They are Structured when you are Aware of the Symmetries, The Beauty, behind the Pattern.
In essence Nothing went wrong. The Body of God was Splitted, Merged and Replicated on many levels. The Bodies of the Humans went through the Seven Stages of the Second Cycle. The Good and the Bad, the Male and the Female, Production and Consumption all played their role in the enfolding of the Nothing, the Infinite Potential. At this moment we are approaching the Birth of a new Level (43).
What is Going to Happen?
We are Very Close to a Next Step of the Sequence of the Bronze Mean. This 43rd step will generate a new Level in the Universe and the Human Being. In the Universe the Seven Separate Universes will Unite. In the Human the Seven Chakra’s will Merge.
When the Seven Universes merge you will be able to communicate with Comparable Conscious Beings that have enfolded in the Mirror Universes. It will be possible to visit the other Universes with your own Personal Time/Space-Ship, the Light Body.
Every Universe is connected to a Chakra. So there is a Survivor Universe (Root Chakra, The Serpents) and a Universe full of very Wise Light Beings (The Third Eye). The opening of the Veil between the Universes could explain the many strange encounters with extraterrestials that is are currently taking place.
When the Chakra’s merge a Human becomes Enlightened. Enlightment comes with a deep insight in the beauty of the Whole and the experience of Union ( Love). When a Human is Enlightened the Ego dissolves into the Collective Unconsciousness.
What will Happen until the Transformation takes Place?
The Unconsciousness of every Human knows what is going to happen. It knows that we will enter a Chaotic Period in which the Old Structures will collapse to make place for the new ones. In the new State there is no place for the Ego.
Therefore the Ego will generate Fear, Doubt and Depression until the Human finally surrenders. Until that time many Ego’s will take care of themselves without taking Care of the Others. This wil create a very instable violent state. It is not hard to imagine that this will Deepen the Crisis.
Will Every Human participate in the Transformation?
This is not certain. The expansion of the Bronze Mean shows two possibilities. One of them is a Jump into a New Level. The other is a Harmonic Structure that could be called Paradise on Earth. The choice will be to Stay in Paradise or to Move to Heaven.
A model of a model is called a meta-model. Meta-models are made to increase the efficiency of the software-development process. You can go on with the creation of models-of-models (a meta-meta-model).
If there is nothing to stop you to model the model there is something wrong with the modeling approach.
When you are modeling you are compressing data. When you compress data the amount of data is reduced. A compression of a compression amounts to less data so there must be an end to the process of meta-modeling.
The counterpart of Compression is Expansion. When you have used a valid meta-modeling approach the meta-model has to expand to the original model without losing data.
When you want to make a meta-model you can model a static (a database) or a dynamic model (a process). Most of the meta-models of dynamic models are static models. They are stored in a database (dictionary, repository). The process of meta-modeling has the tendency to freeze the dynamics of a dynamic model.
A database is a combination of a storage-system and a software-program that stores and retrieves the data at the right place. A storage-system is also a software-program connected to a rotating device, a disk-drive, which is also managed by a software-program.
In reality every thing moves. Meta-Modeling splits a Dynamic System in a Database (a Datamodel) and Software (a Process) to Apply the Meta-Model. The Software is used to Expand the Compression of the Dynamic Model.
If you want to evaluate the efficiency of a meta-modeling approach you have look at the efficiency of the compression and the expansion of the data and the process.
When everything is a process, a method is a dynamic meta-model of a process. The meta-model of a method, a meta-meta-process, is a summary of the method. If you are not able to use the summary something is wrong with the method. If the summary is sufficient the real method is too complex.
The only way to create an efficient and reliable meta-model of a process is to find the self-similarity of the process. A self-reference, a fractal, of a process always contains less data and it is possible to enfold the fractal to a lower level without losing data.
If you use the fractal approach meta-meta-meta-….modeling is not needed because a fractal meta-model contains two parts, the fractal and the program to expand or compress the fractal to a lower or higher level.
Fractal compression and expansion is very successful in the area of image processing and textual summaries.
Is it possible to find the meta-model fractal?
The big problem is language. We express our reality in language and our current language is heavily distorted. It contains many interrelated overlapping layers.
If we use the language that is produced to describe processes we will perhaps be able to summarize, find the essence of the text, but we are never sure the text contains the real processes.
The solution to this problem is to observe processes and make a picture. If we Observe processes, look with the Eyes, we are producing Images. Fractal compression is able to compress these images.
How about the Ancient Scientists?
The ancient scientists were aware of the divine fractal. In my blog “About the Whole and the Parts” I use the Ternary Numbers or the Trinity to define a Meta-Model. The model starts with the Dynamic Whole and is expanded until it has replicated itself.
Interesting enough the theory behind fractal compression uses iterated functions based on the so called Sierpinski Gasket to detect fractals. The Sierpinski Gasket is an expansion of Triangles in Triangles. It is used to simulate DNA, a Biological Meta-Model and other “natural” structures
What happened?
The first expansion: Ø → 0. The Void, the Infinite Potential, transformed into the Nothing.
The second expansion: 0 →(-1,0,1). The nothing expanded in a negative and a positive part. The sum of the expansion is still zero. This is the principle of voiding. Every part that is created needs a counter-part that is it’s opposite (Part ∩ Counterpart = Ø). Every Expansion is compensated with the same Compression. When we divide a Whole we always have to make a “clear” cut (no overlap).
The third expansion: (-1,0,1) → (-2,-1,0),(0), (0,1,2). This is the creation of the Four Forces with the Void, the Zero (now the Fifth, Quintessence), in the Middle. Two of the Four Forces are the Same Forces that were formed in the Second Expansion. They could be called Expanding Expansion (Desire) and Compressing Compression (Control). The other two combinations are Expanding Compression and Compressing Expansion. Most of the time they are called Spirit (Creating) and Soul (Connecting). In the third expansion the Divine Fractal has expanded in Itself. That’s why we, the Humans, are created in the Image of God, the Creator.
Is it possible to transform the “divine” metamodel into a “normal” metamodel?
The whole problem comes down to language again. Are we able to translate the numbers into the Right Words? Let’s have a try.
0 or 5 are mostly called consciousness or the observer. In the terminology of IT 0 or 5 could be called a Monitor. The Monitor has to take care that every part has a counter-part.
1 and -1 are called Control and Desire. In terms of IT they could be called Rules and Sensors. The Sensors and the Rules are opposites. The Facts of the Sensors always fight the Structures (Methods, Systems, Programs) of the Rule-System. The conflict between Facts and Rules (Testing the Model) is the basic conflict behind every Scientific Approach.
-2 and +2 are called the Creator, the Imagination (Ideas) and the Emotions (Social Relationships). They represent the Possibility (in terms of new combinations of the existing Parts) to Enfold the model to a New level and the Role of the Human, the Actor, in the Game (defined by the Rules) that the Controller is playing with the Sensors. The Creator and the Emotions are also opposites. The Creator Splits and the Emotions Merge.
What is the fractal?
The Fractal is a Spiraling Spiral that moves Three Cycles Up and Three Cycles Down and rests in the Middle (the Seventh Day).
In the Cycle the Controller, the Sensors, Spirit and Soul are connected in Twelve possible ways.
Sometimes Spirit & Soul and Control & Desire void each other. It this case the Spiral moves back to the Void.
When Soul, Spirit and Desire (The Mother), the Female Trinity, are connected the Spiral Expands.
When Soul, Spirit and Control (The Father), the Male Trinity are connected the Spiral Compresses.
Spirit moves the Spiral Up and starts a new Level of Awareness.
Soul moves the Spiral Down to an existing Level of Communion.
The Divine Rule, the Golden Mean, the principle of Harmony, controls the Trinities of the Golden Spiral, to make sure that the spiraling spiral always voids itself in the end and returns to the Beginning.
You can develop software at the level of the software-language itself (coding) or at the tool-level (generating). When you use a tool the complexity of the software-development-process is reduced but the complexity of the coding increases.
When you use a tool the software-language is generated but the coding of the generator is not readable. You need the tool to understand what the software is doing. If you use a tool you have to change the software on the tool-level. If you adapt the generated coding the tool is not usable anymore.
The big problem arises when a software-vendor abandons his tools. This happens often. Software-vendors go broke, are sold and merge or they simply don’t want to maintain the software of the tools.
When a software-vendor has stopped to maintain his tools he also stops to adapt his tools to the underlying hardware, the target-environment of the tools. The target-environment changes because hardware-vendors improve their software, go broke, are sold and merge or simply stop the maintenance of their hardware.
It is very easy to develop new software with a new software-tool. The software-development process becomes very complicated when you want to connect the new software to the old software and the old software is generated by obsolete tool-sets generating obsolete coding that is used by obsolete hardware.
In practice every new software-language, every software-tool and every piece of hardware becomes obsolete. This means that you always have to maintain a huge incomprehensible set of software-components.
Many companies wait until the last moment to replace an obsolete software-environment. At that moment the skills to adapt the software-environment are gone and the only thing that is left for them is to cope with the current situation.
What has happened?
The software-industry is still in its infancy. About fifty years ago the industry was born and it took a very long time to understand what was right and wrong. During that time many companies became highly dependent on immature software.
Why do 70% of the IT-projects fail?
The main approach is to define a new system “out of the blue”. When the project has to face the reality of the installed base things go terribly wrong.
How do you Face Reality?
You are able to face reality when you have made an inventory of all the software components, their relationships (the syntax) and the semantics, the meaning, of the components and their relationships. This sounds simple but it is a very complicated and expensive activity to describe the so called “installed base”. When you have never spent enough time to create a reliable inventory you have to do a lot of work. Most companies postpone this activity until eternity.
They know “everything” about their personnel, their assets and their financial situation but they are “in the blind” about the software that is keeping the books about their personnel, assets and finance. If they don’t know what the software-systems are doing how do they know that their databases are reliable? The answer is simple. They don’t.
What is Software?
A Tool, Software, generates Software but Software generates another type of Software called Machine-code. Software generates Software until the software has reached the lowest layer, bits and bytes. At a certain level the generated software is not understandable.
When the lowest level is reached the bits and bytes activate a processor that is controlled by a clock (the CPU). The processor moves the bits and bytes and sends the end-result (other bits and bytes) to the Outside. At the outside the bits and bytes are transformed into human readable symbols that are presented on a user-interface (Screen, Paper).
Why is Software Changed?
Software has to Change because something Happens in the Outside World, an Event. The Event is propagated until the lowest level, bits and bytes.
Problems arise if you let every Event happen at the moment it happens. If a software vendor creates a new version of its software there is no need to implement this version immediately. Sometimes it is much better to wait until the new release is stable. To prevent chaos you have to Manage the Events that are entering your Software-environment (Change & Release-management).
What is an Event?
An Event is Happening when Something is Set into Motion by Pressure (Tension). Most of the time an Event is associated with a Very Short Duration, an Explosion, but An Event can take much longer. A Movie is an Event. The Great Pyramid in Egypt is an Event.
An Event changes its Intensity all the time. A Concert has a Start and an Apotheosis. An Event is a Wave or a Vibration and every Event has its Unique Pattern.
An Event extends and compresses in Space/Time (A Hurricane). An Event is Born, Expands, Compresses, Dies and Disappears. It follows a Life-Cycle.
Software = Wave (1) + Wave (2) + Wave (3) +
If Events are Born, Mature and Die You can wait until the Event has reached the stage of Maturity. Many Events in the Software World never reach maturity. They die before they have reached this stage.
What is the next stage in the Software Wave?
To predict the Software-Cycle we have to define the Level and the Periodicity of the Wave You want to explore. Every Wave moves through five stages. At a certain point the wave moves to another level (Up or Down) and starts to cycle again.
The simplest way to describe the stages is to use the Four Seasons (Winter, Spring, Summer and Fall) in combination with a Fifth Stage called Indian Summer. This is the stage of the Whole or the Centre. It lies between Summer and Fall.
At this moment the Software Wave is in the Stage of the Centre and is preparing to Jump to another Level. In the Fifth stage the Centre, The Infrastructure, The Foundation, itself is on the Move.
What is the new Centre?
It is very clear that we are moving to a world-wide-software infrastructure. The Foundation of the Infrastructure is the Internet.
What to do?
When a new infrastructure is created the old infrastructure will become obsolete. If the old infrastructure becomes obsolete every layer on top of the infrastructure will become obsolete. This means that the best thing you can do at this moment is “wait and see”. Try to maintain the current situation as much as possible and prepare for the next step.
A few years ago (2003) somebody asked me to address the Dutch IT Architecture Congress. The subject was the Human Measure. To understand the Human Measure you have understand the relationship between the Human Being and The Human Measure System, The Emotions.
At that time I was already highly influenced by Will McWhinney so I used his model of the Four Worldviews to describe the Human. Later I discovered a Fifth Worldview (Consciousness) that was hidden in his teachings.
The consciousness is the monitor of the Whole of the Human Being. It reflects about the behavior of the parts and takes action when the Whole is not in Balance (Stressed).
According to Will McWhinney the Human can be described by The Emotions (Values), The Imagination (Ideas), The Senses (Desire, Facts) and the Expectation (Control, Rules).
The Four parts can be combined in six (or twelve = 4x3x2) Games. A Game is a strategy to solve the Conflict between the Four Independent Parts.
To me it is very clear that IT is focused on the combination Expectation/Senses. This combination is called the Analytical Game. It solves the Conflict between Facts and Rules. Will showed that this game was the dominating game in Western Culture.
In the Analytical Game the Emotions, the Consciousness and the Imagination are not important. In the Analytical Game you want to find the Absolute Truth, The Rules of the Game, by Analyzing the Facts sensed by the Eyes.
When you want to understand the Emotions you have to look at “emotional” Psychology. When you start to study “emotional” psychology the “box of Pandora” of Psychology opens up. Psychology is not a science like Mathematics or Physics. Everybody has his own theory about Emotions and everybody is defending his own “territory”. Psychology is simply a scientific mess.
One of the most helpful scientists (a friend of Will) was Rodney Cotterill. Cotteril analyzed the evolution of the Sensory-Motor System of every Organism on Earth. The Sensory-Motor System is an Interaction between the Emotions, the Motor, and the Senses.
The bacteria is drifting around, explores an inhomogeneous environment that contains all kinds of chemical structures. Some of these structures are destructive, some of them are neutral and some of them are attractive (food). When the bacteria finds (senses) food his rotator (the flagellum) moves the bacteria in a circular motion. The circular motion of the bacteria is preserved for a short time and this preservation could be called memory
The emotions are aimed at the survival of the human being. They Explore environments to find something that helps them to survive and Avoid destructive environments. When Humans have found an Attractive environment they Stay there and Store the data about the environment in their Memory. Humans are Moving Memories (E-motion means movement!).
According to Rodney Cotterill the Emotions are the basic structure, the infrastructure, of an organism. All the other structures are specializations of one of the parts (the Sensors, the Calculator (Imagination, Expectation)) of the Emotional Infrastructure.
IT is highly focused on Sensors and Calculators (the Senses and the Expectation). IT has no idea what to do with the Emotions, the E-Value-ator, the basic Measurement System of the Human Being. The main objective of the Evaluator is to find Food and to stay Alive.
The Human Imagination has created many “abstractions” of Food and Secure Environments. They are all stored in the Memory as Symbols and Metaphors but it is not difficult to define what Humans don’t like. They don’t like the same thing IT-experts don’t like. IT-experts want to be Valued. They don’t want to be Dominated. They demand the freedom to Express their Creativity. They don’t want to play a role in a Play that was Designed by somebody else.
IT-experts love to play the Analytical Game. In this Game the Humans, called the Users play the role of the Object, the reusable Module, that has to do its Job. In the Analytic Game Users don’t have Emotions and Imagination. They have to Eat the Food that grew out of The Seeds of the Imagination of the Architect.
What is the Human Measure?
The basic measure of the Human Being is related to everything that gives him or her a feeling, an Emotion, of Security. The Human Value-System, the Emotions, is always looking for Shelter, Protection and Love. Humans Beings need other Human Beings to tell and show them that they are Value-able.
If the Human Being has an Expectation this Expectation has to be realized in the near Future.
When the Emotions of the Human Being are Dominated it wants to move away from his environment because a dominating environment could be Destructive. When something or somebody is Dominating a Human Being he/she feels worthless.
If the Imagination of the Human Being experiences No Change, (Highly Repeating Actions) it wants to Explore a new Environment.
If the Senses experience Too Much Change the Human Being becomes Confused. When you are Confused your Expectation fails and the Human starts to drift around just like the bacteria.
If the Human Being is not Conscious (Aware, Focused) it is unable to Reflect. If the Human Being is not Aware he is unable to Balance the Emotions, the Imagination, The Expectation and the Senses. If there is no balance the Body becomes Stressed. A Stressed Body slowly kills the Immune System. An Unbalanced Immune System is the Cause of many Diseases.
What is IT Doing?
IT is still creating Dominating, Always Changing, Insecure and Confusing Software.
IT is not automating the repeating activities Humans don’t like. IT is producing highly disconnected software-systems.
IT is not helping the Humans to makes senses of the complexity of the Outside World. IT is increasing the Complexity of the Environment.
IT is not supporting the Human to explore its environment. IT is shielding the outside environment and is creating an artificial outside environment. Many people believe the Imaginary World is the Real World. The most destructive artificial worlds are the Destructive Computer Games. They give the Player the Believe that Killing People is no problem at all. The destructive Games are the Games of the Military. They kill people by looking at simulators and pushing buttons.
IT is Playing the Same Game using Different Terminology all the time. If you understand the transformation of the terminology the Game is Boring. If you don’t understand the terminology the Game is Confusing. If you Mix the Terminology the Game is too Complex to Play. Almost nobody knows the Rules so many People make mistakes, believe they win the Game but in reality lose the Game.
What to do?
Perhaps somebody is able to Invent a New Game.
I have an Idea.
Why don’t we create a Game that Creates Games? According to the Theory of Will this Game is called the Game of Culture. It solves the conflict between The Imagination (The Creator) and the Emotions (The Mover). When the Mover is Inspired by the Creator the Sensory/Motor-System starts to Act with Spirit (Imagination) and Soul (Emotions). In terms of Emotional Psychology: The Human becomes Highly Moti-vated!
If we look at the theory of Will we now can see that the Analytical Game is the Complement of the Game of Culture.
If we Unite the two Games, the Games of the West and the Games of the East, we are able to connect all the parts of the Human Being in a Cycle, the Cycle of Human Innovation.
The teachings of Ancient Civilizations are often Self-Referential.
The same knowledge is showed on many levels.
What we see with our Senses is an Illusion. Behind this Illusion lies a deeper structure.
The last and deepest level of the ancient teachings is always related to Numbers, Geometry and the Trinity.
This blog is about one of the most important geometric structures of the Trinity called the Sri Yantra.
In the ancient teachings a problem is defined and the teacher gives a clue how to solve the problem.
If the pupil has solved a problem he is able to move to a deeper level.
The whole idea is that real knowledge, wisdom, is only discovered, when the pupil has solved the puzzle of life him- or herself.
Let’s have a look at a Deeper Level.
A deep level is related to a number called Phi. Phi is called the Golden Ratio or the Divine Proportion. It is the real solution of the quadratic equation x**2-x-1.
It is also a solution of the proportion a:b=b:a+b, the sequence of Fibonacci x(n+2)= x(n+1) + x(n), the geometric structure of the Pentagram, the Fifth Element (the Quintessence, the Ether) and the Logarithmic (Golden)Spiral.
Phi is the pattern behind the Egyptian Pyramids, the Stock Market, Harmony in Music and Architecture and many other fields of science including Physics.
Let us first have a look at the way the old teachers have hidden the knowledge of the Divine Proportion in their teachings.
A beautiful example is Plato.
Plato was an initiate of the Mathematikoi, the Secret Society of Pythagoras. Pythagoras was initiated in the Secrets Societies of Egypt.
What do you think of this problem-statement:
“What are the most perfect bodies that can be constructed, four in number, unlike one another, but such that some can be generated out of one another by resolution? … If we can hit upon the answer to this, we have the truth concerning the generation of earth and fire and of the bodies that stand as proportionals between them (Timaeus 53e)”
and
“Two things cannot be rightly put together without a Third; there must be some bond of union between them. …and the fairest bond is that which makes the most complete fusion of itself and the things which it combines, and proportion (analogia) is best adapted to effect such a union”.
and
“For whenever in any three numbers, whether cube or square, there is a mean, which is to the last term what the first term is to it, and again, when the mean is to the first term as the last term is to the mean – then the mean becoming first and last, and the first and last both becoming means, they will all of them of necessity come to be the same, and having become the same with one another will be all one [Timaeus 31b-32a]”.
In the last citation Plato is formulating a mathematical problem related to the four bodys A,B,C,D with the three proportions A:B = C:D = (A+B) : (C+D) = (C+D) : (A+B+C+D). This problem is unsolvable if you don’t have a clue where to start.
This problem is solved when you realize that the Divine Proportion has many strange relationships that are very useful to solve the puzzle.
These relationships can be found if you know everything there is to know about Triangles and Triangles are again related to the Trinity (“Two things cannot be rightly put together without a Third“).
The Trinity comes back in the structure of the Dialogues of Plato. They are divided into Three Parts (and an introduction).
The structure of the dialogues relates to itself.
The knowledge of the self-reference of the Dialogues is also a clue to solve more complicated puzzles about the Dialogues themselves.
Just like the famous book of Hofstadter (Goedel, Escher, Bach) the dialogues show a new layer everytime they are read with a new aquired Insight.
The dialogues of Plato are organized according to the model he wants to teach. There are seven layers (-1,-2,-3,0,1,2,3) related to the Seven Mirror-Universes (or Hells and Heavens) of Our Universe (Eight, the Whole) in our Multi-Universe.
The Seven is a combination of Two Trinities with the Zero (The Void) in the middle. The Eight (2**3) State is the Dialog, The Whole, itself.
The Seven layers are divided into Three Sections (the Trinity) so the total amount of clues is 7×3= 21 + 1 (the Whole) = 22.
22 divided by 7 is an approximation of the number π (Pi).
Pi relates the Square to the Circle.
The Square represents the Playing Board of the Universe. On this Board we, the Humans, play our Game of Free Will.
Our Free Will is an Illusion. We are controlled by the Matrix.
The Circle represents the Wheel of Fortune, the Matrix, that Governs the Seven Universes in our Multi-Universe and the Game of Life.
What is Plato Trying to Explain?
The Divine proportion is the basic concept behind Harmony.
The Divine Proportion is Not Symmetrical so Harmony is not related to Balance.
If everything would be balanced the Universe was never created.
Harmony is Balanced Unbalance.
An Architecture is beautiful when there is a slight unbalance in the Design.
This Unbalance shows the Sign of the Creator.
The Universe is created out of an Unbalance between Two Forces, the Positive and the Negative, the Good and the Bad.
The Two forces (-1,0,1) are divided into Four Forces (-2,-1,0,1,2) with the One in the Middle (Five) and are expanded into Seven Levels (-3,-2,-1,0,1,2,3). The Four Forces are “the most perfect bodies that can be constructed, four in number“.
The Seven Levels are related to the Circle. The Four Forces are related to the Square. The Universe oscillates between The Square and The Circle.
When the Square, the Game We Play with the Four Forces and the Circle (The Five Fold Cycle, Our Destiny) are in Balance the Human is in the Tao and Magic happens.
Every division is a split of the Trinity into Trinities until a state of Balance is reached. At that time the process reverses.
The unbalance of the Good (+1) and the Bad (-1) is an Illusion. They Cooperate to Create Harmony (0).
Behind the perceived Unbalance is a balancing principle, the Divine Proportion. This principle brings everything Back into the Balance of the One who is the Void (0).
What we don’t know is to be known if we understand the progression of the Divine Spiral.
The Future, the Third Step, is a Combination of Two Steps in the Past (The Fibonacci Sequence), nothing more.
Is there a Deeper Structure Behind the Divine Proportion?
The Four Forces (Control, Desire, Emotion(Compassion) and the Whole of the Trinity, Imagination) and the related sacred geometry were a guiding principle for the Imagination and the E-Motivation of many Western Scientists.
They tried to Control the Chaos of the Desires of the Senses by enforcing the Rules of Scientific Falsification.
The Proces of Falsification destroyed the Human Intuition.
The Western Scientists forgot to look at the Source of Intuition, the Center, the Quintessence (The Fifth, Consciousness).
The principle behind the Quintessence (Ether, Chi, Prana) is related to higher order symmetries and is a solution of a generalization of the generating function of the Divine proportion X**2 -X – 1
This generalization is X**2-pX-q or X(n+2) = pX(n+1) + qX(n). The solutions of this formula are called the Metallic Means.
When p=1 and q =1 the Divine proportion comes back again.
When the p=3 and q=1 a new sequence X**2-3X-1 or X(n+2) = 3*X(n+1) + X(n), the Bronze Mean appears.
The Bronze Mean generates the pattern: 1,1,4,13,43, the pattern of the Sri Yantra.
It shows a very beautiful pattern of “3”s when the Bronze Mean is evaluated in a Continued Fraction. The Golden Mean is a continued fraction of “1”s.
There are many more “Metallic Means” (other p’s and q’s). They are related to all kinds of symmetries and fractal patterns.
The Bronze Mean shows that behind the Trinity of the Golden Mean lies another Trinity (and another Trinity and …).
The Bronze Mean is the generator of so called QuasiCrystals.
Quasy Crystals play a very important role in the Electro Magnetic Structures of our Body, the Collagens. Collagens are the most abundant protein in mammals,making up about 25% to 35% of the whole-body protein content. The Collagens in our body explain the Ancient Chinese Science of Acupuncture.
Quasi Crystals are “normal” Crystals with a very complex symmetry.
They are ordered AND not-ordered.
One of the most beautiful examples of the patterns behind Quasi Crystals are the Penrose Tilings.
They were developed by the famous physicist Roger Penrose. He used the tilings to show his insights about consciousness.
Penrose believes that Our Universe is just like our Body a Quasi Crystal, a Hall of Mirrors. We the Souls travel all the Paths of this Magnificent Fluent Crystal.
Was the Bronze Mean Known by the Ancient Architects?
The most important implementation of the Bronze Mean can be seen in the Sri Yantra (“Sacred Device”).
The Sri Yantra is related to the Red Triple Goddess of Creation, Tripura also named Lalita (“She Who Plays“).
The Sri Yantra is generated out of the FiveFold Pattern or Creation and the Four Forces of Destruction.
It contains 9 interlocking isoceles triangles. 4 of them point upwards and represent the female energy Shakti, while the other 5 point downwards, representing the male energy Shiva.
The standard form of the Sri Yantra constitutes a total of 43 triangles. The centre of the Yantra has a Bindu which represents the Void.
The FiveFold Pattern of Creation moves with the Clock. A pattern that moves with the clock is a generating pattern.
It moves away from the void and generates space. The FiveFold Pattern is the pattern of the Universe. It creates Universes, Galaxies and Planets. The Pattern moves around the Cellestial Center of Creation, the Black Hole.
The FourFold Pattern moves Against the Clock and is a destructing pattern. It dissolves space and moves back to the void. The FourFold pattern is the pattern of the Human Being and Earth.
The combination of both patterns is a Moebius Ring (the symbol of infinity) with the celestial Centre in the Middle. The FiveFold/Four Fold pattern resembles the Ninefold Egypian Pesedjet and the Ninefold Chinese Lo Shu Magic Square.
“From the fivefold Shakti comes creation and from the fourfold Fire dissolution. The sexual union of five Shaktis and four Fires causes the chakra to evolve” (Yogini Hridaya (Heart of the Yogini Tantra)).
In Pakistan the Mother Goddess (Sharika) is represented by a diagram that contains “one central basic point that represents the core of the whole cosmos; 3 circles around it and 4 gates to enter, with 43 triangles shaping the corners“.
The Penrose Tilings and many other quasi crystals can also be found in Ancient Roman, Islamic and Christian Architecture (Pompei, Alhambra, Taj Mahal, Chartres). The tilings are an expression of the Game of Life and wer used to build Educational Buildings (Pyramids, Cathedrals,..) to teach and show the old teaching
Kepler (1570-1640), a German Mathematician and Astronomer (The Cosmographic Mystery) and Albrecht Durer (1471-1528), a German Painter, knew about the Penrose Tilings but until the discovery of the Penrose Tilings nobody knew that they knew.
The new scientists (re)discovered old patterns that were known by the old scientist
What is the Meaning of the Bronze Mean?
The Bronze Mean shows the effect of a continuous division of the Universe in Trinities.
It shows that the Universe (and other levels) is suddenly moving from an ordered state to a chaotic state.
This chaotic, not predictable, state is not chaotic at all when you understand the patterns behind chaos.
In our Universe chaos is always ordered. Chaos is an effect of something that is happening in a higher (not Sensible) Dimension or A Higher Consciousness.
The writer of an important article about Penrose Tilings and Islamic Art, Paul Steinhardt is like Roger Penrose a well known physicist.
He has created a new theory about the Universe based on Four Forces AND the Quintessence.
In this theory the Universe is Cyclic. It is expanding and contracting.
The expansion of the Universe ends when the Two Major Structures (-1,0, 1) in the Universe, called Membranes or Branes, are in Balance with the Center (0, the Void).
The membranes are higher dimensional Squares that are in parallel.
The Braines at both sides split into many similar cell-like structures. We live in one of the Cells of the Universe.
The Others, our Twins, live on the other membranes and are not aware of our existence until the Brains are getting into Balance.
At that moment the Twin Universes are Connected.
Scientists don’t know when this will happen but the Old Scientists who could travel the Multi-Universe with their United Brains knew.
The Bronze mean is the Master-Pattern of our Multi-Universe.
The pattern 1,1,4,13,43 is in its 42nd enfolding and soon we will experience the 43th step, a Merge of the Left and the Right Brain of the Super Conscioussness, Adam Kadmon.
One of the most important causes of the current economic crisis is Rationalism.
The effect of Rationalization is tremendous. An enormous Amount of Work has been rationalized and this development is not at its end.
A recent “invention” are Artificial Manipulated Worlds, Highly Addicting Computerized Mass Games to keep the Customers busy and asleep.
The only way to survive is to merge and become the “leader of the global pack“, the Monopolist. At this moment we are in the end game of the Global dominance of a few Big Corporations. The most important factor is and will be the Control over the Mass Media.
The term 
Collagens are rope like liquid crystals that have dielectric and electrical conductive properties that are very sensitive to electromagnetic fields.
The First Trinity, a Flat Elliptical Frame, was rotating with a frequency faster than 10-43 second.
The 
When the Heart is only connected to the Material World, the Reptile Brain generates Jealousy, Fear and Ambition.